Ford - F 150 4wd - Workshop Manual - 2011 - 2011

Factory Workshop Manual Make Ford Model F 150 4wd Engine and year V6-3.5L Turbo (2011) Please navigate through the PDF using the options provided by OnlyManuals.com on the sidebar. This manual was submitted by Anonymous Date 1st January 2018 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Accessory Delay Module > Accessory Delay Relay > Component Information > Locations Accessory Delay Relay: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Accessory Delay Module > Accessory Delay Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 8 Accessory Delay Relay: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Accessory Delay Module > Accessory Delay Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 9 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Accessory Protocol Interface Module (APIM) Communications Control Module: Locations Accessory Protocol Interface Module (APIM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Accessory Protocol Interface Module (APIM) > Page 14 Communications Control Module: Locations Audio Control Module (ACM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Accessory Protocol Interface Module (APIM) > Page 15 Communications Control Module: Locations Audio Digital Signal Processing (DSP) Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Accessory Protocol Interface Module (APIM) > Page 16 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Accessory Protocol Interface Module (APIM) > Page 17 Communications Control Module: Locations Telematics Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) Communications Control Module: Diagrams C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 20 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 21 Communications Control Module: Diagrams C290B Audio Control Module (ACM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 22 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 23 Communications Control Module: Diagrams C290C Audio Control Module (ACM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 24 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 25 Communications Control Module: Diagrams C290D Audio Control Module (ACM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 26 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 27 Communications Control Module: Diagrams C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 28 C290B Audio Control Module (ACM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 29 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 30 C290C Audio Control Module (ACM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 31 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 32 C290D Audio Control Module (ACM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 33 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 34 C2383 Accessory Protocol Interface Module (APIM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 35 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 36 C2408A In-Dash Computer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 37 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 38 C2408B In-Dash Computer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 39 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 40 C2408C In-Dash Computer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 41 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 42 C2409 Telematics Module C3154A Audio Digital Signal Processing (DSP) Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 43 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 44 C3154B Audio Digital Signal Processing (DSP) Module C3154C Audio Digital Signal Processing (DSP) Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 45 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Global Positioning System Module > Component Information > Locations Global Positioning System Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Global Positioning System Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 49 Global Positioning System Module: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Global Positioning System Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 50 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Parking Assist Control Module > Component Information > Locations Parking Assist Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Parking Assist Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 54 Parking Assist Control Module: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Parking Assist Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 55 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Memory Positioning Module > Component Information > Locations Memory Positioning Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Memory Positioning Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C341A Driver Seat Module (DSM) Memory Positioning Module: Diagrams C341A Driver Seat Module (DSM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Memory Positioning Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C341A Driver Seat Module (DSM) > Page 62 Memory Positioning Module: Diagrams C341B Driver Seat Module (DSM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Memory Positioning Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C341A Driver Seat Module (DSM) > Page 63 Memory Positioning Module: Diagrams C341C Driver Seat Module (DSM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Memory Positioning Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C341A Driver Seat Module (DSM) > Page 64 Memory Positioning Module: Diagrams C341D Driver Seat Module (DSM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Memory Positioning Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C341A Driver Seat Module (DSM) > Page 65 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Auxiliary Step / Running Board Module > Component Information > Locations Auxiliary Step / Running Board Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Auxiliary Step / Running Board Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C3313A Power Running Board (PRB) Module Auxiliary Step / Running Board Module: Diagrams C3313A Power Running Board (PRB) Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Auxiliary Step / Running Board Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C3313A Power Running Board (PRB) Module > Page 71 Auxiliary Step / Running Board Module: Diagrams C3313B Power Running Board (PRB) Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Dual Climate Controlled Seat Module (DCSM) Seat Heater Control Module: Locations Dual Climate Controlled Seat Module (DCSM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Dual Climate Controlled Seat Module (DCSM) > Page 76 Seat Heater Control Module: Locations Heated Seat Module, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Dual Climate Controlled Seat Module (DCSM) > Page 77 Seat Heater Control Module: Locations Heated Seat Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module Seat Heater Control Module: Diagrams C359A Heated Seat Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 80 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 81 Seat Heater Control Module: Diagrams C359B Heated Seat Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 82 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 83 Seat Heater Control Module: Diagrams C3162A Heated Seat Module, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 84 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 85 Seat Heater Control Module: Diagrams C3162B Heated Seat Module, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 86 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 87 Seat Heater Control Module: Diagrams C359A Heated Seat Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 88 C359B Heated Seat Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 89 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 90 C3162A Heated Seat Module, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 91 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 92 C3162B Heated Seat Module, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 93 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 94 C3265A Dual Climate Controlled Seat Module (DCSM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 95 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 96 C3265B Dual Climate Controlled Seat Module (DCSM) C3265C Dual Climate Controlled Seat Module (DCSM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 97 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Module > Component Information > Locations Sunroof / Moonroof Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 101 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 102 Sunroof / Moonroof Module: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 103 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn Trailer Towing Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn > Page 108 Trailer Towing Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Parking Lamp Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn > Page 109 Trailer Towing Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn > Page 110 Trailer Towing Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn Trailer Towing Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 113 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 114 Trailer Towing Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 115 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 116 Trailer Towing Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Parking Lamp Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 117 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 118 Trailer Towing Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 119 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations Electronic Brake Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 124 Electronic Brake Control Module: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Trailer Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations Trailer Brake Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Trailer Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 128 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Trailer Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 129 Trailer Brake Control Module: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Trailer Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 130 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Vacuum Pump Relay, Brakes > Component Information > Locations Vacuum Pump Relay: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Vacuum Pump Relay, Brakes > Component Information > Locations > Page 134 Vacuum Pump Relay: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Vacuum Pump Relay, Brakes > Component Information > Locations > Page 135 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Cooling Fan High Speed Relay Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Locations Cooling Fan High Speed Relay Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Cooling Fan High Speed Relay > Page 141 Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Locations Cooling Fan Low Speed Relay Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Cooling Fan High Speed Relay > Page 142 Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Locations Cooling Fan Relay Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Cooling Fan Relay Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection Cooling Fan Relay Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Cooling Fan Relay > Page 145 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Cooling Fan Relay > Page 146 Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection Cooling Fan High Speed Relay Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Cooling Fan Relay > Page 147 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Cooling Fan Relay > Page 148 Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection Cooling Fan Low Speed Relay Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Cooling Fan Relay > Page 149 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations Blower Motor Relay: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 154 Blower Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 155 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations Compressor Clutch Relay: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 159 Compressor Clutch Relay: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 160 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Control Module HVAC: > 11-3-13 > Mar > 11 > Instruments, A/C - Outside Temp. Display Inaccurate Control Module HVAC: Customer Interest Instruments, A/C - Outside Temp. Display Inaccurate TSB 11-3-13 03/15/11 OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE DISPLAY INACCURATE / INCORRECT REMOTE START CLIMATE CONTROL OPERATION WHEN SET TO AUTO FUNCTION - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 1/6/2011 FORD: 2011 F-150 ISSUE Some 2011 F-150 vehicles built on or before 1/6/2011 equipped with a outside air temperature display in the front display interface module (FDIM) may exhibit inaccurate temperature indication. This concern may also affect electronic automatic temperature control (EATC) equipped vehicle's temperature control operation and remote start system climate control operation when set to auto function. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check for any diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) present in the FDIM, HVAC, or powertrain control module (PCM) using Integrated Diagnostic Software (IDS). a. If any DTCs are present, discontinue this procedure and proceed with Workshop Manual or Powertrain Controls/Emissions Diagnosis as directed by the appropriate DTC chart. b. If no DTCs are present in the above listed modules, proceed to Step 2. 2. Reprogram the HVAC module to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.04 and higher or 72.01 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.3 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110313A 2011 F-150: Check For 0.3 Hr. DTCs And Reprogram The HVAC Module (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 19980 04 Disclaimer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module HVAC: > 11-3-13 > Mar > 11 > Instruments, A/C - Outside Temp. Display Inaccurate Control Module HVAC: All Technical Service Bulletins Instruments, A/C - Outside Temp. Display Inaccurate TSB 11-3-13 03/15/11 OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE DISPLAY INACCURATE / INCORRECT REMOTE START CLIMATE CONTROL OPERATION WHEN SET TO AUTO FUNCTION - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 1/6/2011 FORD: 2011 F-150 ISSUE Some 2011 F-150 vehicles built on or before 1/6/2011 equipped with a outside air temperature display in the front display interface module (FDIM) may exhibit inaccurate temperature indication. This concern may also affect electronic automatic temperature control (EATC) equipped vehicle's temperature control operation and remote start system climate control operation when set to auto function. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check for any diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) present in the FDIM, HVAC, or powertrain control module (PCM) using Integrated Diagnostic Software (IDS). a. If any DTCs are present, discontinue this procedure and proceed with Workshop Manual or Powertrain Controls/Emissions Diagnosis as directed by the appropriate DTC chart. b. If no DTCs are present in the above listed modules, proceed to Step 2. 2. Reprogram the HVAC module to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.04 and higher or 72.01 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.3 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110313A 2011 F-150: Check For 0.3 Hr. DTCs And Reprogram The HVAC Module (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 19980 04 Disclaimer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Locations > HVAC Module, EMTC Control Module HVAC: Locations HVAC Module, EMTC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Locations > HVAC Module, EMTC > Page 176 Control Module HVAC: Locations HVAC Module, DATC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C228A HVAC Module, DATC Control Module HVAC: Diagrams C228A HVAC Module, DATC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C228A HVAC Module, DATC > Page 179 Control Module HVAC: Diagrams C228B HVAC Module, DATC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C228A HVAC Module, DATC > Page 180 Control Module HVAC: Diagrams C294A HVAC Module, EMTC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C228A HVAC Module, DATC > Page 181 Control Module HVAC: Diagrams C294B HVAC Module, EMTC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C228A HVAC Module, DATC > Page 182 Control Module HVAC: Diagrams C228A HVAC Module, DATC C228B HVAC Module, DATC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C228A HVAC Module, DATC > Page 183 C294A HVAC Module, EMTC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C228A HVAC Module, DATC > Page 184 C294B HVAC Module, EMTC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C228A HVAC Module, DATC > Page 185 C2109A HVAC Module, DATC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C228A HVAC Module, DATC > Page 186 C2109B HVAC Module, DATC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C228A HVAC Module, DATC > Page 187 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 11-2-6 > Feb > 11 > Instruments - Unable To Adjust Compass Zone Instrument Panel Control Module: Customer Interest Instruments - Unable To Adjust Compass Zone TSB 11-2-6 02/07/11 UNABLE TO ADJUST COMPASS ZONE FORD: 2011 F-150 ISSUE Some 2011 F-150 vehicles built on or before 12/10/2010 and equipped with a compass in the Center Instrument Display (CID) only, when following the compass zone adjustment procedure in Owner Guide the system may not progress through each zone while pressing and releasing radio preset buttons 7 and 9, and may remain locked in zone 01. ACTION Reprogram the Instrument Cluster Module (ICM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.02A and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM ARE NOT AFFECTED BY THIS CONDITION. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110206A 2011 F-150: Reprogram 0.3 Hr. The Instrument Cluster (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 10849 04 Disclaimer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 11-2-6 > Feb > 11 > Instruments - Unable To Adjust Compass Zone Instrument Panel Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Instruments - Unable To Adjust Compass Zone TSB 11-2-6 02/07/11 UNABLE TO ADJUST COMPASS ZONE FORD: 2011 F-150 ISSUE Some 2011 F-150 vehicles built on or before 12/10/2010 and equipped with a compass in the Center Instrument Display (CID) only, when following the compass zone adjustment procedure in Owner Guide the system may not progress through each zone while pressing and releasing radio preset buttons 7 and 9, and may remain locked in zone 01. ACTION Reprogram the Instrument Cluster Module (ICM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.02A and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM ARE NOT AFFECTED BY THIS CONDITION. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110206A 2011 F-150: Reprogram 0.3 Hr. The Instrument Cluster (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 10849 04 Disclaimer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp Relay > Component Information > Locations Backup Lamp Relay: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 206 Backup Lamp Relay: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 207 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Locations Interior Lighting Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 211 Interior Lighting Module: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn Trailer Lighting Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 216 Trailer Lighting Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 217 Trailer Lighting Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 218 Trailer Lighting Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Parking Lamp Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn Trailer Lighting Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 221 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 222 Trailer Lighting Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 223 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 224 Trailer Lighting Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Parking Lamp Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 225 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 226 Trailer Lighting Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 227 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Locations Power Distribution Relay: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge Power Distribution Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 234 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 235 Power Distribution Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay - High Current ISO Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 236 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 237 Power Distribution Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay - Micro ISO Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 238 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 239 Power Distribution Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay - Mini ISO Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 240 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 241 Power Distribution Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay - Ultra Micro ISO Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 242 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Relay Box: Locations Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 247 Relay Box: Locations Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > C1035A Battery Junction Box (BJB) Relay Box: Diagrams C1035A Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > C1035A Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 250 Relay Box: Diagrams C1035B Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) Relay Box: Application and ID Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 253 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 254 Relay Box: Application and ID Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 255 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 256 Relay Box: Application and ID High Current Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 257 Relay Box: Application and ID Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > NHTSA11V128000 > Feb > 11 > Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection Body Control Module: Recalls Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: February 21, 2011 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 11V128000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Electrical System: Software POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 8,022 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 Ford F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge, and Lincoln MKX trucks manufactured from October 25, 2010, through November 20, 2010. These vehicles were inspected using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) that had a custom software routine to read the suspect Body Control Module (BCM) serial number. Based on the serial number the BCM was either not affected or replaced. The custom software routine was not reading the correct set of characters, and was not able to identify a BCM that required replacement affected BCMs may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which could result in a vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will inspect the body control module and if necessary replace it free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or about March 7, 2011. Owners may contact Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship CENTER AT 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford safety recall No. 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement Technical Service Bulletin # 10S14S3 Date: 110218 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 272 Attachment I - Administrative Information [NEW!] OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes OASIS will be activated on February 18, 2011. [NEW!] FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes FSA VIN list will be available through the website on February 18, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by March 31, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. [NEW!] STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. [NEW!] SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Previously inspected vehicles have been reactivated in OASIS for Safety Recall 10S14. Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 273 ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES If a customer's vehicle requires replacement of the BCM and it is necessary to order parts Ford will pay for up to two days of vehicle rental except for fuel insurance and tax which will be at the owner's expense. Rentals should be provided only while the vehicle is at the dealership for part replacement. The parts order must be an emergency order (unit down) if the order is placed between 3:00 PM and 7:00 PM (your local time zone) to guarantee the shortest delivery time. Prior approval for more than two rental days is required from the Special Service Support Center. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for rental dollar amounts. [NEW!] CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ Rental Expenses: Must be claimed on the same repair line as labor operation 10S14D. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for dollar amounts. - Misc. Expense Code: RENTAL - Misc. Expense Amount: Actual dollar amount (up to 2 days) Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 274 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION To manage part availability dealers must contact the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line. Dealers will receive a DOES II message when part requirements can be ordered through normal order processing channels. When calling to place an order for a BCM please be prepared to provide dealer P&A; code VIN RO # and vehicle mileage. Questions regarding parts should be directed to the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line or E-mailed. DEALER PRICE For latest prices refer to DOES II. PARTS RETENTION AND RETURN Follow the provisions of the Warranty and Policy Manual for "Parts Retention and Return Procedures." EXCESS STOCK RETURN Excess stock returned for credit must have been purchased from Ford Customer Service Division in accordance with Policy Procedure Bulletin 4000. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 275 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 276 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 277 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 278 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > NHTSA10V659000 > Dec > 10 > Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard Body Control Module: Recalls Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: December 29, 2010 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 10V659000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Structure: Body POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 14,737 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge and Lincoln MKX vehicles. During a six-day production period, the supplier of the body control module manufactured modules that may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which can result in an unattended vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will replace the body control module if necessary free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or before January 10, 2011. owners may contact Ford at 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford's recall campaign number is 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > NHTSA11V128000 > Feb > 11 > Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection Body Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: February 21, 2011 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 11V128000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Electrical System: Software POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 8,022 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 Ford F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge, and Lincoln MKX trucks manufactured from October 25, 2010, through November 20, 2010. These vehicles were inspected using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) that had a custom software routine to read the suspect Body Control Module (BCM) serial number. Based on the serial number the BCM was either not affected or replaced. The custom software routine was not reading the correct set of characters, and was not able to identify a BCM that required replacement affected BCMs may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which could result in a vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will inspect the body control module and if necessary replace it free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or about March 7, 2011. Owners may contact Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship CENTER AT 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford safety recall No. 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement Technical Service Bulletin # 10S14S3 Date: 110218 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 292 Attachment I - Administrative Information [NEW!] OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes OASIS will be activated on February 18, 2011. [NEW!] FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes FSA VIN list will be available through the website on February 18, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by March 31, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. [NEW!] STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. [NEW!] SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Previously inspected vehicles have been reactivated in OASIS for Safety Recall 10S14. Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 293 ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES If a customer's vehicle requires replacement of the BCM and it is necessary to order parts Ford will pay for up to two days of vehicle rental except for fuel insurance and tax which will be at the owner's expense. Rentals should be provided only while the vehicle is at the dealership for part replacement. The parts order must be an emergency order (unit down) if the order is placed between 3:00 PM and 7:00 PM (your local time zone) to guarantee the shortest delivery time. Prior approval for more than two rental days is required from the Special Service Support Center. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for rental dollar amounts. [NEW!] CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ Rental Expenses: Must be claimed on the same repair line as labor operation 10S14D. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for dollar amounts. - Misc. Expense Code: RENTAL - Misc. Expense Amount: Actual dollar amount (up to 2 days) Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 294 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION To manage part availability dealers must contact the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line. Dealers will receive a DOES II message when part requirements can be ordered through normal order processing channels. When calling to place an order for a BCM please be prepared to provide dealer P&A; code VIN RO # and vehicle mileage. Questions regarding parts should be directed to the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line or E-mailed. DEALER PRICE For latest prices refer to DOES II. PARTS RETENTION AND RETURN Follow the provisions of the Warranty and Policy Manual for "Parts Retention and Return Procedures." EXCESS STOCK RETURN Excess stock returned for credit must have been purchased from Ford Customer Service Division in accordance with Policy Procedure Bulletin 4000. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 295 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 296 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 297 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 298 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > NHTSA10V659000 > Dec > 10 > Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard Body Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: December 29, 2010 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 10V659000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Structure: Body POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 14,737 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge and Lincoln MKX vehicles. During a six-day production period, the supplier of the body control module manufactured modules that may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which can result in an unattended vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will replace the body control module if necessary free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or before January 10, 2011. owners may contact Ford at 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford's recall campaign number is 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 303 Body Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) Body Control Module: Diagrams C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 306 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 307 Body Control Module: Diagrams C2280B Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 308 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 309 Body Control Module: Diagrams C2280C Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 310 Body Control Module: Diagrams C2280D Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 311 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 312 Body Control Module: Diagrams C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 313 C2280B Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 314 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 315 C2280C Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 316 C2280D Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 317 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 318 C2280E Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 319 C2280F Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 320 C2280G Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Locations Engine Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 324 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Engine Control Module: Diagrams C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) > Page 327 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) > Page 328 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) > Page 329 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) > Page 330 Engine Control Module: Diagrams C1551E Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) > Page 331 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) > Page 332 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) > Page 333 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 337 Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 338 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Control Unit > Component Information > Locations Fuel Pump Control Unit: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Control Unit > Component Information > Locations > Page 343 Fuel Pump Control Unit: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Control Unit > Component Information > Locations > Page 344 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations Fuel Pump Relay: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 348 Fuel Pump Relay: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 349 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 353 Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 354 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations Air Bag Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 359 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 360 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C310A Restraints Control Module (RCM) Air Bag Control Module: Diagrams C310A Restraints Control Module (RCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C310A Restraints Control Module (RCM) > Page 363 Air Bag Control Module: Diagrams C310B Restraints Control Module (RCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C310A Restraints Control Module (RCM) > Page 364 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Classification Module - Air Bag > Component Information > Locations Seat Occupant Classification Module - Air Bag: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Classification Module - Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Page 368 Seat Occupant Classification Module - Air Bag: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations > Starter Relay Starter Relay: Locations Starter Relay Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations > Starter Relay > Page 374 Starter Relay: Locations Run/Starter Relay Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Starter Relay Starter Relay: Testing and Inspection Starter Relay Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Starter Relay > Page 377 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Starter Relay > Page 378 Starter Relay: Testing and Inspection Run/Starter Relay Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Starter Relay > Page 379 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules Steering > Steering Column Control Module > Component Information > Locations Steering Column Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules Steering > Steering Column Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 385 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules Steering > Steering Column Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2414A Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) Steering Column Control Module: Diagrams C2414A Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules Steering > Steering Column Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2414A Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) > Page 388 Steering Column Control Module: Diagrams C2414B Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules Steering > Steering Column Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2414A Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) > Page 389 Steering Column Control Module: Diagrams C2414C Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules Steering > Steering Column Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2414A Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) > Page 390 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules Steering > Steering Column Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2414A Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) > Page 391 Steering Column Control Module: Diagrams C2414D Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules Steering > Steering Control Module > Component Information > Locations Steering Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules Steering > Steering Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1463A Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) Steering Control Module: Diagrams C1463A Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules Steering > Steering Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1463A Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) > Page 397 Steering Control Module: Diagrams C1463B Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations Tire Pressure Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 402 Tire Pressure Module: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transfer Case > Control Module, Transfer Case > Component Information > Locations Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transfer Case > Control Module, Transfer Case > Component Information > Diagrams > C2371A Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) Control Module: Diagrams C2371A Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transfer Case > Control Module, Transfer Case > Component Information > Diagrams > C2371A Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) > Page 410 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transfer Case > Control Module, Transfer Case > Component Information > Diagrams > C2371A Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) > Page 411 Control Module: Diagrams C2371B Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transfer Case > Control Module, Transfer Case > Component Information > Diagrams > C2371A Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) > Page 412 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Relay > Component Information > Locations Heated Glass Element Relay: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 417 Heated Glass Element Relay: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 418 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Relay > Component Information > Locations Wiper Relay: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 423 Wiper Relay: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 424 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Page 430 Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Page 431 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Parking Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Left Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Locations Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Left Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Parking Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Left > Page 436 Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Locations Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Right Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Parking Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Left > Page 437 Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Locations Parking Aid Sensor, Inner Left Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Parking Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Left > Page 438 Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Locations Parking Aid Sensor, Inner Right Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Parking Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C4009 Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Left Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Diagrams C4009 Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Left Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Parking Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C4009 Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Left > Page 441 Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Diagrams C4010 Parking Aid Sensor, Inner Left Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Parking Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C4009 Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Left > Page 442 Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Diagrams C4011 Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Right Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Parking Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C4009 Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Left > Page 443 Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Diagrams C4012 Parking Aid Sensor, Inner Right Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Hood Switch / Sensor > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Hood Switch / Sensor > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Page 449 Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Hood Switch / Sensor > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Page 450 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Door Lock Switch, Left Front Power Door Lock Switch: Locations Door Lock Switch, Left Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Door Lock Switch, Left Front > Page 455 Power Door Lock Switch: Locations Door Lock Switch, Right Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C505 Door Lock Switch, Left Front Power Door Lock Switch: Diagrams C505 Door Lock Switch, Left Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C505 Door Lock Switch, Left Front > Page 458 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C505 Door Lock Switch, Left Front > Page 459 Power Door Lock Switch: Diagrams C605 Door Lock Switch, Right Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C505 Door Lock Switch, Left Front > Page 460 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 461 Power Door Lock Switch: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 462 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations Power Mirror Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 466 Power Mirror Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 467 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 468 Power Mirror Switch: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 469 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 470 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Locations > Seat Control Switch, Driver Side Front Power Seat Switch: Locations Seat Control Switch, Driver Side Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Locations > Seat Control Switch, Driver Side Front > Page 475 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Locations > Seat Control Switch, Driver Side Front > Page 476 Power Seat Switch: Locations Seat Control Switch, Passenger Side Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C330 Seat Control Switch, Passenger Side Front Power Seat Switch: Diagrams C330 Seat Control Switch, Passenger Side Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C330 Seat Control Switch, Passenger Side Front > Page 479 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C330 Seat Control Switch, Passenger Side Front > Page 480 Power Seat Switch: Diagrams C360 Seat Control Switch, Driver Side Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C330 Seat Control Switch, Passenger Side Front > Page 481 Power Seat Switch: Diagrams C369 Seat Control Switch, Driver Side Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C330 Seat Control Switch, Passenger Side Front > Page 482 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Seat Control Switch, 6 - Way Power Seat Switch: Testing and Inspection Seat Control Switch, 6 - Way Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Seat Control Switch, 6 - Way > Page 485 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Seat Control Switch, 6 - Way > Page 486 Power Seat Switch: Testing and Inspection Seat Control Switch, 10 - Way Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Seat Control Switch, 6 - Way > Page 487 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Locations > Heated Seat Switch, Right Rear Seat Seat Heater Switch: Locations Heated Seat Switch, Right Rear Seat Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Locations > Heated Seat Switch, Right Rear Seat > Page 492 Seat Heater Switch: Locations Heated Seat Switch, Left Rear Seat Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C731 Heated Seat Switch, Left Rear Seat Seat Heater Switch: Diagrams C731 Heated Seat Switch, Left Rear Seat Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C731 Heated Seat Switch, Left Rear Seat > Page 495 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C731 Heated Seat Switch, Left Rear Seat > Page 496 Seat Heater Switch: Diagrams C831 Heated Seat Switch, Right Rear Seat Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C731 Heated Seat Switch, Left Rear Seat > Page 497 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Memory Switch > Component Information > Locations Seat Memory Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Memory Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 501 Seat Memory Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Memory Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 502 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 506 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 507 Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 508 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 509 Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 510 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 515 Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 516 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 520 Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 521 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations Parking Brake Warning Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 525 Parking Brake Warning Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 526 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Traction Control Switch > Component Information > Locations > Hill Descent Control Switch Traction Control Switch: Locations Hill Descent Control Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Traction Control Switch > Component Information > Locations > Hill Descent Control Switch > Page 531 Traction Control Switch: Locations Hazard/PAD/Traction Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Traction Control Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C2355 Hazard/PAD/Traction Switch Traction Control Switch: Diagrams C2355 Hazard/PAD/Traction Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Traction Control Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C2355 Hazard/PAD/Traction Switch > Page 534 Traction Control Switch: Diagrams C3394 Hill Descent Control Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor: Locations Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front > Page 539 Wheel Speed Sensor: Locations Wheel Speed Sensor, Right Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front > Page 540 Wheel Speed Sensor: Locations Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front > Page 541 Wheel Speed Sensor: Locations Wheel Speed Sensor, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C150 Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor: Diagrams C150 Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C150 Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front > Page 544 Wheel Speed Sensor: Diagrams C160 Wheel Speed Sensor, Right Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C150 Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front > Page 545 Wheel Speed Sensor: Diagrams C440 Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C150 Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front > Page 546 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C150 Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front > Page 547 Wheel Speed Sensor: Diagrams C426 Wheel Speed Sensor, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Engine Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations Engine Temperature Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Engine Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 553 Engine Temperature Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Engine Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 554 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Brake Switch (Cruise Control) > Component Information > Locations Brake Switch (Cruise Control): Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Brake Switch (Cruise Control) > Component Information > Locations > Page 559 Brake Switch (Cruise Control): Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Brake Switch (Cruise Control) > Component Information > Locations > Page 560 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Level Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams Oil Level Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Level Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 565 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations Oil Pressure Sender: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 569 Oil Pressure Sender: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 570 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Exhaust System > Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Exhaust System > Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 575 Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Exhaust System > Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 576 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Exhaust System > Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 577 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 582 Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Locations Blower Motor Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 586 Blower Motor Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 587 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Cabin Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations Cabin Temperature Sensor / Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Cabin Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 591 Cabin Temperature Sensor / Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Cabin Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 592 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 596 Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 597 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Humidity Sensor > Component Information > Locations Humidity Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Humidity Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 601 Humidity Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Humidity Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 602 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 606 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Solar Sensor, HVAC > Component Information > Locations Solar Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Solar Sensor, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 610 Solar Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations Dimmer Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 615 Dimmer Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 616 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 617 Dimmer Switch: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 618 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear Door Switch: Locations Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear > Page 623 Door Switch: Locations Door Ajar Switch, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C715 Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear Door Switch: Diagrams C715 Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C715 Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear > Page 626 Door Switch: Diagrams C820 Door Ajar Switch, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Diagrams Fuel Gauge Sender: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 630 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations Parking Brake Warning Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 634 Parking Brake Warning Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 635 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Ambient Light Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Autolamp Sensor Ambient Light Sensor: Locations Autolamp Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Ambient Light Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Autolamp Sensor > Page 641 Ambient Light Sensor: Locations Autolamp/Sunload Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Ambient Light Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C286 Autolamp/Sunload Sensor Ambient Light Sensor: Diagrams C286 Autolamp/Sunload Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Ambient Light Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C286 Autolamp/Sunload Sensor > Page 644 Ambient Light Sensor: Diagrams C287 Autolamp Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Ambient Light Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C286 Autolamp/Sunload Sensor > Page 645 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Brake Light Switch > Component Information > Locations Brake Light Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Brake Light Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 649 Brake Light Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Brake Light Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 650 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear Door Switch: Locations Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear > Page 655 Door Switch: Locations Door Ajar Switch, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C715 Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear Door Switch: Diagrams C715 Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C715 Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear > Page 658 Door Switch: Diagrams C820 Door Ajar Switch, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations Hazard Warning Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 662 Hazard Warning Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Locations Headlamp Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 666 Headlamp Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 667 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 668 Headlamp Switch: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 669 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Horn Switch > Component Information > Locations Horn Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Horn Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 673 Horn Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Horn Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 674 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Interior Light Switch > Component Information > Locations Interior Light Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Interior Light Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 678 Interior Light Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Interior Light Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 679 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 685 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 689 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Battery Current Sensor Battery Current Sensor: Locations Battery Current Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Battery Current Sensor > Page 694 Battery Current Sensor: Locations Generator Current Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1646 Battery Current Sensor Battery Current Sensor: Diagrams C1646 Battery Current Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1646 Battery Current Sensor > Page 697 Battery Current Sensor: Diagrams C1645 Generator Current Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 702 Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 12 (CMP12) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 703 Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 21 (CMP21) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 704 Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 22 (CMP22) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 707 Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1367 Camshaft Position 21 (CMP21) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 708 Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1624 Camshaft Position 12 (CMP12) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 709 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 710 Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1625 Camshaft Position 22 (CMP22) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 711 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Crankshaft Position Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 715 Crankshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations Engine Temperature Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 719 Engine Temperature Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 720 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 724 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 725 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature (MAF/IAT) Sensor Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Locations Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature (MAF/IAT) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature (MAF/IAT) Sensor > Page 730 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Locations Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature (MAF/IAT) Sensor > Page 731 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Locations Manifold Absolute Pressure/Intake Air Temperature 2 (MAP/IAT2) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C129 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Diagrams C129 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C129 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor > Page 734 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Diagrams C1087 Manifold Absolute Pressure/Intake Air Temperature 2 (MAP/IAT2) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C129 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor > Page 735 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C129 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor > Page 736 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C129 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor > Page 737 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Diagrams C1454 Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature (MAF/IAT) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations Knock Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 741 Knock Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 745 Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 746 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 747 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #12 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #12 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #12 > Page 752 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #22 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #12 > Page 753 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Universal Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #11 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #12 > Page 754 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Universal Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #21 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1569 Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #22 Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams C1569 Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #22 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1569 Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #22 > Page 757 Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams C1570 Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #12 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1569 Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #22 > Page 758 Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams C1661 Universal Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #11 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1569 Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #22 > Page 759 Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams C1662 Universal Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #21 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 764 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 768 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Diagrams Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbo Boost Sensor > Component Information > Locations Turbo Boost Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbo Boost Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 775 Turbo Boost Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbo Boost Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 776 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbo Boost Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 777 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 781 Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 782 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 783 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 789 Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 12 (CMP12) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 790 Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 21 (CMP21) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 791 Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 22 (CMP22) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 794 Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1367 Camshaft Position 21 (CMP21) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 795 Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1624 Camshaft Position 12 (CMP12) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 796 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 797 Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1625 Camshaft Position 22 (CMP22) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 798 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Crankshaft Position Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 802 Crankshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations Ignition Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 806 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Ignition Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Introduction Note All wiring connections between components are shown exactly as they exist in the vehicles. It is important to realize, however, that no attempt has been made on the diagrams to represent components and wiring as they physically appear on the vehicle. For example, a 4-foot length of wire is treated no differently in a diagram from one that is only a few inches long. Furthermore, to aid in understanding electrical (electronic) operation, wiring inside complicated components has been simplified. Complete Circuit Operation Each circuit is shown completely and independently in one set. Other components that are connected to the circuits may not be shown unless they influence the circuit operation. Current Flow (1) Each set normally starts with the component that powers the circuit, such as a fuse or the ignition switch. Current flow is shown from the power source at the top of the diagram to ground at the bottom of the diagram. A full representation of the power supply of a fuse or the power distribution from a fuse to various components is given in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Full representation of the ground connections are shown in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Switch Positions (2) Within a diagram, all switches, sensors and relays are shown "at rest" (ignition switch OFF). Splices (3) Splices directly connecting to the power distribution are best represented on the power distribution diagram in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Splices connected to grounds can be seen completely in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. For all other splices, a reference is given to each off diagram where that particular splice can be best viewed. Component Referencing (4) Components on a diagram have a reference to a component location view or the diagram where it is shown completely. The reference is located to the right of each component. Component Names (5) Component names are placed on the right hand side of each component when possible. Descriptions of the internals of the component are also included when available. The diagram where the component appears in full is listed in the Index. The base part number for a component is listed in parentheses next to or under a component. Internal Name and Function Identification Numbers (6) Some components on each diagram have internal symbols with an identification number located within it. You can identify the internal symbol or function by finding the corresponding number under the component name. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 809 Circuit Numbering and Wire Identification (7) Ford Motor Company uses three different circuit numbering conventions: Standard Circuit Numbering System, Global Circuit Numbering System, and New Global Circuit Numbering System (NGCNS). With each, the circuit number (which identifies a specific circuit function) is followed by the wire color. The wire identification consists of a basic color and possibly a stripe, and is determined directly from the wire's circuit number. In the diagrams, the wire colors are indicated next to the wires. The colors are abbreviated using the international norm IEC 757. The abbreviations are listed in set 4 "Symbols". Fuse and Relay Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 810 Fuse/Locations and Relay/Locations contains a view of the fuse/relay box, in which all fuses and relays are identified, numbered and named. Fuse and relay numbering and naming follow the indication of the fuse panel cover. In addition, for all removable relays, pin positions are added to illustrate proper orientation. Power Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 811 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams shows the current feed circuits. The current path is shown from the battery to the ignition switch and to all fuses. It also shows the circuits protected by each fuse. The circuit is traced from the fuse to the component. All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the fuse and the first component are shown. Ground Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 812 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams contains the diagram that shows the complete details for each ground connection or main ground splice. This is useful in diagnosing a problem affecting several components at once (poor ground connection or ground splice). All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the ground point and the component are shown. These ground connection details are shown here in order to keep the individual set diagrams as uncluttered as possible. Component and Connector Information Connector Views show the views of the pins and/or cavities of all connectors. The pin and cavity sides are shown separately as if the connector were disconnected. The color of the connector housing is indicated next to the connector number when available. The harness causal number is located above the connector view and below the connector number. The circuit function charts are located below each connector. The wiring harness designations are listed in Component Location Charts. Component Location Views show the components and their connecting wires as they can be found on the vehicle. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 813 Locations information that can be found at the vehicle level will helps the user find where the various items depicted on the diagram can physically be found on the vehicle. A brief written description of the location is given, along with a reference to the component location views. Symbols Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 814 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 815 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 816 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 817 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 818 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 819 Ignition Switch: Diagnostic Aids NOTE: Restraint system terminals should not be removed or repaired. If a restraint terminal requires service, replace the affected harness. Troubleshooting wiring harness and connector hidden concerns The following illustrations are known examples of wiring harness, splices and connectors that will create intermittent electrical concerns. The concerns are hidden and can only be discovered by a physical evaluation as shown in each illustration. NOTE: Several components, such as the PCM, utilize gold plated terminals in their connections to the wiring harness. If those terminals need to be replaced, they must be replaced with a gold plated terminal. Terminal not properly seated 1 = Locked terminal 2 = Male half 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Unlocked terminal (Hidden by wire seal) 7 = Seal Check for unlocked terminal by pulling each wire at the end of the connector. Defective insulation stripping Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 820 1 = Proper crimp 2 = Insulation not removed 3 = Wire strands missing 4 = Intermittent signals through pierced insulation Partially mated connectors 1 = Seal 2 = Displaced tab 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Male half 7 = Intermittent contact Lock may be displaced into an unlocked position; pull on the connector to verify the lock. Deformed (enlarged) female terminals 1 = Enlarged Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 821 2 = Normal Any probe entering the terminal may enlarge the contact spring opening creating an intermittent signal. Insert the correct mating terminal (Location A) from the service kit and feel for a loose fit. Electrical short inside the harness 1 = Solder coated wire to ground 2 = Harness protective tape 3 = Intermittent short Solder coated wire pierced through the insulation of another circuit 4 = Grounding foil Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 822 Electrical short within the harness Splice tape removed 1 = Intermittent short Splice covered 2 = Wire strand 3 = Splice tape 4 = Harness tape Broken wire strands in harness 1 = Wiring harness tape 2 = Wiring strand 3 = Broken strands intermittent signal 4 = Circuit insulation Remove the tape and flex/feel each circuit for a reduction in diameter at break. Recommended splicing method - Solder (For 16 AWG and Smaller Diameter Wire Only) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 823 2. Strip wires to appropriate length. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. 4. Twist wires together. 5. Solder wires together. NOTE: Use rosin core mildly-activated (RMA) solder. Do not use acid core solder. - Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seat wire splice. 6. Bend wire 1 back in a straight line. NOTE: Wait for solder to cool before moving wires. 7. Evenly position heat shrink tubing over wire repair. NOTE: Overlap tubing on both wires. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 824 8. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows Out of both ends of heat shrink tubing. 9. Reconnect battery ground cable. Recommended splicing method - Crimp (For 10-22 AWG Diameter Wire to Like Wire Diameter) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. 2. Strip 6.35mm (1/4 in) of insulation from each wire end, taking care not to nick or cut wire strands. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. NOTE: Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seal wire splice. 4. Select appropriate wire splice for the wires to be spliced. 5. Identify the appropriate crimping chamber on the Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper by matching the wire size on the dies with the wire size stamped on the butt splice. NOTE: Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper is the only tool that can be used with these splices. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 825 6. Center one end of the wire splice in the appropriate crimping chamber. 7. If visible, be sure to place the brazed seam toward the indenter. 8. Insert stripped wire into the barrel. 9. Holding the wire in place, barrel squeeze tool handles appropriate ratchet releases. 10. Repeating steps 5-7, crimp the other half of the splice. 11. Check for acceptable crimp. a. Crimp should be centered on each end of the butt splice b. Wire insulation does not enter butt splice. c. Wire is visible through inspection hole of splices. 12. Evenly position supplied heat shrink tubing over wire repair. 13. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows out of both ends of the heat shrink tubing. 14. Reconnect battery ground cable. This chart is to be used when pigtails or terminals are different wire gauge than the vehicle harness. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 826 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 827 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 828 Ignition Switch: Connector Views Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 829 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 830 Ignition Switch: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 831 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations Knock Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 835 Knock Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Deactivation Switch > Component Information > Locations Air Bag Deactivation Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Deactivation Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 840 Air Bag Deactivation Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row Impact Sensor: Locations Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 845 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 846 Impact Sensor: Locations Impact Sensor, Passenger Second Row Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 847 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 848 Impact Sensor: Locations Impact Severity Sensor, LH Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 849 Impact Sensor: Locations Impact Severity Sensor, RH Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 850 Impact Sensor: Locations Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 851 Impact Sensor, Passenger Second Row Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 852 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 853 Impact Severity Sensor, LH Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 854 Impact Severity Sensor, RH Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 855 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 856 Side Impact Sensor, Passenger Front Door Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 857 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door Impact Sensor: Diagrams C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 860 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 861 Impact Sensor: Diagrams C644 Side Impact Sensor, Passenger Front Door Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 862 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 863 Impact Sensor: Diagrams C1465 Impact Severity Sensor, LH Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 864 Impact Sensor: Diagrams C1466 Impact Severity Sensor, RH Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 865 Impact Sensor: Diagrams C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 866 C644 Side Impact Sensor, Passenger Front Door Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 867 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 868 C1465 Impact Severity Sensor, LH Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 869 C1466 Impact Severity Sensor, RH Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 870 C3248 Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 871 C3249 Impact Sensor, Passenger Second Row Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Component Information > Locations > Safety Belt Buckle Switch, Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Locations Safety Belt Buckle Switch, Passenger Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Component Information > Locations > Safety Belt Buckle Switch, Passenger > Page 876 Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Locations Safety Belt Buckle Switch, Driver Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C3065 Safety Belt Buckle Switch, Driver Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Diagrams C3065 Safety Belt Buckle Switch, Driver Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C3065 Safety Belt Buckle Switch, Driver > Page 879 Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Diagrams C3066 Safety Belt Buckle Switch, Passenger Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Locations > OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 Seat Occupant Sensor: Locations OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Locations > OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 > Page 884 Seat Occupant Sensor: Locations OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 2 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Locations > OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 > Page 885 Seat Occupant Sensor: Locations OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 3 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Locations > OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 > Page 886 Seat Occupant Sensor: Locations OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 4 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C3324 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 Seat Occupant Sensor: Diagrams C3324 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C3324 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 > Page 889 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C3324 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 > Page 890 Seat Occupant Sensor: Diagrams C3325 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 2 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C3324 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 > Page 891 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C3324 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 > Page 892 Seat Occupant Sensor: Diagrams C3330 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 3 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C3324 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 > Page 893 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C3324 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 > Page 894 Seat Occupant Sensor: Diagrams C3331 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 4 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C3324 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 > Page 895 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Seat Position Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 899 Seat Position Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Battery Current Sensor Battery Current Sensor: Locations Battery Current Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Battery Current Sensor > Page 905 Battery Current Sensor: Locations Generator Current Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1646 Battery Current Sensor Battery Current Sensor: Diagrams C1646 Battery Current Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1646 Battery Current Sensor > Page 908 Battery Current Sensor: Diagrams C1645 Generator Current Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations Ignition Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 912 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Ignition Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Introduction Note All wiring connections between components are shown exactly as they exist in the vehicles. It is important to realize, however, that no attempt has been made on the diagrams to represent components and wiring as they physically appear on the vehicle. For example, a 4-foot length of wire is treated no differently in a diagram from one that is only a few inches long. Furthermore, to aid in understanding electrical (electronic) operation, wiring inside complicated components has been simplified. Complete Circuit Operation Each circuit is shown completely and independently in one set. Other components that are connected to the circuits may not be shown unless they influence the circuit operation. Current Flow (1) Each set normally starts with the component that powers the circuit, such as a fuse or the ignition switch. Current flow is shown from the power source at the top of the diagram to ground at the bottom of the diagram. A full representation of the power supply of a fuse or the power distribution from a fuse to various components is given in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Full representation of the ground connections are shown in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Switch Positions (2) Within a diagram, all switches, sensors and relays are shown "at rest" (ignition switch OFF). Splices (3) Splices directly connecting to the power distribution are best represented on the power distribution diagram in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Splices connected to grounds can be seen completely in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. For all other splices, a reference is given to each off diagram where that particular splice can be best viewed. Component Referencing (4) Components on a diagram have a reference to a component location view or the diagram where it is shown completely. The reference is located to the right of each component. Component Names (5) Component names are placed on the right hand side of each component when possible. Descriptions of the internals of the component are also included when available. The diagram where the component appears in full is listed in the Index. The base part number for a component is listed in parentheses next to or under a component. Internal Name and Function Identification Numbers (6) Some components on each diagram have internal symbols with an identification number located within it. You can identify the internal symbol or function by finding the corresponding number under the component name. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 915 Circuit Numbering and Wire Identification (7) Ford Motor Company uses three different circuit numbering conventions: Standard Circuit Numbering System, Global Circuit Numbering System, and New Global Circuit Numbering System (NGCNS). With each, the circuit number (which identifies a specific circuit function) is followed by the wire color. The wire identification consists of a basic color and possibly a stripe, and is determined directly from the wire's circuit number. In the diagrams, the wire colors are indicated next to the wires. The colors are abbreviated using the international norm IEC 757. The abbreviations are listed in set 4 "Symbols". Fuse and Relay Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 916 Fuse/Locations and Relay/Locations contains a view of the fuse/relay box, in which all fuses and relays are identified, numbered and named. Fuse and relay numbering and naming follow the indication of the fuse panel cover. In addition, for all removable relays, pin positions are added to illustrate proper orientation. Power Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 917 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams shows the current feed circuits. The current path is shown from the battery to the ignition switch and to all fuses. It also shows the circuits protected by each fuse. The circuit is traced from the fuse to the component. All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the fuse and the first component are shown. Ground Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 918 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams contains the diagram that shows the complete details for each ground connection or main ground splice. This is useful in diagnosing a problem affecting several components at once (poor ground connection or ground splice). All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the ground point and the component are shown. These ground connection details are shown here in order to keep the individual set diagrams as uncluttered as possible. Component and Connector Information Connector Views show the views of the pins and/or cavities of all connectors. The pin and cavity sides are shown separately as if the connector were disconnected. The color of the connector housing is indicated next to the connector number when available. The harness causal number is located above the connector view and below the connector number. The circuit function charts are located below each connector. The wiring harness designations are listed in Component Location Charts. Component Location Views show the components and their connecting wires as they can be found on the vehicle. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 919 Locations information that can be found at the vehicle level will helps the user find where the various items depicted on the diagram can physically be found on the vehicle. A brief written description of the location is given, along with a reference to the component location views. Symbols Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 920 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 921 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 922 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 923 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 924 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 925 Ignition Switch: Diagnostic Aids NOTE: Restraint system terminals should not be removed or repaired. If a restraint terminal requires service, replace the affected harness. Troubleshooting wiring harness and connector hidden concerns The following illustrations are known examples of wiring harness, splices and connectors that will create intermittent electrical concerns. The concerns are hidden and can only be discovered by a physical evaluation as shown in each illustration. NOTE: Several components, such as the PCM, utilize gold plated terminals in their connections to the wiring harness. If those terminals need to be replaced, they must be replaced with a gold plated terminal. Terminal not properly seated 1 = Locked terminal 2 = Male half 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Unlocked terminal (Hidden by wire seal) 7 = Seal Check for unlocked terminal by pulling each wire at the end of the connector. Defective insulation stripping Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 926 1 = Proper crimp 2 = Insulation not removed 3 = Wire strands missing 4 = Intermittent signals through pierced insulation Partially mated connectors 1 = Seal 2 = Displaced tab 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Male half 7 = Intermittent contact Lock may be displaced into an unlocked position; pull on the connector to verify the lock. Deformed (enlarged) female terminals 1 = Enlarged Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 927 2 = Normal Any probe entering the terminal may enlarge the contact spring opening creating an intermittent signal. Insert the correct mating terminal (Location A) from the service kit and feel for a loose fit. Electrical short inside the harness 1 = Solder coated wire to ground 2 = Harness protective tape 3 = Intermittent short Solder coated wire pierced through the insulation of another circuit 4 = Grounding foil Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 928 Electrical short within the harness Splice tape removed 1 = Intermittent short Splice covered 2 = Wire strand 3 = Splice tape 4 = Harness tape Broken wire strands in harness 1 = Wiring harness tape 2 = Wiring strand 3 = Broken strands intermittent signal 4 = Circuit insulation Remove the tape and flex/feel each circuit for a reduction in diameter at break. Recommended splicing method - Solder (For 16 AWG and Smaller Diameter Wire Only) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 929 2. Strip wires to appropriate length. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. 4. Twist wires together. 5. Solder wires together. NOTE: Use rosin core mildly-activated (RMA) solder. Do not use acid core solder. - Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seat wire splice. 6. Bend wire 1 back in a straight line. NOTE: Wait for solder to cool before moving wires. 7. Evenly position heat shrink tubing over wire repair. NOTE: Overlap tubing on both wires. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 930 8. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows Out of both ends of heat shrink tubing. 9. Reconnect battery ground cable. Recommended splicing method - Crimp (For 10-22 AWG Diameter Wire to Like Wire Diameter) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. 2. Strip 6.35mm (1/4 in) of insulation from each wire end, taking care not to nick or cut wire strands. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. NOTE: Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seal wire splice. 4. Select appropriate wire splice for the wires to be spliced. 5. Identify the appropriate crimping chamber on the Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper by matching the wire size on the dies with the wire size stamped on the butt splice. NOTE: Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper is the only tool that can be used with these splices. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 931 6. Center one end of the wire splice in the appropriate crimping chamber. 7. If visible, be sure to place the brazed seam toward the indenter. 8. Insert stripped wire into the barrel. 9. Holding the wire in place, barrel squeeze tool handles appropriate ratchet releases. 10. Repeating steps 5-7, crimp the other half of the splice. 11. Check for acceptable crimp. a. Crimp should be centered on each end of the butt splice b. Wire insulation does not enter butt splice. c. Wire is visible through inspection hole of splices. 12. Evenly position supplied heat shrink tubing over wire repair. 13. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows out of both ends of the heat shrink tubing. 14. Reconnect battery ground cable. This chart is to be used when pigtails or terminals are different wire gauge than the vehicle harness. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 932 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 933 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 934 Ignition Switch: Connector Views Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 935 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 936 Ignition Switch: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 937 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Overdrive Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations Overdrive Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Overdrive Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 943 Overdrive Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Overdrive Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 944 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Locations > Mode Select Switch (MSS) Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Locations Mode Select Switch (MSS) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Locations > Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 950 Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Locations 4X4 High/Low Indicator Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Locations > Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 951 Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Locations Off-Road Mode Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Diagrams C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 954 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 955 Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Diagrams C1177 4X4 High/Low Indicator Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 956 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 957 Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Diagrams C3393 Off-Road Mode Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 958 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Master Window Control Switch Power Window Switch: Locations Master Window Control Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Master Window Control Switch > Page 964 Power Window Switch: Locations Window Control Switch, Passenger Side Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Master Window Control Switch > Page 965 Power Window Switch: Locations Window Control Switch, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Master Window Control Switch > Page 966 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Master Window Control Switch > Page 967 Power Window Switch: Locations Window Control Switch, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Master Window Control Switch > Page 968 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Master Window Control Switch > Page 969 Power Window Switch: Locations Overhead Console Switch Assembly Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Master Window Control Switch > Page 970 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch Power Window Switch: Diagrams C504 Master Window Control Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 973 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 974 Power Window Switch: Diagrams C535A Master Window Control Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 975 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 976 Power Window Switch: Diagrams C535B Master Window Control Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 977 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 978 Power Window Switch: Diagrams C604 Window Control Switch, Passenger Side Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 979 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 980 Power Window Switch: Diagrams C504 Master Window Control Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 981 C535A Master Window Control Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 982 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 983 C535B Master Window Control Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 984 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 985 C604 Window Control Switch, Passenger Side Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 986 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 987 C701 Window Control Switch, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 988 C801 Window Control Switch, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 989 C912 Overhead Console Switch Assembly Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 990 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 991 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Overhead Console Switch Assembly - Window Adjust Switch, Rear Power Window Switch: Testing and Inspection Overhead Console Switch Assembly - Window Adjust Switch, Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Overhead Console Switch Assembly - Window Adjust Switch, Rear > Page 994 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Overhead Console Switch Assembly - Window Adjust Switch, Rear > Page 995 Power Window Switch: Testing and Inspection Master Window Control Switch - Regular Cab Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Overhead Console Switch Assembly - Window Adjust Switch, Rear > Page 996 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Overhead Console Switch Assembly - Window Adjust Switch, Rear > Page 997 Power Window Switch: Testing and Inspection Master Window Control Switch - Super Crew, Super Cab Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Overhead Console Switch Assembly - Window Adjust Switch, Rear > Page 998 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Rain Sensor > Component Information > Locations Rain Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Rain Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1003 Rain Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Specifications > Alignment Specifications Alignment: Specifications Alignment Specifications Alignment Specifications Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Specifications > Alignment Specifications > Page 1009 Alignment: Specifications General Specifications General Specifications (1 Of 10) General Specifications (2 Of 10) General Specifcations (3 Of 10) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Specifications > Alignment Specifications > Page 1010 General Specifications (4 Of 10) General Specifications (5 Of 10) General Specifications (6 Of 10) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Specifications > Alignment Specifications > Page 1011 General Specifications (7 Of 10) General Specifications (8 Of 10) General Specifications (9 Of 10) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Specifications > Alignment Specifications > Page 1012 General Specifications (10 Of 10) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Specifications > Alignment Specifications > Page 1013 Alignment: Specifications Torque Specifications Torque Specifications Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > System Information > Service Precautions Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks: Service Precautions TUNE-UP SERVICE PRECAUTIONS - Tag or mark vacuum hoses before disconnecting them. After completing a job, double check that the vacuum hoses are properly connected. - To disconnect vacuum hoses, pull on the end, not the middle of the hose. - To pull apart electrical connectors, pull on the connector itself, not the wires. - Before disconnecting pressurized fuel lines, always perform Fuel Pressure Release procedure in order to reduce the risk of fire and personal injury. - When replacing fuel filters, always check all affected lines and fittings for leaks. - Never drain or store gasoline or diesel fuel in an open container, due to the possibility of fire or explosion. To prevent serious burns: Avoid contact with hot metal parts. - Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > System Information > Service Precautions > Page 1017 - Before servicing the vehicle: Protect fenders, upholstery and carpeting with appropriate covers. - Take caution that keys, buckles, or buttons do not scratch paint. - Do not operate the engine indoors without proper ventilation. - Do not smoke while working on the vehicle. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Oil Filter, Engine > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine - Oil Filter Information Oil Filter: Technical Service Bulletins Engine - Oil Filter Information TSB 11-3-28 03/31/11 3.5L GTDI - SERVICE OIL FILTER INFORMATION FORD: 2011 F-150 ISSUE All 2011 F-150 vehicles equipped with a 3.5L gasoline turbocharged direct injection (GTDI) engine were produced with a Motorcraft(R) FL-500 type oil filter. A new replacement oil filter Motorcraft(R) FL-2055 is now released. ACTION Follow Service Procedure to correct this condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE Follow Workshop Manual; 303-01 to replace engine oil filter. The oil capacity for the 3.5L GTDI engine with the Motorcraft(R) FL-2055 oil filter is 5.9L (6.2 quarts). The vehicle was produced with a small diameter 77 mm (3") oil filter, Motorcraft(R) FL-500. The service replacement oil filter Motorcraft(R) FL-2055 is a larger diameter 94 mm (3.75") filter. The Motorcraft(R) FL-2055 has significantly higher filtration efficiency and capacity than most other oil filters and is designed for added engine protection and long life. For proper engine maintenance, an Motorcraft(R) FL-2055 oil filter, or an equivalent filter meeting Ford Motor Company material and design specifications, must be used. If a replacement oil filter is installed that does not meet Ford Motor Company specifications, engine damage may occur which may not be eligible for warranty coverage. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only Disclaimer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Hoses > System Information > Service Precautions Hoses: Service Precautions SERVICE PRECAUTIONS To prevent vehicle damage, always observe the following precautions: After servicing a hose, check for leaks before and after test driving the vehicle. - Always use the correct size hose. Do not use standard sized hose in place of metric hose or vice versa. Always use the correct type of hose. Never use vacuum hose in place of fuel hose. Never use heater hose in place of PCV hose. - When replacing hoses which are attached to the engine on one end and the frame or body on the other end, always leave sufficient length to compensate for engine movement from torque. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Brake Fluid > Component Information > Specifications Brake Fluid: Specifications BRAKE FLUID Ford Part Name - Motorcraft High Performance DOT 3 Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid Ford Part Number - PM-1-C (US) Ford Specification - WSS-M6C62-A or WSS-M6C65-A1 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Coolant: Capacity Specifications Engine Coolant Capacity Coolant ................................................................................................................................................ ......................................... 16.5 Quarts ( 15.6 Liters ) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 1034 Coolant: Fluid Type Specifications Ford Part Name - Motorcraft Specialty Orange Engine Coolant with bittering agent Ford Part Number - VC-3-B Ford Specification - WSS-M97B44-D Note: Add the coolant type originally equipped in your vehicle. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Fluid - A/T: Capacity Specifications Automatic Transaxle 6R80 .................................................................................................................. ................................................................................ 13.1 quarts (12.4 liters) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 1039 Fluid - A/T: Fluid Type Specifications Automatic Transmission Fluid Ford Part Name - Motorcraft MERCON LV ATF Ford Part Number - XT-10-QLV Ford Specification - MERCON LV NOTE: Automatic transmissions that require MERCON LV should only use MERCON LV fluid. Use of any fluid other then the recommended fluid may cause transmission damage. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - Differential > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Fluid - Differential: Capacity Specifications Axle Fluid Capacity Front Axle ............................................................................................................................................ ...................................................... 3.5 Pints ( 1.8 L ) Rear Axle 8.8/9.75 ............................................................................................................................... ...................................................... 5.5 Pints ( 2.6 L ) Note: Fill to 1/4 inch to 9/16 inch ( 6 mm to 14 mm ) below of fill hole. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - Differential > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 1044 Fluid - Differential: Fluid Type Specifications DIFFERENTIAL FLUID Front Ford Part Name - Motorcraft SAE 80W-90 Premium Rear Axle Lubricant Ford Part Number - XY-80W90-QL Ford Specification - WSP-M2C197-A Rear Ford Part Name - Motorcraft SAE 75W-140 Rear Synthetic Axle Lubricant Ford Part Number - XY-75W140-QL Ford Specification - WSL-M2C192-A Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - Transfer Case > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Fluid - Transfer Case: Capacity Specifications Transfer Case Fluid ............................................................................................................................. .................................................. 1.6 quarts (1.5 liters) NOTE: Service refill capacity is determined by filling the trasfer case to the bottom of the filler hole with the vehicle on a level surface. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - Transfer Case > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 1049 Fluid - Transfer Case: Fluid Type Specifications Ford Part Name - Motorcraft Transfer Case Fluid. Ford Part Number - XL-12 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Engine Oil: Capacity Specifications Engine Oil With Filter ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................. 5.7L (6.0 Qt) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 1054 Engine Oil: Fluid Type Specifications Ford Part Name - Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Premium Synthetic Blend Motor Oil (US) - Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Full Synthetic Motor Oil (US) - Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Super Premium Motor Oil (Canada) Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Synthetic Motor Oil (Canada)* Ford Part Number - XO-5W20-QSP (US) - XO-5W20-QFS (US) - CXO-5W20-LSP12 (Canada) CXO-5W20-LFS12 (Canada) Ford Specification - WSS-M2C930-A and API Certification Mark *Note: Use of synthetic or synthetic blend motor oil is not mandatory. Engine oil need only meet the requirements of Ford specification WSS-M2C930-A and the API Certification mark. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Fuse: Locations Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1060 Fuse: Locations Auxiliary Relay Box The relay box is located in the left rear corner of the engine compartment. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1061 Fuse: Locations Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1062 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1063 Fuse: Locations Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1064 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1065 Fuse: Locations Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Auxiliary Relay Box Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1066 The relay box is located in the left rear corner of the engine compartment. Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1067 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1068 Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1069 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1070 Fuse Panel Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1071 The fuse panel is located under the right-hand side of the instrument panel. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1072 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1073 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1074 High Current Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1075 Smart Junction Box (SJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1076 Is located in the engine compartment. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1077 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1078 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1079 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1080 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Fuse: Application and ID Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1083 Fuse: Application and ID Auxiliary Relay Box The relay box is located in the left rear corner of the engine compartment. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1084 Fuse: Application and ID Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1085 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1086 Fuse: Application and ID Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1087 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1088 Fuse: Application and ID Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Auxiliary Relay Box Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1089 The relay box is located in the left rear corner of the engine compartment. Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1090 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1091 Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1092 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1093 Fuse Panel Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1094 The fuse panel is located under the right-hand side of the instrument panel. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1095 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1096 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1097 High Current Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1098 Smart Junction Box (SJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1099 Is located in the engine compartment. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1100 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1101 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1102 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1103 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Fuse Block: Locations Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1108 Fuse Block: Locations Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Fuse Block: Diagram Information and Instructions Introduction Note All wiring connections between components are shown exactly as they exist in the vehicles. It is important to realize, however, that no attempt has been made on the diagrams to represent components and wiring as they physically appear on the vehicle. For example, a 4-foot length of wire is treated no differently in a diagram from one that is only a few inches long. Furthermore, to aid in understanding electrical (electronic) operation, wiring inside complicated components has been simplified. Complete Circuit Operation Each circuit is shown completely and independently in one set. Other components that are connected to the circuits may not be shown unless they influence the circuit operation. Current Flow (1) Each set normally starts with the component that powers the circuit, such as a fuse or the ignition switch. Current flow is shown from the power source at the top of the diagram to ground at the bottom of the diagram. A full representation of the power supply of a fuse or the power distribution from a fuse to various components is given in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Full representation of the ground connections are shown in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Switch Positions (2) Within a diagram, all switches, sensors and relays are shown "at rest" (ignition switch OFF). Splices (3) Splices directly connecting to the power distribution are best represented on the power distribution diagram in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Splices connected to grounds can be seen completely in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. For all other splices, a reference is given to each off diagram where that particular splice can be best viewed. Component Referencing (4) Components on a diagram have a reference to a component location view or the diagram where it is shown completely. The reference is located to the right of each component. Component Names (5) Component names are placed on the right hand side of each component when possible. Descriptions of the internals of the component are also included when available. The diagram where the component appears in full is listed in the Index. The base part number for a component is listed in parentheses next to or under a component. Internal Name and Function Identification Numbers (6) Some components on each diagram have internal symbols with an identification number located within it. You can identify the internal symbol or function by finding the corresponding number under the component name. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1111 Circuit Numbering and Wire Identification (7) Ford Motor Company uses three different circuit numbering conventions: Standard Circuit Numbering System, Global Circuit Numbering System, and New Global Circuit Numbering System (NGCNS). With each, the circuit number (which identifies a specific circuit function) is followed by the wire color. The wire identification consists of a basic color and possibly a stripe, and is determined directly from the wire's circuit number. In the diagrams, the wire colors are indicated next to the wires. The colors are abbreviated using the international norm IEC 757. The abbreviations are listed in set 4 "Symbols". Fuse and Relay Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1112 Fuse/Locations and Relay/Locations contains a view of the fuse/relay box, in which all fuses and relays are identified, numbered and named. Fuse and relay numbering and naming follow the indication of the fuse panel cover. In addition, for all removable relays, pin positions are added to illustrate proper orientation. Power Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1113 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams shows the current feed circuits. The current path is shown from the battery to the ignition switch and to all fuses. It also shows the circuits protected by each fuse. The circuit is traced from the fuse to the component. All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the fuse and the first component are shown. Ground Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1114 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams contains the diagram that shows the complete details for each ground connection or main ground splice. This is useful in diagnosing a problem affecting several components at once (poor ground connection or ground splice). All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the ground point and the component are shown. These ground connection details are shown here in order to keep the individual set diagrams as uncluttered as possible. Component and Connector Information Connector Views show the views of the pins and/or cavities of all connectors. The pin and cavity sides are shown separately as if the connector were disconnected. The color of the connector housing is indicated next to the connector number when available. The harness causal number is located above the connector view and below the connector number. The circuit function charts are located below each connector. The wiring harness designations are listed in Component Location Charts. Component Location Views show the components and their connecting wires as they can be found on the vehicle. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1115 Locations information that can be found at the vehicle level will helps the user find where the various items depicted on the diagram can physically be found on the vehicle. A brief written description of the location is given, along with a reference to the component location views. Symbols Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1116 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1117 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1118 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1119 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1120 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1121 Fuse Block: Diagnostic Aids NOTE: Restraint system terminals should not be removed or repaired. If a restraint terminal requires service, replace the affected harness. Troubleshooting wiring harness and connector hidden concerns The following illustrations are known examples of wiring harness, splices and connectors that will create intermittent electrical concerns. The concerns are hidden and can only be discovered by a physical evaluation as shown in each illustration. NOTE: Several components, such as the PCM, utilize gold plated terminals in their connections to the wiring harness. If those terminals need to be replaced, they must be replaced with a gold plated terminal. Terminal not properly seated 1 = Locked terminal 2 = Male half 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Unlocked terminal (Hidden by wire seal) 7 = Seal Check for unlocked terminal by pulling each wire at the end of the connector. Defective insulation stripping Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1122 1 = Proper crimp 2 = Insulation not removed 3 = Wire strands missing 4 = Intermittent signals through pierced insulation Partially mated connectors 1 = Seal 2 = Displaced tab 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Male half 7 = Intermittent contact Lock may be displaced into an unlocked position; pull on the connector to verify the lock. Deformed (enlarged) female terminals 1 = Enlarged Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1123 2 = Normal Any probe entering the terminal may enlarge the contact spring opening creating an intermittent signal. Insert the correct mating terminal (Location A) from the service kit and feel for a loose fit. Electrical short inside the harness 1 = Solder coated wire to ground 2 = Harness protective tape 3 = Intermittent short Solder coated wire pierced through the insulation of another circuit 4 = Grounding foil Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1124 Electrical short within the harness Splice tape removed 1 = Intermittent short Splice covered 2 = Wire strand 3 = Splice tape 4 = Harness tape Broken wire strands in harness 1 = Wiring harness tape 2 = Wiring strand 3 = Broken strands intermittent signal 4 = Circuit insulation Remove the tape and flex/feel each circuit for a reduction in diameter at break. Recommended splicing method - Solder (For 16 AWG and Smaller Diameter Wire Only) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1125 2. Strip wires to appropriate length. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. 4. Twist wires together. 5. Solder wires together. NOTE: Use rosin core mildly-activated (RMA) solder. Do not use acid core solder. - Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seat wire splice. 6. Bend wire 1 back in a straight line. NOTE: Wait for solder to cool before moving wires. 7. Evenly position heat shrink tubing over wire repair. NOTE: Overlap tubing on both wires. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1126 8. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows Out of both ends of heat shrink tubing. 9. Reconnect battery ground cable. Recommended splicing method - Crimp (For 10-22 AWG Diameter Wire to Like Wire Diameter) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. 2. Strip 6.35mm (1/4 in) of insulation from each wire end, taking care not to nick or cut wire strands. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. NOTE: Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seal wire splice. 4. Select appropriate wire splice for the wires to be spliced. 5. Identify the appropriate crimping chamber on the Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper by matching the wire size on the dies with the wire size stamped on the butt splice. NOTE: Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper is the only tool that can be used with these splices. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1127 6. Center one end of the wire splice in the appropriate crimping chamber. 7. If visible, be sure to place the brazed seam toward the indenter. 8. Insert stripped wire into the barrel. 9. Holding the wire in place, barrel squeeze tool handles appropriate ratchet releases. 10. Repeating steps 5-7, crimp the other half of the splice. 11. Check for acceptable crimp. a. Crimp should be centered on each end of the butt splice b. Wire insulation does not enter butt splice. c. Wire is visible through inspection hole of splices. 12. Evenly position supplied heat shrink tubing over wire repair. 13. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows out of both ends of the heat shrink tubing. 14. Reconnect battery ground cable. This chart is to be used when pigtails or terminals are different wire gauge than the vehicle harness. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1128 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1129 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1130 Fuse Block: Connector Views C1035A Battery Junction Box (BJB) C1035B Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Relay Box: Locations Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1135 Relay Box: Locations Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > C1035A Battery Junction Box (BJB) Relay Box: Diagrams C1035A Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > C1035A Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1138 Relay Box: Diagrams C1035B Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) Relay Box: Application and ID Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1141 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1142 Relay Box: Application and ID Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1143 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1144 Relay Box: Application and ID High Current Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1145 Relay Box: Application and ID Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Oil Change Reminder Lamp > Component Information > Service and Repair Oil Change Reminder Lamp: Service and Repair Oil Life Reset - Message Center Instrument Cluster (IC) 1. Press and release the SETUP button until the message center displays OIL LIFE XXX% HOLD RESET = NEW. 2. Press and hold the RESET button for 2 seconds and release to reset OIL LIFE TO 100%. NOTE: To change oil life 100% value to another value, proceed to step 3. 3. Once "OIL LIFE SET TO 100%" is despayed, release and press the RESET button to change the Oil Life Start Value. Each release and press will reduce the value by 10%. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations Tire Pressure Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 1155 Tire Pressure Module: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations Tire Pressure Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 1160 Tire Pressure Module: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Hub (Locking) > Component Information > Locations Wheel Hub (Locking): Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Hub (Locking) > Component Information > Locations > Page 1164 Wheel Hub (Locking): Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Hub (Locking) > Component Information > Locations > Page 1165 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Variable Camshaft Timing 11 (VCT11) Solenoid Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Locations Variable Camshaft Timing 11 (VCT11) Solenoid Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Variable Camshaft Timing 11 (VCT11) Solenoid > Page 1173 Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Locations Variable Camshaft Timing 12 (VCT12) Solenoid Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Variable Camshaft Timing 11 (VCT11) Solenoid > Page 1174 Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Locations Variable Camshaft Timing 21 (VCT21) Solenoid Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Variable Camshaft Timing 11 (VCT11) Solenoid > Page 1175 Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Locations Variable Camshaft Timing 22 (VCT22) Solenoid Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > C1451 Variable Camshaft Timing 11 (VCT11) Solenoid Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Diagrams C1451 Variable Camshaft Timing 11 (VCT11) Solenoid Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > C1451 Variable Camshaft Timing 11 (VCT11) Solenoid > Page 1178 Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Diagrams C1452 Variable Camshaft Timing 21 (VCT21) Solenoid Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > C1451 Variable Camshaft Timing 11 (VCT11) Solenoid > Page 1179 Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Diagrams C1610 Variable Camshaft Timing 12 (VCT12) Solenoid Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > C1451 Variable Camshaft Timing 11 (VCT11) Solenoid > Page 1180 Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Diagrams C1611 Variable Camshaft Timing 22 (VCT22) Solenoid Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Engine Oil: Capacity Specifications Engine Oil With Filter ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................................. 5.7L (6.0 Qt) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 1186 Engine Oil: Fluid Type Specifications Ford Part Name - Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Premium Synthetic Blend Motor Oil (US) - Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Full Synthetic Motor Oil (US) - Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Super Premium Motor Oil (Canada) Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Synthetic Motor Oil (Canada)* Ford Part Number - XO-5W20-QSP (US) - XO-5W20-QFS (US) - CXO-5W20-LSP12 (Canada) CXO-5W20-LFS12 (Canada) Ford Specification - WSS-M2C930-A and API Certification Mark *Note: Use of synthetic or synthetic blend motor oil is not mandatory. Engine oil need only meet the requirements of Ford specification WSS-M2C930-A and the API Certification mark. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Filter, Engine > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine - Oil Filter Information Oil Filter: Technical Service Bulletins Engine - Oil Filter Information TSB 11-3-28 03/31/11 3.5L GTDI - SERVICE OIL FILTER INFORMATION FORD: 2011 F-150 ISSUE All 2011 F-150 vehicles equipped with a 3.5L gasoline turbocharged direct injection (GTDI) engine were produced with a Motorcraft(R) FL-500 type oil filter. A new replacement oil filter Motorcraft(R) FL-2055 is now released. ACTION Follow Service Procedure to correct this condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE Follow Workshop Manual; 303-01 to replace engine oil filter. The oil capacity for the 3.5L GTDI engine with the Motorcraft(R) FL-2055 oil filter is 5.9L (6.2 quarts). The vehicle was produced with a small diameter 77 mm (3") oil filter, Motorcraft(R) FL-500. The service replacement oil filter Motorcraft(R) FL-2055 is a larger diameter 94 mm (3.75") filter. The Motorcraft(R) FL-2055 has significantly higher filtration efficiency and capacity than most other oil filters and is designed for added engine protection and long life. For proper engine maintenance, an Motorcraft(R) FL-2055 oil filter, or an equivalent filter meeting Ford Motor Company material and design specifications, must be used. If a replacement oil filter is installed that does not meet Ford Motor Company specifications, engine damage may occur which may not be eligible for warranty coverage. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only Disclaimer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Level Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams Oil Level Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Level Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1194 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations Oil Pressure Sender: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 1198 Oil Pressure Sender: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 1199 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Level Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams Oil Level Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Level Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1204 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations Oil Pressure Sender: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 1208 Oil Pressure Sender: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 1209 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Variable Camshaft Timing 11 (VCT11) Solenoid Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Locations Variable Camshaft Timing 11 (VCT11) Solenoid Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Variable Camshaft Timing 11 (VCT11) Solenoid > Page 1216 Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Locations Variable Camshaft Timing 12 (VCT12) Solenoid Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Variable Camshaft Timing 11 (VCT11) Solenoid > Page 1217 Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Locations Variable Camshaft Timing 21 (VCT21) Solenoid Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Variable Camshaft Timing 11 (VCT11) Solenoid > Page 1218 Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Locations Variable Camshaft Timing 22 (VCT22) Solenoid Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > C1451 Variable Camshaft Timing 11 (VCT11) Solenoid Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Diagrams C1451 Variable Camshaft Timing 11 (VCT11) Solenoid Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > C1451 Variable Camshaft Timing 11 (VCT11) Solenoid > Page 1221 Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Diagrams C1452 Variable Camshaft Timing 21 (VCT21) Solenoid Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > C1451 Variable Camshaft Timing 11 (VCT11) Solenoid > Page 1222 Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Diagrams C1610 Variable Camshaft Timing 12 (VCT12) Solenoid Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > C1451 Variable Camshaft Timing 11 (VCT11) Solenoid > Page 1223 Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Diagrams C1611 Variable Camshaft Timing 22 (VCT22) Solenoid Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > System Information > Service Precautions Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks: Service Precautions TUNE-UP SERVICE PRECAUTIONS - Tag or mark vacuum hoses before disconnecting them. After completing a job, double check that the vacuum hoses are properly connected. - To disconnect vacuum hoses, pull on the end, not the middle of the hose. - To pull apart electrical connectors, pull on the connector itself, not the wires. - Before disconnecting pressurized fuel lines, always perform Fuel Pressure Release procedure in order to reduce the risk of fire and personal injury. - When replacing fuel filters, always check all affected lines and fittings for leaks. - Never drain or store gasoline or diesel fuel in an open container, due to the possibility of fire or explosion. To prevent serious burns: Avoid contact with hot metal parts. - Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > System Information > Service Precautions > Page 1227 - Before servicing the vehicle: Protect fenders, upholstery and carpeting with appropriate covers. - Take caution that keys, buckles, or buttons do not scratch paint. - Do not operate the engine indoors without proper ventilation. - Do not smoke while working on the vehicle. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Coolant: Capacity Specifications Engine Coolant Capacity Coolant ................................................................................................................................................ ......................................... 16.5 Quarts ( 15.6 Liters ) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 1233 Coolant: Fluid Type Specifications Ford Part Name - Motorcraft Specialty Orange Engine Coolant with bittering agent Ford Part Number - VC-3-B Ford Specification - WSS-M97B44-D Note: Add the coolant type originally equipped in your vehicle. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Locations > Engine Cooling Fan Motor 1 Radiator Cooling Fan Motor: Locations Engine Cooling Fan Motor 1 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Locations > Engine Cooling Fan Motor 1 > Page 1239 Radiator Cooling Fan Motor: Locations Engine Cooling Fan Motor 2 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Radiator Cooling Fan Motor: Diagram Information and Instructions Introduction Note All wiring connections between components are shown exactly as they exist in the vehicles. It is important to realize, however, that no attempt has been made on the diagrams to represent components and wiring as they physically appear on the vehicle. For example, a 4-foot length of wire is treated no differently in a diagram from one that is only a few inches long. Furthermore, to aid in understanding electrical (electronic) operation, wiring inside complicated components has been simplified. Complete Circuit Operation Each circuit is shown completely and independently in one set. Other components that are connected to the circuits may not be shown unless they influence the circuit operation. Current Flow (1) Each set normally starts with the component that powers the circuit, such as a fuse or the ignition switch. Current flow is shown from the power source at the top of the diagram to ground at the bottom of the diagram. A full representation of the power supply of a fuse or the power distribution from a fuse to various components is given in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Full representation of the ground connections are shown in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Switch Positions (2) Within a diagram, all switches, sensors and relays are shown "at rest" (ignition switch OFF). Splices (3) Splices directly connecting to the power distribution are best represented on the power distribution diagram in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Splices connected to grounds can be seen completely in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. For all other splices, a reference is given to each off diagram where that particular splice can be best viewed. Component Referencing (4) Components on a diagram have a reference to a component location view or the diagram where it is shown completely. The reference is located to the right of each component. Component Names (5) Component names are placed on the right hand side of each component when possible. Descriptions of the internals of the component are also included when available. The diagram where the component appears in full is listed in the Index. The base part number for a component is listed in parentheses next to or under a component. Internal Name and Function Identification Numbers (6) Some components on each diagram have internal symbols with an identification number located within it. You can identify the internal symbol or function by finding the corresponding number under the component name. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1242 Circuit Numbering and Wire Identification (7) Ford Motor Company uses three different circuit numbering conventions: Standard Circuit Numbering System, Global Circuit Numbering System, and New Global Circuit Numbering System (NGCNS). With each, the circuit number (which identifies a specific circuit function) is followed by the wire color. The wire identification consists of a basic color and possibly a stripe, and is determined directly from the wire's circuit number. In the diagrams, the wire colors are indicated next to the wires. The colors are abbreviated using the international norm IEC 757. The abbreviations are listed in set 4 "Symbols". Fuse and Relay Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1243 Fuse/Locations and Relay/Locations contains a view of the fuse/relay box, in which all fuses and relays are identified, numbered and named. Fuse and relay numbering and naming follow the indication of the fuse panel cover. In addition, for all removable relays, pin positions are added to illustrate proper orientation. Power Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1244 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams shows the current feed circuits. The current path is shown from the battery to the ignition switch and to all fuses. It also shows the circuits protected by each fuse. The circuit is traced from the fuse to the component. All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the fuse and the first component are shown. Ground Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1245 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams contains the diagram that shows the complete details for each ground connection or main ground splice. This is useful in diagnosing a problem affecting several components at once (poor ground connection or ground splice). All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the ground point and the component are shown. These ground connection details are shown here in order to keep the individual set diagrams as uncluttered as possible. Component and Connector Information Connector Views show the views of the pins and/or cavities of all connectors. The pin and cavity sides are shown separately as if the connector were disconnected. The color of the connector housing is indicated next to the connector number when available. The harness causal number is located above the connector view and below the connector number. The circuit function charts are located below each connector. The wiring harness designations are listed in Component Location Charts. Component Location Views show the components and their connecting wires as they can be found on the vehicle. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1246 Locations information that can be found at the vehicle level will helps the user find where the various items depicted on the diagram can physically be found on the vehicle. A brief written description of the location is given, along with a reference to the component location views. Symbols Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1247 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1248 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1249 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1250 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1251 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1252 Radiator Cooling Fan Motor: Diagnostic Aids NOTE: Restraint system terminals should not be removed or repaired. If a restraint terminal requires service, replace the affected harness. Troubleshooting wiring harness and connector hidden concerns The following illustrations are known examples of wiring harness, splices and connectors that will create intermittent electrical concerns. The concerns are hidden and can only be discovered by a physical evaluation as shown in each illustration. NOTE: Several components, such as the PCM, utilize gold plated terminals in their connections to the wiring harness. If those terminals need to be replaced, they must be replaced with a gold plated terminal. Terminal not properly seated 1 = Locked terminal 2 = Male half 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Unlocked terminal (Hidden by wire seal) 7 = Seal Check for unlocked terminal by pulling each wire at the end of the connector. Defective insulation stripping Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1253 1 = Proper crimp 2 = Insulation not removed 3 = Wire strands missing 4 = Intermittent signals through pierced insulation Partially mated connectors 1 = Seal 2 = Displaced tab 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Male half 7 = Intermittent contact Lock may be displaced into an unlocked position; pull on the connector to verify the lock. Deformed (enlarged) female terminals 1 = Enlarged Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1254 2 = Normal Any probe entering the terminal may enlarge the contact spring opening creating an intermittent signal. Insert the correct mating terminal (Location A) from the service kit and feel for a loose fit. Electrical short inside the harness 1 = Solder coated wire to ground 2 = Harness protective tape 3 = Intermittent short Solder coated wire pierced through the insulation of another circuit 4 = Grounding foil Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1255 Electrical short within the harness Splice tape removed 1 = Intermittent short Splice covered 2 = Wire strand 3 = Splice tape 4 = Harness tape Broken wire strands in harness 1 = Wiring harness tape 2 = Wiring strand 3 = Broken strands intermittent signal 4 = Circuit insulation Remove the tape and flex/feel each circuit for a reduction in diameter at break. Recommended splicing method - Solder (For 16 AWG and Smaller Diameter Wire Only) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1256 2. Strip wires to appropriate length. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. 4. Twist wires together. 5. Solder wires together. NOTE: Use rosin core mildly-activated (RMA) solder. Do not use acid core solder. - Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seat wire splice. 6. Bend wire 1 back in a straight line. NOTE: Wait for solder to cool before moving wires. 7. Evenly position heat shrink tubing over wire repair. NOTE: Overlap tubing on both wires. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1257 8. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows Out of both ends of heat shrink tubing. 9. Reconnect battery ground cable. Recommended splicing method - Crimp (For 10-22 AWG Diameter Wire to Like Wire Diameter) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. 2. Strip 6.35mm (1/4 in) of insulation from each wire end, taking care not to nick or cut wire strands. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. NOTE: Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seal wire splice. 4. Select appropriate wire splice for the wires to be spliced. 5. Identify the appropriate crimping chamber on the Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper by matching the wire size on the dies with the wire size stamped on the butt splice. NOTE: Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper is the only tool that can be used with these splices. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1258 6. Center one end of the wire splice in the appropriate crimping chamber. 7. If visible, be sure to place the brazed seam toward the indenter. 8. Insert stripped wire into the barrel. 9. Holding the wire in place, barrel squeeze tool handles appropriate ratchet releases. 10. Repeating steps 5-7, crimp the other half of the splice. 11. Check for acceptable crimp. a. Crimp should be centered on each end of the butt splice b. Wire insulation does not enter butt splice. c. Wire is visible through inspection hole of splices. 12. Evenly position supplied heat shrink tubing over wire repair. 13. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows out of both ends of the heat shrink tubing. 14. Reconnect battery ground cable. This chart is to be used when pigtails or terminals are different wire gauge than the vehicle harness. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1259 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1260 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1261 Radiator Cooling Fan Motor: Connector Views C1074 Engine Cooling Fan Motor 1 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1262 C1077 Engine Cooling Fan Motor 2 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1263 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1264 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Cooling Fan High Speed Relay Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Locations Cooling Fan High Speed Relay Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Cooling Fan High Speed Relay > Page 1269 Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Locations Cooling Fan Low Speed Relay Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Cooling Fan High Speed Relay > Page 1270 Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Locations Cooling Fan Relay Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Cooling Fan Relay Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection Cooling Fan Relay Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Cooling Fan Relay > Page 1273 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Cooling Fan Relay > Page 1274 Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection Cooling Fan High Speed Relay Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Cooling Fan Relay > Page 1275 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Cooling Fan Relay > Page 1276 Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection Cooling Fan Low Speed Relay Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Cooling Fan Relay > Page 1277 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Engine Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations Engine Temperature Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Engine Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1282 Engine Temperature Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Engine Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1283 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Cooling Fan High Speed Relay Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Locations Cooling Fan High Speed Relay Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Cooling Fan High Speed Relay > Page 1289 Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Locations Cooling Fan Low Speed Relay Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Cooling Fan High Speed Relay > Page 1290 Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Locations Cooling Fan Relay Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Cooling Fan Relay Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection Cooling Fan Relay Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Cooling Fan Relay > Page 1293 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Cooling Fan Relay > Page 1294 Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection Cooling Fan High Speed Relay Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Cooling Fan Relay > Page 1295 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Cooling Fan Relay > Page 1296 Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection Cooling Fan Low Speed Relay Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Cooling Fan Relay > Page 1297 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Engine Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations Engine Temperature Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Engine Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1303 Engine Temperature Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Engine Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1304 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Exhaust System > Sensors and Switches - Exhaust System > Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Exhaust System > Sensors and Switches - Exhaust System > Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1310 Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Exhaust System > Sensors and Switches - Exhaust System > Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1311 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Exhaust System > Sensors and Switches - Exhaust System > Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1312 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > NHTSA11V128000 > Feb > 11 > Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection Body Control Module: Recalls Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: February 21, 2011 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 11V128000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Electrical System: Software POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 8,022 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 Ford F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge, and Lincoln MKX trucks manufactured from October 25, 2010, through November 20, 2010. These vehicles were inspected using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) that had a custom software routine to read the suspect Body Control Module (BCM) serial number. Based on the serial number the BCM was either not affected or replaced. The custom software routine was not reading the correct set of characters, and was not able to identify a BCM that required replacement affected BCMs may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which could result in a vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will inspect the body control module and if necessary replace it free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or about March 7, 2011. Owners may contact Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship CENTER AT 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford safety recall No. 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement Technical Service Bulletin # 10S14S3 Date: 110218 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1328 Attachment I - Administrative Information [NEW!] OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes OASIS will be activated on February 18, 2011. [NEW!] FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes FSA VIN list will be available through the website on February 18, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by March 31, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. [NEW!] STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. [NEW!] SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Previously inspected vehicles have been reactivated in OASIS for Safety Recall 10S14. Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1329 ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES If a customer's vehicle requires replacement of the BCM and it is necessary to order parts Ford will pay for up to two days of vehicle rental except for fuel insurance and tax which will be at the owner's expense. Rentals should be provided only while the vehicle is at the dealership for part replacement. The parts order must be an emergency order (unit down) if the order is placed between 3:00 PM and 7:00 PM (your local time zone) to guarantee the shortest delivery time. Prior approval for more than two rental days is required from the Special Service Support Center. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for rental dollar amounts. [NEW!] CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ Rental Expenses: Must be claimed on the same repair line as labor operation 10S14D. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for dollar amounts. - Misc. Expense Code: RENTAL - Misc. Expense Amount: Actual dollar amount (up to 2 days) Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1330 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION To manage part availability dealers must contact the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line. Dealers will receive a DOES II message when part requirements can be ordered through normal order processing channels. When calling to place an order for a BCM please be prepared to provide dealer P&A; code VIN RO # and vehicle mileage. Questions regarding parts should be directed to the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line or E-mailed. DEALER PRICE For latest prices refer to DOES II. PARTS RETENTION AND RETURN Follow the provisions of the Warranty and Policy Manual for "Parts Retention and Return Procedures." EXCESS STOCK RETURN Excess stock returned for credit must have been purchased from Ford Customer Service Division in accordance with Policy Procedure Bulletin 4000. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1331 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1332 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1333 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1334 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > NHTSA10V659000 > Dec > 10 > Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard Body Control Module: Recalls Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: December 29, 2010 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 10V659000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Structure: Body POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 14,737 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge and Lincoln MKX vehicles. During a six-day production period, the supplier of the body control module manufactured modules that may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which can result in an unattended vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will replace the body control module if necessary free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or before January 10, 2011. owners may contact Ford at 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford's recall campaign number is 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > NHTSA11V128000 > Feb > 11 > Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection Body Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: February 21, 2011 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 11V128000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Electrical System: Software POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 8,022 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 Ford F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge, and Lincoln MKX trucks manufactured from October 25, 2010, through November 20, 2010. These vehicles were inspected using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) that had a custom software routine to read the suspect Body Control Module (BCM) serial number. Based on the serial number the BCM was either not affected or replaced. The custom software routine was not reading the correct set of characters, and was not able to identify a BCM that required replacement affected BCMs may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which could result in a vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will inspect the body control module and if necessary replace it free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or about March 7, 2011. Owners may contact Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship CENTER AT 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford safety recall No. 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement Technical Service Bulletin # 10S14S3 Date: 110218 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1348 Attachment I - Administrative Information [NEW!] OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes OASIS will be activated on February 18, 2011. [NEW!] FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes FSA VIN list will be available through the website on February 18, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by March 31, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. [NEW!] STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. [NEW!] SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Previously inspected vehicles have been reactivated in OASIS for Safety Recall 10S14. Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1349 ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES If a customer's vehicle requires replacement of the BCM and it is necessary to order parts Ford will pay for up to two days of vehicle rental except for fuel insurance and tax which will be at the owner's expense. Rentals should be provided only while the vehicle is at the dealership for part replacement. The parts order must be an emergency order (unit down) if the order is placed between 3:00 PM and 7:00 PM (your local time zone) to guarantee the shortest delivery time. Prior approval for more than two rental days is required from the Special Service Support Center. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for rental dollar amounts. [NEW!] CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ Rental Expenses: Must be claimed on the same repair line as labor operation 10S14D. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for dollar amounts. - Misc. Expense Code: RENTAL - Misc. Expense Amount: Actual dollar amount (up to 2 days) Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1350 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION To manage part availability dealers must contact the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line. Dealers will receive a DOES II message when part requirements can be ordered through normal order processing channels. When calling to place an order for a BCM please be prepared to provide dealer P&A; code VIN RO # and vehicle mileage. Questions regarding parts should be directed to the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line or E-mailed. DEALER PRICE For latest prices refer to DOES II. PARTS RETENTION AND RETURN Follow the provisions of the Warranty and Policy Manual for "Parts Retention and Return Procedures." EXCESS STOCK RETURN Excess stock returned for credit must have been purchased from Ford Customer Service Division in accordance with Policy Procedure Bulletin 4000. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1351 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1352 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1353 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1354 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > NHTSA10V659000 > Dec > 10 > Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard Body Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: December 29, 2010 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 10V659000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Structure: Body POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 14,737 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge and Lincoln MKX vehicles. During a six-day production period, the supplier of the body control module manufactured modules that may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which can result in an unattended vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will replace the body control module if necessary free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or before January 10, 2011. owners may contact Ford at 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford's recall campaign number is 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1359 Body Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) Body Control Module: Diagrams C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1362 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1363 Body Control Module: Diagrams C2280B Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1364 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1365 Body Control Module: Diagrams C2280C Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1366 Body Control Module: Diagrams C2280D Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1367 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1368 Body Control Module: Diagrams C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1369 C2280B Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1370 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1371 C2280C Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1372 C2280D Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1373 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1374 C2280E Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1375 C2280F Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1376 C2280G Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Locations Engine Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 1380 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Engine Control Module: Diagrams C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) > Page 1383 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) > Page 1384 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) > Page 1385 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) > Page 1386 Engine Control Module: Diagrams C1551E Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) > Page 1387 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) > Page 1388 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) > Page 1389 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 1393 Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 1394 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Control Unit > Component Information > Locations Fuel Pump Control Unit: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Control Unit > Component Information > Locations > Page 1399 Fuel Pump Control Unit: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Control Unit > Component Information > Locations > Page 1400 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations Fuel Pump Relay: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 1404 Fuel Pump Relay: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 1405 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 1409 Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 1410 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1416 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1420 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Battery Current Sensor Battery Current Sensor: Locations Battery Current Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Battery Current Sensor > Page 1425 Battery Current Sensor: Locations Generator Current Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1646 Battery Current Sensor Battery Current Sensor: Diagrams C1646 Battery Current Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1646 Battery Current Sensor > Page 1428 Battery Current Sensor: Diagrams C1645 Generator Current Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1433 Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 12 (CMP12) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1434 Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 21 (CMP21) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1435 Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 22 (CMP22) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1438 Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1367 Camshaft Position 21 (CMP21) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1439 Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1624 Camshaft Position 12 (CMP12) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1440 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1441 Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1625 Camshaft Position 22 (CMP22) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1442 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Crankshaft Position Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1446 Crankshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations Engine Temperature Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1450 Engine Temperature Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1451 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1455 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1456 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature (MAF/IAT) Sensor Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Locations Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature (MAF/IAT) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature (MAF/IAT) Sensor > Page 1461 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Locations Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature (MAF/IAT) Sensor > Page 1462 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Locations Manifold Absolute Pressure/Intake Air Temperature 2 (MAP/IAT2) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C129 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Diagrams C129 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C129 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor > Page 1465 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Diagrams C1087 Manifold Absolute Pressure/Intake Air Temperature 2 (MAP/IAT2) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C129 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor > Page 1466 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C129 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor > Page 1467 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C129 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor > Page 1468 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Diagrams C1454 Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature (MAF/IAT) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations Knock Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1472 Knock Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1476 Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1477 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1478 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #12 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #12 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #12 > Page 1483 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #22 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #12 > Page 1484 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Universal Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #11 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #12 > Page 1485 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Universal Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #21 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1569 Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #22 Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams C1569 Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #22 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1569 Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #22 > Page 1488 Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams C1570 Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #12 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1569 Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #22 > Page 1489 Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams C1661 Universal Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #11 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1569 Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #22 > Page 1490 Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams C1662 Universal Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #21 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1495 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1499 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Diagrams Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbo Boost Sensor > Component Information > Locations Turbo Boost Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbo Boost Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1506 Turbo Boost Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbo Boost Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1507 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbo Boost Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1508 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1512 Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1513 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1514 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1520 Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 12 (CMP12) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1521 Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 21 (CMP21) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1522 Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 22 (CMP22) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1525 Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1367 Camshaft Position 21 (CMP21) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1526 Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1624 Camshaft Position 12 (CMP12) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1527 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1528 Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1625 Camshaft Position 22 (CMP22) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1529 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Crankshaft Position Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1533 Crankshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations Ignition Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1537 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Ignition Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Introduction Note All wiring connections between components are shown exactly as they exist in the vehicles. It is important to realize, however, that no attempt has been made on the diagrams to represent components and wiring as they physically appear on the vehicle. For example, a 4-foot length of wire is treated no differently in a diagram from one that is only a few inches long. Furthermore, to aid in understanding electrical (electronic) operation, wiring inside complicated components has been simplified. Complete Circuit Operation Each circuit is shown completely and independently in one set. Other components that are connected to the circuits may not be shown unless they influence the circuit operation. Current Flow (1) Each set normally starts with the component that powers the circuit, such as a fuse or the ignition switch. Current flow is shown from the power source at the top of the diagram to ground at the bottom of the diagram. A full representation of the power supply of a fuse or the power distribution from a fuse to various components is given in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Full representation of the ground connections are shown in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Switch Positions (2) Within a diagram, all switches, sensors and relays are shown "at rest" (ignition switch OFF). Splices (3) Splices directly connecting to the power distribution are best represented on the power distribution diagram in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Splices connected to grounds can be seen completely in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. For all other splices, a reference is given to each off diagram where that particular splice can be best viewed. Component Referencing (4) Components on a diagram have a reference to a component location view or the diagram where it is shown completely. The reference is located to the right of each component. Component Names (5) Component names are placed on the right hand side of each component when possible. Descriptions of the internals of the component are also included when available. The diagram where the component appears in full is listed in the Index. The base part number for a component is listed in parentheses next to or under a component. Internal Name and Function Identification Numbers (6) Some components on each diagram have internal symbols with an identification number located within it. You can identify the internal symbol or function by finding the corresponding number under the component name. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1540 Circuit Numbering and Wire Identification (7) Ford Motor Company uses three different circuit numbering conventions: Standard Circuit Numbering System, Global Circuit Numbering System, and New Global Circuit Numbering System (NGCNS). With each, the circuit number (which identifies a specific circuit function) is followed by the wire color. The wire identification consists of a basic color and possibly a stripe, and is determined directly from the wire's circuit number. In the diagrams, the wire colors are indicated next to the wires. The colors are abbreviated using the international norm IEC 757. The abbreviations are listed in set 4 "Symbols". Fuse and Relay Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1541 Fuse/Locations and Relay/Locations contains a view of the fuse/relay box, in which all fuses and relays are identified, numbered and named. Fuse and relay numbering and naming follow the indication of the fuse panel cover. In addition, for all removable relays, pin positions are added to illustrate proper orientation. Power Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1542 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams shows the current feed circuits. The current path is shown from the battery to the ignition switch and to all fuses. It also shows the circuits protected by each fuse. The circuit is traced from the fuse to the component. All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the fuse and the first component are shown. Ground Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1543 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams contains the diagram that shows the complete details for each ground connection or main ground splice. This is useful in diagnosing a problem affecting several components at once (poor ground connection or ground splice). All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the ground point and the component are shown. These ground connection details are shown here in order to keep the individual set diagrams as uncluttered as possible. Component and Connector Information Connector Views show the views of the pins and/or cavities of all connectors. The pin and cavity sides are shown separately as if the connector were disconnected. The color of the connector housing is indicated next to the connector number when available. The harness causal number is located above the connector view and below the connector number. The circuit function charts are located below each connector. The wiring harness designations are listed in Component Location Charts. Component Location Views show the components and their connecting wires as they can be found on the vehicle. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1544 Locations information that can be found at the vehicle level will helps the user find where the various items depicted on the diagram can physically be found on the vehicle. A brief written description of the location is given, along with a reference to the component location views. Symbols Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1545 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1546 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1547 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1548 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1549 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1550 Ignition Switch: Diagnostic Aids NOTE: Restraint system terminals should not be removed or repaired. If a restraint terminal requires service, replace the affected harness. Troubleshooting wiring harness and connector hidden concerns The following illustrations are known examples of wiring harness, splices and connectors that will create intermittent electrical concerns. The concerns are hidden and can only be discovered by a physical evaluation as shown in each illustration. NOTE: Several components, such as the PCM, utilize gold plated terminals in their connections to the wiring harness. If those terminals need to be replaced, they must be replaced with a gold plated terminal. Terminal not properly seated 1 = Locked terminal 2 = Male half 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Unlocked terminal (Hidden by wire seal) 7 = Seal Check for unlocked terminal by pulling each wire at the end of the connector. Defective insulation stripping Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1551 1 = Proper crimp 2 = Insulation not removed 3 = Wire strands missing 4 = Intermittent signals through pierced insulation Partially mated connectors 1 = Seal 2 = Displaced tab 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Male half 7 = Intermittent contact Lock may be displaced into an unlocked position; pull on the connector to verify the lock. Deformed (enlarged) female terminals 1 = Enlarged Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1552 2 = Normal Any probe entering the terminal may enlarge the contact spring opening creating an intermittent signal. Insert the correct mating terminal (Location A) from the service kit and feel for a loose fit. Electrical short inside the harness 1 = Solder coated wire to ground 2 = Harness protective tape 3 = Intermittent short Solder coated wire pierced through the insulation of another circuit 4 = Grounding foil Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1553 Electrical short within the harness Splice tape removed 1 = Intermittent short Splice covered 2 = Wire strand 3 = Splice tape 4 = Harness tape Broken wire strands in harness 1 = Wiring harness tape 2 = Wiring strand 3 = Broken strands intermittent signal 4 = Circuit insulation Remove the tape and flex/feel each circuit for a reduction in diameter at break. Recommended splicing method - Solder (For 16 AWG and Smaller Diameter Wire Only) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1554 2. Strip wires to appropriate length. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. 4. Twist wires together. 5. Solder wires together. NOTE: Use rosin core mildly-activated (RMA) solder. Do not use acid core solder. - Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seat wire splice. 6. Bend wire 1 back in a straight line. NOTE: Wait for solder to cool before moving wires. 7. Evenly position heat shrink tubing over wire repair. NOTE: Overlap tubing on both wires. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1555 8. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows Out of both ends of heat shrink tubing. 9. Reconnect battery ground cable. Recommended splicing method - Crimp (For 10-22 AWG Diameter Wire to Like Wire Diameter) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. 2. Strip 6.35mm (1/4 in) of insulation from each wire end, taking care not to nick or cut wire strands. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. NOTE: Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seal wire splice. 4. Select appropriate wire splice for the wires to be spliced. 5. Identify the appropriate crimping chamber on the Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper by matching the wire size on the dies with the wire size stamped on the butt splice. NOTE: Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper is the only tool that can be used with these splices. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1556 6. Center one end of the wire splice in the appropriate crimping chamber. 7. If visible, be sure to place the brazed seam toward the indenter. 8. Insert stripped wire into the barrel. 9. Holding the wire in place, barrel squeeze tool handles appropriate ratchet releases. 10. Repeating steps 5-7, crimp the other half of the splice. 11. Check for acceptable crimp. a. Crimp should be centered on each end of the butt splice b. Wire insulation does not enter butt splice. c. Wire is visible through inspection hole of splices. 12. Evenly position supplied heat shrink tubing over wire repair. 13. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows out of both ends of the heat shrink tubing. 14. Reconnect battery ground cable. This chart is to be used when pigtails or terminals are different wire gauge than the vehicle harness. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1557 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1558 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1559 Ignition Switch: Connector Views Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1560 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1561 Ignition Switch: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1562 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations Knock Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1566 Knock Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > System Information > Service Precautions Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks: Service Precautions TUNE-UP SERVICE PRECAUTIONS - Tag or mark vacuum hoses before disconnecting them. After completing a job, double check that the vacuum hoses are properly connected. - To disconnect vacuum hoses, pull on the end, not the middle of the hose. - To pull apart electrical connectors, pull on the connector itself, not the wires. - Before disconnecting pressurized fuel lines, always perform Fuel Pressure Release procedure in order to reduce the risk of fire and personal injury. - When replacing fuel filters, always check all affected lines and fittings for leaks. - Never drain or store gasoline or diesel fuel in an open container, due to the possibility of fire or explosion. To prevent serious burns: Avoid contact with hot metal parts. - Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > System Information > Service Precautions > Page 1570 - Before servicing the vehicle: Protect fenders, upholstery and carpeting with appropriate covers. - Take caution that keys, buckles, or buttons do not scratch paint. - Do not operate the engine indoors without proper ventilation. - Do not smoke while working on the vehicle. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1575 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1579 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature (MAF/IAT) Sensor Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Locations Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature (MAF/IAT) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature (MAF/IAT) Sensor > Page 1584 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Locations Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature (MAF/IAT) Sensor > Page 1585 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Locations Manifold Absolute Pressure/Intake Air Temperature 2 (MAP/IAT2) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C129 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Diagrams C129 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C129 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor > Page 1588 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Diagrams C1087 Manifold Absolute Pressure/Intake Air Temperature 2 (MAP/IAT2) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C129 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor > Page 1589 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C129 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor > Page 1590 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C129 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor > Page 1591 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Diagrams C1454 Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature (MAF/IAT) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Battery Current Sensor Battery Current Sensor: Locations Battery Current Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Battery Current Sensor > Page 1596 Battery Current Sensor: Locations Generator Current Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1646 Battery Current Sensor Battery Current Sensor: Diagrams C1646 Battery Current Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1646 Battery Current Sensor > Page 1599 Battery Current Sensor: Diagrams C1645 Generator Current Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > NHTSA11V128000 > Feb > 11 > Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection Body Control Module: Recalls Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: February 21, 2011 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 11V128000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Electrical System: Software POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 8,022 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 Ford F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge, and Lincoln MKX trucks manufactured from October 25, 2010, through November 20, 2010. These vehicles were inspected using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) that had a custom software routine to read the suspect Body Control Module (BCM) serial number. Based on the serial number the BCM was either not affected or replaced. The custom software routine was not reading the correct set of characters, and was not able to identify a BCM that required replacement affected BCMs may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which could result in a vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will inspect the body control module and if necessary replace it free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or about March 7, 2011. Owners may contact Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship CENTER AT 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford safety recall No. 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall Body Control Module Replacement Technical Service Bulletin # 10S14S3 Date: 110218 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1612 Attachment I - Administrative Information [NEW!] OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes OASIS will be activated on February 18, 2011. [NEW!] FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes FSA VIN list will be available through the website on February 18, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by March 31, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. [NEW!] STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. [NEW!] SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Previously inspected vehicles have been reactivated in OASIS for Safety Recall 10S14. Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1613 ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES If a customer's vehicle requires replacement of the BCM and it is necessary to order parts Ford will pay for up to two days of vehicle rental except for fuel insurance and tax which will be at the owner's expense. Rentals should be provided only while the vehicle is at the dealership for part replacement. The parts order must be an emergency order (unit down) if the order is placed between 3:00 PM and 7:00 PM (your local time zone) to guarantee the shortest delivery time. Prior approval for more than two rental days is required from the Special Service Support Center. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for rental dollar amounts. [NEW!] CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ Rental Expenses: Must be claimed on the same repair line as labor operation 10S14D. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for dollar amounts. - Misc. Expense Code: RENTAL - Misc. Expense Amount: Actual dollar amount (up to 2 days) Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1614 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION To manage part availability dealers must contact the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line. Dealers will receive a DOES II message when part requirements can be ordered through normal order processing channels. When calling to place an order for a BCM please be prepared to provide dealer P&A; code VIN RO # and vehicle mileage. Questions regarding parts should be directed to the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line or E-mailed. DEALER PRICE For latest prices refer to DOES II. PARTS RETENTION AND RETURN Follow the provisions of the Warranty and Policy Manual for "Parts Retention and Return Procedures." EXCESS STOCK RETURN Excess stock returned for credit must have been purchased from Ford Customer Service Division in accordance with Policy Procedure Bulletin 4000. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1615 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1616 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1617 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1618 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > NHTSA10V659000 > Dec > 10 > Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard Body Control Module: Recalls Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: December 29, 2010 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 10V659000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Structure: Body POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 14,737 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge and Lincoln MKX vehicles. During a six-day production period, the supplier of the body control module manufactured modules that may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which can result in an unattended vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will replace the body control module if necessary free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or before January 10, 2011. owners may contact Ford at 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford's recall campaign number is 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > NHTSA11V128000 > Feb > 11 > Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection Body Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: February 21, 2011 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 11V128000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Electrical System: Software POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 8,022 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 Ford F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge, and Lincoln MKX trucks manufactured from October 25, 2010, through November 20, 2010. These vehicles were inspected using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) that had a custom software routine to read the suspect Body Control Module (BCM) serial number. Based on the serial number the BCM was either not affected or replaced. The custom software routine was not reading the correct set of characters, and was not able to identify a BCM that required replacement affected BCMs may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which could result in a vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will inspect the body control module and if necessary replace it free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or about March 7, 2011. Owners may contact Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship CENTER AT 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford safety recall No. 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement Technical Service Bulletin # 10S14S3 Date: 110218 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1632 Attachment I - Administrative Information [NEW!] OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes OASIS will be activated on February 18, 2011. [NEW!] FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes FSA VIN list will be available through the website on February 18, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by March 31, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. [NEW!] STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. [NEW!] SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Previously inspected vehicles have been reactivated in OASIS for Safety Recall 10S14. Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1633 ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES If a customer's vehicle requires replacement of the BCM and it is necessary to order parts Ford will pay for up to two days of vehicle rental except for fuel insurance and tax which will be at the owner's expense. Rentals should be provided only while the vehicle is at the dealership for part replacement. The parts order must be an emergency order (unit down) if the order is placed between 3:00 PM and 7:00 PM (your local time zone) to guarantee the shortest delivery time. Prior approval for more than two rental days is required from the Special Service Support Center. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for rental dollar amounts. [NEW!] CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ Rental Expenses: Must be claimed on the same repair line as labor operation 10S14D. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for dollar amounts. - Misc. Expense Code: RENTAL - Misc. Expense Amount: Actual dollar amount (up to 2 days) Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1634 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION To manage part availability dealers must contact the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line. Dealers will receive a DOES II message when part requirements can be ordered through normal order processing channels. When calling to place an order for a BCM please be prepared to provide dealer P&A; code VIN RO # and vehicle mileage. Questions regarding parts should be directed to the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line or E-mailed. DEALER PRICE For latest prices refer to DOES II. PARTS RETENTION AND RETURN Follow the provisions of the Warranty and Policy Manual for "Parts Retention and Return Procedures." EXCESS STOCK RETURN Excess stock returned for credit must have been purchased from Ford Customer Service Division in accordance with Policy Procedure Bulletin 4000. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1635 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1636 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1637 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1638 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > NHTSA10V659000 > Dec > 10 > Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard Body Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: December 29, 2010 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 10V659000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Structure: Body POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 14,737 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge and Lincoln MKX vehicles. During a six-day production period, the supplier of the body control module manufactured modules that may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which can result in an unattended vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will replace the body control module if necessary free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or before January 10, 2011. owners may contact Ford at 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford's recall campaign number is 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1643 Body Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) Body Control Module: Diagrams C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1646 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1647 Body Control Module: Diagrams C2280B Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1648 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1649 Body Control Module: Diagrams C2280C Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1650 Body Control Module: Diagrams C2280D Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1651 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1652 Body Control Module: Diagrams C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1653 C2280B Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1654 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1655 C2280C Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1656 C2280D Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1657 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1658 C2280E Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1659 C2280F Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1660 C2280G Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Brake Signal > Component Information > Locations Brake Signal: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Brake Signal > Component Information > Locations > Page 1664 Brake Signal: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Brake Signal > Component Information > Locations > Page 1665 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1670 Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 12 (CMP12) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1671 Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 21 (CMP21) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1672 Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 22 (CMP22) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1675 Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1367 Camshaft Position 21 (CMP21) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1676 Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1624 Camshaft Position 12 (CMP12) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1677 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1678 Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1625 Camshaft Position 22 (CMP22) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1679 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Crankshaft Position Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1683 Crankshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Locations Data Link Connector: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Locations > Page 1687 Data Link Connector: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Locations > Page 1688 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams Electronic Throttle Actuator: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1692 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Locations Engine Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 1696 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Engine Control Module: Diagrams C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) > Page 1699 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) > Page 1700 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) > Page 1701 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) > Page 1702 Engine Control Module: Diagrams C1551E Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) > Page 1703 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) > Page 1704 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) > Page 1705 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations Engine Temperature Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1709 Engine Temperature Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1710 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1714 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1715 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Information Bus: Diagram Information and Instructions Introduction Note All wiring connections between components are shown exactly as they exist in the vehicles. It is important to realize, however, that no attempt has been made on the diagrams to represent components and wiring as they physically appear on the vehicle. For example, a 4-foot length of wire is treated no differently in a diagram from one that is only a few inches long. Furthermore, to aid in understanding electrical (electronic) operation, wiring inside complicated components has been simplified. Complete Circuit Operation Each circuit is shown completely and independently in one set. Other components that are connected to the circuits may not be shown unless they influence the circuit operation. Current Flow (1) Each set normally starts with the component that powers the circuit, such as a fuse or the ignition switch. Current flow is shown from the power source at the top of the diagram to ground at the bottom of the diagram. A full representation of the power supply of a fuse or the power distribution from a fuse to various components is given in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Full representation of the ground connections are shown in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Switch Positions (2) Within a diagram, all switches, sensors and relays are shown "at rest" (ignition switch OFF). Splices (3) Splices directly connecting to the power distribution are best represented on the power distribution diagram in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Splices connected to grounds can be seen completely in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. For all other splices, a reference is given to each off diagram where that particular splice can be best viewed. Component Referencing (4) Components on a diagram have a reference to a component location view or the diagram where it is shown completely. The reference is located to the right of each component. Component Names (5) Component names are placed on the right hand side of each component when possible. Descriptions of the internals of the component are also included when available. The diagram where the component appears in full is listed in the Index. The base part number for a component is listed in parentheses next to or under a component. Internal Name and Function Identification Numbers (6) Some components on each diagram have internal symbols with an identification number located within it. You can identify the internal symbol or function by finding the corresponding number under the component name. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1720 Circuit Numbering and Wire Identification (7) Ford Motor Company uses three different circuit numbering conventions: Standard Circuit Numbering System, Global Circuit Numbering System, and New Global Circuit Numbering System (NGCNS). With each, the circuit number (which identifies a specific circuit function) is followed by the wire color. The wire identification consists of a basic color and possibly a stripe, and is determined directly from the wire's circuit number. In the diagrams, the wire colors are indicated next to the wires. The colors are abbreviated using the international norm IEC 757. The abbreviations are listed in set 4 "Symbols". Fuse and Relay Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1721 Fuse/Locations and Relay/Locations contains a view of the fuse/relay box, in which all fuses and relays are identified, numbered and named. Fuse and relay numbering and naming follow the indication of the fuse panel cover. In addition, for all removable relays, pin positions are added to illustrate proper orientation. Power Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1722 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams shows the current feed circuits. The current path is shown from the battery to the ignition switch and to all fuses. It also shows the circuits protected by each fuse. The circuit is traced from the fuse to the component. All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the fuse and the first component are shown. Ground Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1723 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams contains the diagram that shows the complete details for each ground connection or main ground splice. This is useful in diagnosing a problem affecting several components at once (poor ground connection or ground splice). All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the ground point and the component are shown. These ground connection details are shown here in order to keep the individual set diagrams as uncluttered as possible. Component and Connector Information Connector Views show the views of the pins and/or cavities of all connectors. The pin and cavity sides are shown separately as if the connector were disconnected. The color of the connector housing is indicated next to the connector number when available. The harness causal number is located above the connector view and below the connector number. The circuit function charts are located below each connector. The wiring harness designations are listed in Component Location Charts. Component Location Views show the components and their connecting wires as they can be found on the vehicle. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1724 Locations information that can be found at the vehicle level will helps the user find where the various items depicted on the diagram can physically be found on the vehicle. A brief written description of the location is given, along with a reference to the component location views. Symbols Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1725 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1726 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1727 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1728 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1729 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1730 Information Bus: Diagnostic Aids NOTE: Restraint system terminals should not be removed or repaired. If a restraint terminal requires service, replace the affected harness. Troubleshooting wiring harness and connector hidden concerns The following illustrations are known examples of wiring harness, splices and connectors that will create intermittent electrical concerns. The concerns are hidden and can only be discovered by a physical evaluation as shown in each illustration. NOTE: Several components, such as the PCM, utilize gold plated terminals in their connections to the wiring harness. If those terminals need to be replaced, they must be replaced with a gold plated terminal. Terminal not properly seated 1 = Locked terminal 2 = Male half 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Unlocked terminal (Hidden by wire seal) 7 = Seal Check for unlocked terminal by pulling each wire at the end of the connector. Defective insulation stripping Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1731 1 = Proper crimp 2 = Insulation not removed 3 = Wire strands missing 4 = Intermittent signals through pierced insulation Partially mated connectors 1 = Seal 2 = Displaced tab 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Male half 7 = Intermittent contact Lock may be displaced into an unlocked position; pull on the connector to verify the lock. Deformed (enlarged) female terminals 1 = Enlarged Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1732 2 = Normal Any probe entering the terminal may enlarge the contact spring opening creating an intermittent signal. Insert the correct mating terminal (Location A) from the service kit and feel for a loose fit. Electrical short inside the harness 1 = Solder coated wire to ground 2 = Harness protective tape 3 = Intermittent short Solder coated wire pierced through the insulation of another circuit 4 = Grounding foil Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1733 Electrical short within the harness Splice tape removed 1 = Intermittent short Splice covered 2 = Wire strand 3 = Splice tape 4 = Harness tape Broken wire strands in harness 1 = Wiring harness tape 2 = Wiring strand 3 = Broken strands intermittent signal 4 = Circuit insulation Remove the tape and flex/feel each circuit for a reduction in diameter at break. Recommended splicing method - Solder (For 16 AWG and Smaller Diameter Wire Only) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1734 2. Strip wires to appropriate length. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. 4. Twist wires together. 5. Solder wires together. NOTE: Use rosin core mildly-activated (RMA) solder. Do not use acid core solder. - Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seat wire splice. 6. Bend wire 1 back in a straight line. NOTE: Wait for solder to cool before moving wires. 7. Evenly position heat shrink tubing over wire repair. NOTE: Overlap tubing on both wires. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1735 8. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows Out of both ends of heat shrink tubing. 9. Reconnect battery ground cable. Recommended splicing method - Crimp (For 10-22 AWG Diameter Wire to Like Wire Diameter) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. 2. Strip 6.35mm (1/4 in) of insulation from each wire end, taking care not to nick or cut wire strands. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. NOTE: Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seal wire splice. 4. Select appropriate wire splice for the wires to be spliced. 5. Identify the appropriate crimping chamber on the Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper by matching the wire size on the dies with the wire size stamped on the butt splice. NOTE: Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper is the only tool that can be used with these splices. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1736 6. Center one end of the wire splice in the appropriate crimping chamber. 7. If visible, be sure to place the brazed seam toward the indenter. 8. Insert stripped wire into the barrel. 9. Holding the wire in place, barrel squeeze tool handles appropriate ratchet releases. 10. Repeating steps 5-7, crimp the other half of the splice. 11. Check for acceptable crimp. a. Crimp should be centered on each end of the butt splice b. Wire insulation does not enter butt splice. c. Wire is visible through inspection hole of splices. 12. Evenly position supplied heat shrink tubing over wire repair. 13. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows out of both ends of the heat shrink tubing. 14. Reconnect battery ground cable. This chart is to be used when pigtails or terminals are different wire gauge than the vehicle harness. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1737 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1738 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1739 Information Bus: Electrical Diagrams PLEASE NOTE: Some diagrams may appear to be missing because of gaps in the number sequences. These "gaps" are actually for diagrams that do not apply to the vehicle model selected. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1740 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1741 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1742 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1743 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1744 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (i.e. 13-2, 24-6, 10-2, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams By Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location Views (reference numbers starting with 151-) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Location Views. See: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations Knock Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1748 Knock Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 1752 Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 1753 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1757 Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1758 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1759 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #12 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #12 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #12 > Page 1764 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #22 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #12 > Page 1765 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Universal Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #11 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #12 > Page 1766 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Universal Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #21 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1569 Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #22 Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams C1569 Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #22 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1569 Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #22 > Page 1769 Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams C1570 Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #12 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1569 Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #22 > Page 1770 Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams C1661 Universal Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #11 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1569 Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #22 > Page 1771 Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams C1662 Universal Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #21 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > NHTSA11V128000 > Feb > 11 > Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection Body Control Module: Recalls Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: February 21, 2011 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 11V128000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Electrical System: Software POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 8,022 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 Ford F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge, and Lincoln MKX trucks manufactured from October 25, 2010, through November 20, 2010. These vehicles were inspected using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) that had a custom software routine to read the suspect Body Control Module (BCM) serial number. Based on the serial number the BCM was either not affected or replaced. The custom software routine was not reading the correct set of characters, and was not able to identify a BCM that required replacement affected BCMs may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which could result in a vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will inspect the body control module and if necessary replace it free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or about March 7, 2011. Owners may contact Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship CENTER AT 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford safety recall No. 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement Technical Service Bulletin # 10S14S3 Date: 110218 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1785 Attachment I - Administrative Information [NEW!] OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes OASIS will be activated on February 18, 2011. [NEW!] FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes FSA VIN list will be available through the website on February 18, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by March 31, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. [NEW!] STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. [NEW!] SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Previously inspected vehicles have been reactivated in OASIS for Safety Recall 10S14. Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1786 ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES If a customer's vehicle requires replacement of the BCM and it is necessary to order parts Ford will pay for up to two days of vehicle rental except for fuel insurance and tax which will be at the owner's expense. Rentals should be provided only while the vehicle is at the dealership for part replacement. The parts order must be an emergency order (unit down) if the order is placed between 3:00 PM and 7:00 PM (your local time zone) to guarantee the shortest delivery time. Prior approval for more than two rental days is required from the Special Service Support Center. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for rental dollar amounts. [NEW!] CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ Rental Expenses: Must be claimed on the same repair line as labor operation 10S14D. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for dollar amounts. - Misc. Expense Code: RENTAL - Misc. Expense Amount: Actual dollar amount (up to 2 days) Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1787 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION To manage part availability dealers must contact the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line. Dealers will receive a DOES II message when part requirements can be ordered through normal order processing channels. When calling to place an order for a BCM please be prepared to provide dealer P&A; code VIN RO # and vehicle mileage. Questions regarding parts should be directed to the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line or E-mailed. DEALER PRICE For latest prices refer to DOES II. PARTS RETENTION AND RETURN Follow the provisions of the Warranty and Policy Manual for "Parts Retention and Return Procedures." EXCESS STOCK RETURN Excess stock returned for credit must have been purchased from Ford Customer Service Division in accordance with Policy Procedure Bulletin 4000. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1788 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1789 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1790 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1791 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > NHTSA10V659000 > Dec > 10 > Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard Body Control Module: Recalls Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: December 29, 2010 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 10V659000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Structure: Body POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 14,737 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge and Lincoln MKX vehicles. During a six-day production period, the supplier of the body control module manufactured modules that may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which can result in an unattended vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will replace the body control module if necessary free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or before January 10, 2011. owners may contact Ford at 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford's recall campaign number is 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > NHTSA11V128000 > Feb > 11 > Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection Body Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: February 21, 2011 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 11V128000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Electrical System: Software POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 8,022 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 Ford F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge, and Lincoln MKX trucks manufactured from October 25, 2010, through November 20, 2010. These vehicles were inspected using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) that had a custom software routine to read the suspect Body Control Module (BCM) serial number. Based on the serial number the BCM was either not affected or replaced. The custom software routine was not reading the correct set of characters, and was not able to identify a BCM that required replacement affected BCMs may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which could result in a vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will inspect the body control module and if necessary replace it free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or about March 7, 2011. Owners may contact Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship CENTER AT 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford safety recall No. 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement Technical Service Bulletin # 10S14S3 Date: 110218 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1805 Attachment I - Administrative Information [NEW!] OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes OASIS will be activated on February 18, 2011. [NEW!] FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes FSA VIN list will be available through the website on February 18, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by March 31, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. [NEW!] STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. [NEW!] SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Previously inspected vehicles have been reactivated in OASIS for Safety Recall 10S14. Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1806 ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES If a customer's vehicle requires replacement of the BCM and it is necessary to order parts Ford will pay for up to two days of vehicle rental except for fuel insurance and tax which will be at the owner's expense. Rentals should be provided only while the vehicle is at the dealership for part replacement. The parts order must be an emergency order (unit down) if the order is placed between 3:00 PM and 7:00 PM (your local time zone) to guarantee the shortest delivery time. Prior approval for more than two rental days is required from the Special Service Support Center. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for rental dollar amounts. [NEW!] CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ Rental Expenses: Must be claimed on the same repair line as labor operation 10S14D. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for dollar amounts. - Misc. Expense Code: RENTAL - Misc. Expense Amount: Actual dollar amount (up to 2 days) Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1807 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION To manage part availability dealers must contact the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line. Dealers will receive a DOES II message when part requirements can be ordered through normal order processing channels. When calling to place an order for a BCM please be prepared to provide dealer P&A; code VIN RO # and vehicle mileage. Questions regarding parts should be directed to the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line or E-mailed. DEALER PRICE For latest prices refer to DOES II. PARTS RETENTION AND RETURN Follow the provisions of the Warranty and Policy Manual for "Parts Retention and Return Procedures." EXCESS STOCK RETURN Excess stock returned for credit must have been purchased from Ford Customer Service Division in accordance with Policy Procedure Bulletin 4000. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1808 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1809 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1810 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1811 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > NHTSA10V659000 > Dec > 10 > Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard Body Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: December 29, 2010 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 10V659000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Structure: Body POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 14,737 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge and Lincoln MKX vehicles. During a six-day production period, the supplier of the body control module manufactured modules that may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which can result in an unattended vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will replace the body control module if necessary free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or before January 10, 2011. owners may contact Ford at 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford's recall campaign number is 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1816 Body Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) Body Control Module: Diagrams C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1819 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1820 Body Control Module: Diagrams C2280B Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1821 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1822 Body Control Module: Diagrams C2280C Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1823 Body Control Module: Diagrams C2280D Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1824 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1825 Body Control Module: Diagrams C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1826 C2280B Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1827 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1828 C2280C Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1829 C2280D Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1830 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1831 C2280E Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1832 C2280F Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 1833 C2280G Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Locations Engine Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 1837 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Engine Control Module: Diagrams C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) > Page 1840 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) > Page 1841 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) > Page 1842 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) > Page 1843 Engine Control Module: Diagrams C1551E Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) > Page 1844 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) > Page 1845 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1551B Powertrain Control Module (PCM) > Page 1846 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 1850 Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 1851 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1856 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1860 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Battery Current Sensor Battery Current Sensor: Locations Battery Current Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Battery Current Sensor > Page 1865 Battery Current Sensor: Locations Generator Current Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1646 Battery Current Sensor Battery Current Sensor: Diagrams C1646 Battery Current Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1646 Battery Current Sensor > Page 1868 Battery Current Sensor: Diagrams C1645 Generator Current Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1873 Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 12 (CMP12) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1874 Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 21 (CMP21) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1875 Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 22 (CMP22) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1878 Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1367 Camshaft Position 21 (CMP21) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1879 Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1624 Camshaft Position 12 (CMP12) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1880 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1881 Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1625 Camshaft Position 22 (CMP22) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 1882 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Crankshaft Position Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1886 Crankshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Engine Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations Engine Temperature Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Engine Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1890 Engine Temperature Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Engine Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1891 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1895 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1896 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature (MAF/IAT) Sensor Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Locations Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature (MAF/IAT) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature (MAF/IAT) Sensor > Page 1901 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Locations Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature (MAF/IAT) Sensor > Page 1902 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Locations Manifold Absolute Pressure/Intake Air Temperature 2 (MAP/IAT2) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C129 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Diagrams C129 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C129 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor > Page 1905 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Diagrams C1087 Manifold Absolute Pressure/Intake Air Temperature 2 (MAP/IAT2) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C129 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor > Page 1906 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C129 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor > Page 1907 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C129 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor > Page 1908 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Diagrams C1454 Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature (MAF/IAT) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations Knock Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1912 Knock Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1916 Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1917 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1918 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #12 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #12 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #12 > Page 1923 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #22 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #12 > Page 1924 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Universal Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #11 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #12 > Page 1925 Oxygen Sensor: Locations Universal Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #21 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1569 Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #22 Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams C1569 Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #22 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1569 Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #22 > Page 1928 Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams C1570 Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #12 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1569 Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #22 > Page 1929 Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams C1661 Universal Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #11 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1569 Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #22 > Page 1930 Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams C1662 Universal Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) #21 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Variable Camshaft Timing 11 (VCT11) Solenoid Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Locations Variable Camshaft Timing 11 (VCT11) Solenoid Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Variable Camshaft Timing 11 (VCT11) Solenoid > Page 1935 Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Locations Variable Camshaft Timing 12 (VCT12) Solenoid Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Variable Camshaft Timing 11 (VCT11) Solenoid > Page 1936 Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Locations Variable Camshaft Timing 21 (VCT21) Solenoid Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Variable Camshaft Timing 11 (VCT11) Solenoid > Page 1937 Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Locations Variable Camshaft Timing 22 (VCT22) Solenoid Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > C1451 Variable Camshaft Timing 11 (VCT11) Solenoid Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Diagrams C1451 Variable Camshaft Timing 11 (VCT11) Solenoid Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > C1451 Variable Camshaft Timing 11 (VCT11) Solenoid > Page 1940 Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Diagrams C1452 Variable Camshaft Timing 21 (VCT21) Solenoid Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > C1451 Variable Camshaft Timing 11 (VCT11) Solenoid > Page 1941 Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Diagrams C1610 Variable Camshaft Timing 12 (VCT12) Solenoid Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams > C1451 Variable Camshaft Timing 11 (VCT11) Solenoid > Page 1942 Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Diagrams C1611 Variable Camshaft Timing 22 (VCT22) Solenoid Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister Purge Control Valve > Component Information > Diagrams Canister Purge Control Valve: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister Purge Control Valve > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1948 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Leak Detection Valve, Evaporative System > Component Information > Locations Leak Detection Valve: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Leak Detection Valve, Evaporative System > Component Information > Locations > Page 1952 Leak Detection Valve: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Positive Crankcase Ventilation > Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve > Component Information > Diagrams Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1961 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1965 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Diagrams > C1141 Fuel Injector 1 Fuel Injector: Diagrams C1141 Fuel Injector 1 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Diagrams > C1141 Fuel Injector 1 > Page 1970 Fuel Injector: Diagrams C1142 Fuel Injector 2 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Diagrams > C1141 Fuel Injector 1 > Page 1971 Fuel Injector: Diagrams C1143 Fuel Injector 3 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Diagrams > C1141 Fuel Injector 1 > Page 1972 Fuel Injector: Diagrams C1144 Fuel Injector 4 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Diagrams > C1141 Fuel Injector 1 > Page 1973 Fuel Injector: Diagrams C1141 Fuel Injector 1 C1142 Fuel Injector 2 C1143 Fuel Injector 3 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Diagrams > C1141 Fuel Injector 1 > Page 1974 C1144 Fuel Injector 4 C1145 Fuel Injector 5 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Diagrams > C1141 Fuel Injector 1 > Page 1975 C1146 Fuel Injector 6 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Diagrams Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Control Unit > Component Information > Locations Fuel Pump Control Unit: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Control Unit > Component Information > Locations > Page 1983 Fuel Pump Control Unit: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Control Unit > Component Information > Locations > Page 1984 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations Fuel Pump Relay: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 1988 Fuel Pump Relay: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 1989 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Diagrams Fuel Gauge Sender: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1994 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams Fuel Tank Unit: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1998 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2002 Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2003 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Control Unit > Component Information > Locations Fuel Pump Control Unit: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Control Unit > Component Information > Locations > Page 2008 Fuel Pump Control Unit: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Control Unit > Component Information > Locations > Page 2009 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations Fuel Pump Relay: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 2013 Fuel Pump Relay: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 2014 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2018 Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2019 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2024 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2028 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Diagrams Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbo Boost Sensor > Component Information > Locations Turbo Boost Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbo Boost Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2035 Turbo Boost Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbo Boost Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2036 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbo Boost Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2037 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2041 Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2042 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2043 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbocharger > Exhaust Bypass Valve, Turbocharger > Component Information > Diagrams > C1584 Turbocharger Bypass Valve (TCBY) Exhaust Bypass Valve: Diagrams C1584 Turbocharger Bypass Valve (TCBY) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbocharger > Exhaust Bypass Valve, Turbocharger > Component Information > Diagrams > C1584 Turbocharger Bypass Valve (TCBY) > Page 2049 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbocharger > Exhaust Bypass Valve, Turbocharger > Component Information > Diagrams > C1584 Turbocharger Bypass Valve (TCBY) > Page 2050 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbocharger > Exhaust Bypass Valve, Turbocharger > Component Information > Diagrams > C1584 Turbocharger Bypass Valve (TCBY) > Page 2051 Exhaust Bypass Valve: Diagrams C1585 Turbocharger Bypass Valve 2 (TCBY2) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbocharger > Exhaust Bypass Valve, Turbocharger > Component Information > Diagrams > C1584 Turbocharger Bypass Valve (TCBY) > Page 2052 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbocharger > Exhaust Bypass Valve, Turbocharger > Component Information > Diagrams > C1584 Turbocharger Bypass Valve (TCBY) > Page 2053 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbocharger > Turbo Boost Sensor > Component Information > Locations Turbo Boost Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbocharger > Turbo Boost Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2057 Turbo Boost Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbocharger > Turbo Boost Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2058 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbocharger > Turbo Boost Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2059 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbocharger > Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbocharger > Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2063 Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbocharger > Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2064 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbocharger > Turbocharger Exhaust Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2065 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbocharger > Wastegate Solenoid > Component Information > Locations Wastegate Solenoid: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbocharger > Wastegate Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Page 2069 Wastegate Solenoid: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbocharger > Wastegate Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Page 2070 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Turbocharger > Wastegate Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Page 2071 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 2077 Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 12 (CMP12) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 2078 Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 21 (CMP21) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 2079 Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 22 (CMP22) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 2082 Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1367 Camshaft Position 21 (CMP21) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 2083 Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1624 Camshaft Position 12 (CMP12) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 2084 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 2085 Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1625 Camshaft Position 22 (CMP22) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 2086 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Crankshaft Position Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2090 Crankshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams > C111 Coil On Plug (COP) 1 Ignition Coil: Diagrams C111 Coil On Plug (COP) 1 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams > C111 Coil On Plug (COP) 1 > Page 2095 Ignition Coil: Diagrams C112 Coil On Plug (COP) 2 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams > C111 Coil On Plug (COP) 1 > Page 2096 Ignition Coil: Diagrams C113 Coil On Plug (COP) 3 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams > C111 Coil On Plug (COP) 1 > Page 2097 Ignition Coil: Diagrams C114 Coil On Plug (COP) 4 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams > C111 Coil On Plug (COP) 1 > Page 2098 Ignition Coil: Diagrams C111 Coil On Plug (COP) 1 C112 Coil On Plug (COP) 2 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams > C111 Coil On Plug (COP) 1 > Page 2099 C113 Coil On Plug (COP) 3 C114 Coil On Plug (COP) 4 C115 Coil On Plug (COP) 5 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams > C111 Coil On Plug (COP) 1 > Page 2100 C116 Coil On Plug (COP) 6 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations Knock Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2104 Knock Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 2110 Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 12 (CMP12) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 2111 Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 21 (CMP21) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 2112 Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Camshaft Position 22 (CMP22) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 2115 Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1367 Camshaft Position 21 (CMP21) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 2116 Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1624 Camshaft Position 12 (CMP12) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 2117 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 2118 Camshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams C1625 Camshaft Position 22 (CMP22) Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1366 Camshaft Position 11 (CMP11) Sensor > Page 2119 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Crankshaft Position Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2123 Crankshaft Position Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations Ignition Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 2127 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Ignition Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Introduction Note All wiring connections between components are shown exactly as they exist in the vehicles. It is important to realize, however, that no attempt has been made on the diagrams to represent components and wiring as they physically appear on the vehicle. For example, a 4-foot length of wire is treated no differently in a diagram from one that is only a few inches long. Furthermore, to aid in understanding electrical (electronic) operation, wiring inside complicated components has been simplified. Complete Circuit Operation Each circuit is shown completely and independently in one set. Other components that are connected to the circuits may not be shown unless they influence the circuit operation. Current Flow (1) Each set normally starts with the component that powers the circuit, such as a fuse or the ignition switch. Current flow is shown from the power source at the top of the diagram to ground at the bottom of the diagram. A full representation of the power supply of a fuse or the power distribution from a fuse to various components is given in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Full representation of the ground connections are shown in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Switch Positions (2) Within a diagram, all switches, sensors and relays are shown "at rest" (ignition switch OFF). Splices (3) Splices directly connecting to the power distribution are best represented on the power distribution diagram in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Splices connected to grounds can be seen completely in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. For all other splices, a reference is given to each off diagram where that particular splice can be best viewed. Component Referencing (4) Components on a diagram have a reference to a component location view or the diagram where it is shown completely. The reference is located to the right of each component. Component Names (5) Component names are placed on the right hand side of each component when possible. Descriptions of the internals of the component are also included when available. The diagram where the component appears in full is listed in the Index. The base part number for a component is listed in parentheses next to or under a component. Internal Name and Function Identification Numbers (6) Some components on each diagram have internal symbols with an identification number located within it. You can identify the internal symbol or function by finding the corresponding number under the component name. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2130 Circuit Numbering and Wire Identification (7) Ford Motor Company uses three different circuit numbering conventions: Standard Circuit Numbering System, Global Circuit Numbering System, and New Global Circuit Numbering System (NGCNS). With each, the circuit number (which identifies a specific circuit function) is followed by the wire color. The wire identification consists of a basic color and possibly a stripe, and is determined directly from the wire's circuit number. In the diagrams, the wire colors are indicated next to the wires. The colors are abbreviated using the international norm IEC 757. The abbreviations are listed in set 4 "Symbols". Fuse and Relay Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2131 Fuse/Locations and Relay/Locations contains a view of the fuse/relay box, in which all fuses and relays are identified, numbered and named. Fuse and relay numbering and naming follow the indication of the fuse panel cover. In addition, for all removable relays, pin positions are added to illustrate proper orientation. Power Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2132 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams shows the current feed circuits. The current path is shown from the battery to the ignition switch and to all fuses. It also shows the circuits protected by each fuse. The circuit is traced from the fuse to the component. All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the fuse and the first component are shown. Ground Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2133 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams contains the diagram that shows the complete details for each ground connection or main ground splice. This is useful in diagnosing a problem affecting several components at once (poor ground connection or ground splice). All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the ground point and the component are shown. These ground connection details are shown here in order to keep the individual set diagrams as uncluttered as possible. Component and Connector Information Connector Views show the views of the pins and/or cavities of all connectors. The pin and cavity sides are shown separately as if the connector were disconnected. The color of the connector housing is indicated next to the connector number when available. The harness causal number is located above the connector view and below the connector number. The circuit function charts are located below each connector. The wiring harness designations are listed in Component Location Charts. Component Location Views show the components and their connecting wires as they can be found on the vehicle. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2134 Locations information that can be found at the vehicle level will helps the user find where the various items depicted on the diagram can physically be found on the vehicle. A brief written description of the location is given, along with a reference to the component location views. Symbols Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2135 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2136 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2137 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2138 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2139 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2140 Ignition Switch: Diagnostic Aids NOTE: Restraint system terminals should not be removed or repaired. If a restraint terminal requires service, replace the affected harness. Troubleshooting wiring harness and connector hidden concerns The following illustrations are known examples of wiring harness, splices and connectors that will create intermittent electrical concerns. The concerns are hidden and can only be discovered by a physical evaluation as shown in each illustration. NOTE: Several components, such as the PCM, utilize gold plated terminals in their connections to the wiring harness. If those terminals need to be replaced, they must be replaced with a gold plated terminal. Terminal not properly seated 1 = Locked terminal 2 = Male half 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Unlocked terminal (Hidden by wire seal) 7 = Seal Check for unlocked terminal by pulling each wire at the end of the connector. Defective insulation stripping Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2141 1 = Proper crimp 2 = Insulation not removed 3 = Wire strands missing 4 = Intermittent signals through pierced insulation Partially mated connectors 1 = Seal 2 = Displaced tab 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Male half 7 = Intermittent contact Lock may be displaced into an unlocked position; pull on the connector to verify the lock. Deformed (enlarged) female terminals 1 = Enlarged Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2142 2 = Normal Any probe entering the terminal may enlarge the contact spring opening creating an intermittent signal. Insert the correct mating terminal (Location A) from the service kit and feel for a loose fit. Electrical short inside the harness 1 = Solder coated wire to ground 2 = Harness protective tape 3 = Intermittent short Solder coated wire pierced through the insulation of another circuit 4 = Grounding foil Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2143 Electrical short within the harness Splice tape removed 1 = Intermittent short Splice covered 2 = Wire strand 3 = Splice tape 4 = Harness tape Broken wire strands in harness 1 = Wiring harness tape 2 = Wiring strand 3 = Broken strands intermittent signal 4 = Circuit insulation Remove the tape and flex/feel each circuit for a reduction in diameter at break. Recommended splicing method - Solder (For 16 AWG and Smaller Diameter Wire Only) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2144 2. Strip wires to appropriate length. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. 4. Twist wires together. 5. Solder wires together. NOTE: Use rosin core mildly-activated (RMA) solder. Do not use acid core solder. - Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seat wire splice. 6. Bend wire 1 back in a straight line. NOTE: Wait for solder to cool before moving wires. 7. Evenly position heat shrink tubing over wire repair. NOTE: Overlap tubing on both wires. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2145 8. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows Out of both ends of heat shrink tubing. 9. Reconnect battery ground cable. Recommended splicing method - Crimp (For 10-22 AWG Diameter Wire to Like Wire Diameter) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. 2. Strip 6.35mm (1/4 in) of insulation from each wire end, taking care not to nick or cut wire strands. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. NOTE: Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seal wire splice. 4. Select appropriate wire splice for the wires to be spliced. 5. Identify the appropriate crimping chamber on the Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper by matching the wire size on the dies with the wire size stamped on the butt splice. NOTE: Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper is the only tool that can be used with these splices. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2146 6. Center one end of the wire splice in the appropriate crimping chamber. 7. If visible, be sure to place the brazed seam toward the indenter. 8. Insert stripped wire into the barrel. 9. Holding the wire in place, barrel squeeze tool handles appropriate ratchet releases. 10. Repeating steps 5-7, crimp the other half of the splice. 11. Check for acceptable crimp. a. Crimp should be centered on each end of the butt splice b. Wire insulation does not enter butt splice. c. Wire is visible through inspection hole of splices. 12. Evenly position supplied heat shrink tubing over wire repair. 13. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows out of both ends of the heat shrink tubing. 14. Reconnect battery ground cable. This chart is to be used when pigtails or terminals are different wire gauge than the vehicle harness. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2147 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2148 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2149 Ignition Switch: Connector Views Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2150 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2151 Ignition Switch: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2152 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations Knock Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2156 Knock Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Differential > Actuator, Differential Lock > Component Information > Diagrams Actuator: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Differential > Actuator, Differential Lock > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2163 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transfer Case > Control Module, Transfer Case > Component Information > Locations Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transfer Case > Control Module, Transfer Case > Component Information > Diagrams > C2371A Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) Control Module: Diagrams C2371A Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transfer Case > Control Module, Transfer Case > Component Information > Diagrams > C2371A Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) > Page 2171 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transfer Case > Control Module, Transfer Case > Component Information > Diagrams > C2371A Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) > Page 2172 Control Module: Diagrams C2371B Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transfer Case > Control Module, Transfer Case > Component Information > Diagrams > C2371A Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) > Page 2173 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Overdrive Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations Overdrive Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Overdrive Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 2179 Overdrive Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Overdrive Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 2180 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Locations > Mode Select Switch (MSS) Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Locations Mode Select Switch (MSS) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Locations > Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2186 Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Locations 4X4 High/Low Indicator Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Locations > Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2187 Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Locations Off-Road Mode Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Diagrams C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2190 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2191 Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Diagrams C1177 4X4 High/Low Indicator Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2192 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2193 Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Diagrams C3393 Off-Road Mode Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2194 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Differential > Actuator, Differential Lock > Component Information > Diagrams Actuator: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Differential > Actuator, Differential Lock > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2201 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Fluid - A/T: Capacity Specifications Automatic Transaxle 6R80 .................................................................................................................. ................................................................................ 13.1 quarts (12.4 liters) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 2207 Fluid - A/T: Fluid Type Specifications Automatic Transmission Fluid Ford Part Name - Motorcraft MERCON LV ATF Ford Part Number - XT-10-QLV Ford Specification - MERCON LV NOTE: Automatic transmissions that require MERCON LV should only use MERCON LV fluid. Use of any fluid other then the recommended fluid may cause transmission damage. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Overdrive Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations Overdrive Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Overdrive Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 2211 Overdrive Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Overdrive Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 2212 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Overdrive Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations Overdrive Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Overdrive Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 2217 Overdrive Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Overdrive Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 2218 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Shift Interlock: Diagram Information and Instructions Introduction Note All wiring connections between components are shown exactly as they exist in the vehicles. It is important to realize, however, that no attempt has been made on the diagrams to represent components and wiring as they physically appear on the vehicle. For example, a 4-foot length of wire is treated no differently in a diagram from one that is only a few inches long. Furthermore, to aid in understanding electrical (electronic) operation, wiring inside complicated components has been simplified. Complete Circuit Operation Each circuit is shown completely and independently in one set. Other components that are connected to the circuits may not be shown unless they influence the circuit operation. Current Flow (1) Each set normally starts with the component that powers the circuit, such as a fuse or the ignition switch. Current flow is shown from the power source at the top of the diagram to ground at the bottom of the diagram. A full representation of the power supply of a fuse or the power distribution from a fuse to various components is given in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Full representation of the ground connections are shown in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Switch Positions (2) Within a diagram, all switches, sensors and relays are shown "at rest" (ignition switch OFF). Splices (3) Splices directly connecting to the power distribution are best represented on the power distribution diagram in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Splices connected to grounds can be seen completely in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. For all other splices, a reference is given to each off diagram where that particular splice can be best viewed. Component Referencing (4) Components on a diagram have a reference to a component location view or the diagram where it is shown completely. The reference is located to the right of each component. Component Names (5) Component names are placed on the right hand side of each component when possible. Descriptions of the internals of the component are also included when available. The diagram where the component appears in full is listed in the Index. The base part number for a component is listed in parentheses next to or under a component. Internal Name and Function Identification Numbers (6) Some components on each diagram have internal symbols with an identification number located within it. You can identify the internal symbol or function by finding the corresponding number under the component name. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2223 Circuit Numbering and Wire Identification (7) Ford Motor Company uses three different circuit numbering conventions: Standard Circuit Numbering System, Global Circuit Numbering System, and New Global Circuit Numbering System (NGCNS). With each, the circuit number (which identifies a specific circuit function) is followed by the wire color. The wire identification consists of a basic color and possibly a stripe, and is determined directly from the wire's circuit number. In the diagrams, the wire colors are indicated next to the wires. The colors are abbreviated using the international norm IEC 757. The abbreviations are listed in set 4 "Symbols". Fuse and Relay Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2224 Fuse/Locations and Relay/Locations contains a view of the fuse/relay box, in which all fuses and relays are identified, numbered and named. Fuse and relay numbering and naming follow the indication of the fuse panel cover. In addition, for all removable relays, pin positions are added to illustrate proper orientation. Power Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2225 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams shows the current feed circuits. The current path is shown from the battery to the ignition switch and to all fuses. It also shows the circuits protected by each fuse. The circuit is traced from the fuse to the component. All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the fuse and the first component are shown. Ground Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2226 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams contains the diagram that shows the complete details for each ground connection or main ground splice. This is useful in diagnosing a problem affecting several components at once (poor ground connection or ground splice). All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the ground point and the component are shown. These ground connection details are shown here in order to keep the individual set diagrams as uncluttered as possible. Component and Connector Information Connector Views show the views of the pins and/or cavities of all connectors. The pin and cavity sides are shown separately as if the connector were disconnected. The color of the connector housing is indicated next to the connector number when available. The harness causal number is located above the connector view and below the connector number. The circuit function charts are located below each connector. The wiring harness designations are listed in Component Location Charts. Component Location Views show the components and their connecting wires as they can be found on the vehicle. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2227 Locations information that can be found at the vehicle level will helps the user find where the various items depicted on the diagram can physically be found on the vehicle. A brief written description of the location is given, along with a reference to the component location views. Symbols Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2228 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2229 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2230 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2231 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2232 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2233 Shift Interlock: Diagnostic Aids NOTE: Restraint system terminals should not be removed or repaired. If a restraint terminal requires service, replace the affected harness. Troubleshooting wiring harness and connector hidden concerns The following illustrations are known examples of wiring harness, splices and connectors that will create intermittent electrical concerns. The concerns are hidden and can only be discovered by a physical evaluation as shown in each illustration. NOTE: Several components, such as the PCM, utilize gold plated terminals in their connections to the wiring harness. If those terminals need to be replaced, they must be replaced with a gold plated terminal. Terminal not properly seated 1 = Locked terminal 2 = Male half 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Unlocked terminal (Hidden by wire seal) 7 = Seal Check for unlocked terminal by pulling each wire at the end of the connector. Defective insulation stripping Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2234 1 = Proper crimp 2 = Insulation not removed 3 = Wire strands missing 4 = Intermittent signals through pierced insulation Partially mated connectors 1 = Seal 2 = Displaced tab 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Male half 7 = Intermittent contact Lock may be displaced into an unlocked position; pull on the connector to verify the lock. Deformed (enlarged) female terminals 1 = Enlarged Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2235 2 = Normal Any probe entering the terminal may enlarge the contact spring opening creating an intermittent signal. Insert the correct mating terminal (Location A) from the service kit and feel for a loose fit. Electrical short inside the harness 1 = Solder coated wire to ground 2 = Harness protective tape 3 = Intermittent short Solder coated wire pierced through the insulation of another circuit 4 = Grounding foil Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2236 Electrical short within the harness Splice tape removed 1 = Intermittent short Splice covered 2 = Wire strand 3 = Splice tape 4 = Harness tape Broken wire strands in harness 1 = Wiring harness tape 2 = Wiring strand 3 = Broken strands intermittent signal 4 = Circuit insulation Remove the tape and flex/feel each circuit for a reduction in diameter at break. Recommended splicing method - Solder (For 16 AWG and Smaller Diameter Wire Only) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2237 2. Strip wires to appropriate length. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. 4. Twist wires together. 5. Solder wires together. NOTE: Use rosin core mildly-activated (RMA) solder. Do not use acid core solder. - Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seat wire splice. 6. Bend wire 1 back in a straight line. NOTE: Wait for solder to cool before moving wires. 7. Evenly position heat shrink tubing over wire repair. NOTE: Overlap tubing on both wires. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2238 8. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows Out of both ends of heat shrink tubing. 9. Reconnect battery ground cable. Recommended splicing method - Crimp (For 10-22 AWG Diameter Wire to Like Wire Diameter) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. 2. Strip 6.35mm (1/4 in) of insulation from each wire end, taking care not to nick or cut wire strands. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. NOTE: Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seal wire splice. 4. Select appropriate wire splice for the wires to be spliced. 5. Identify the appropriate crimping chamber on the Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper by matching the wire size on the dies with the wire size stamped on the butt splice. NOTE: Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper is the only tool that can be used with these splices. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2239 6. Center one end of the wire splice in the appropriate crimping chamber. 7. If visible, be sure to place the brazed seam toward the indenter. 8. Insert stripped wire into the barrel. 9. Holding the wire in place, barrel squeeze tool handles appropriate ratchet releases. 10. Repeating steps 5-7, crimp the other half of the splice. 11. Check for acceptable crimp. a. Crimp should be centered on each end of the butt splice b. Wire insulation does not enter butt splice. c. Wire is visible through inspection hole of splices. 12. Evenly position supplied heat shrink tubing over wire repair. 13. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows out of both ends of the heat shrink tubing. 14. Reconnect battery ground cable. This chart is to be used when pigtails or terminals are different wire gauge than the vehicle harness. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2240 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2241 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2242 Shift Interlock: Connector Views Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2243 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2244 Shift Interlock: Electrical Diagrams PLEASE NOTE: Some diagrams may appear to be missing because of gaps in the number sequences. These "gaps" are actually for diagrams that do not apply to the vehicle model selected. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2245 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (i.e. 13-2, 24-6, 10-2, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams By Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location Views (reference numbers starting with 151-) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Location Views. See: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shifter A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Shifter A/T: > 11-3-8 > Mar > 11 > A/T - Excessive Shifter Effort In Cold Conditions Shifter A/T: Customer Interest A/T - Excessive Shifter Effort In Cold Conditions TSB 11-3-8 03/15/11 6R80 TRANSMISSION - EXCESSIVE GEAR SELECTOR EFFORT - COLD CLIMATE CONDITIONS FORD: 2009-2011 F-150 This article supersedes TSB 10-24-7 to update the vehicle model years. ISSUE Some 2009-2011 F-150 vehicles may exhibit excessive effort with the gear selector lever in cold climate conditions. This may be caused by snow building up around the shift cable and lever. A new snow shield kit has been released to alleviate this condition. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the concern. SERVICE PROCEDURE Install a snow shield. Refer to the kit instructions for proper installation. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110308A 2009-2011 F-150: Install 0.4 Hr. Snow Shield (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 7E395 69 Disclaimer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shifter A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Shifter A/T: > 11-3-8 > Mar > 11 > A/T Excessive Shifter Effort In Cold Conditions Shifter A/T: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Excessive Shifter Effort In Cold Conditions TSB 11-3-8 03/15/11 6R80 TRANSMISSION - EXCESSIVE GEAR SELECTOR EFFORT - COLD CLIMATE CONDITIONS FORD: 2009-2011 F-150 This article supersedes TSB 10-24-7 to update the vehicle model years. ISSUE Some 2009-2011 F-150 vehicles may exhibit excessive effort with the gear selector lever in cold climate conditions. This may be caused by snow building up around the shift cable and lever. A new snow shield kit has been released to alleviate this condition. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the concern. SERVICE PROCEDURE Install a snow shield. Refer to the kit instructions for proper installation. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110308A 2009-2011 F-150: Install 0.4 Hr. Snow Shield (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 7E395 69 Disclaimer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shifter A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2259 Shifter A/T: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Linkage, A/T > Shift Cable, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Shift Cable: > 11-3-8 > Mar > 11 > A/T - Excessive Shifter Effort In Cold Conditions Shift Cable: Customer Interest A/T - Excessive Shifter Effort In Cold Conditions TSB 11-3-8 03/15/11 6R80 TRANSMISSION - EXCESSIVE GEAR SELECTOR EFFORT - COLD CLIMATE CONDITIONS FORD: 2009-2011 F-150 This article supersedes TSB 10-24-7 to update the vehicle model years. ISSUE Some 2009-2011 F-150 vehicles may exhibit excessive effort with the gear selector lever in cold climate conditions. This may be caused by snow building up around the shift cable and lever. A new snow shield kit has been released to alleviate this condition. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the concern. SERVICE PROCEDURE Install a snow shield. Refer to the kit instructions for proper installation. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110308A 2009-2011 F-150: Install 0.4 Hr. Snow Shield (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 7E395 69 Disclaimer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Linkage, A/T > Shift Cable, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Shift Cable: > 11-3-8 > Mar > 11 > A/T - Excessive Shifter Effort In Cold Conditions Shift Cable: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Excessive Shifter Effort In Cold Conditions TSB 11-3-8 03/15/11 6R80 TRANSMISSION - EXCESSIVE GEAR SELECTOR EFFORT - COLD CLIMATE CONDITIONS FORD: 2009-2011 F-150 This article supersedes TSB 10-24-7 to update the vehicle model years. ISSUE Some 2009-2011 F-150 vehicles may exhibit excessive effort with the gear selector lever in cold climate conditions. This may be caused by snow building up around the shift cable and lever. A new snow shield kit has been released to alleviate this condition. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the concern. SERVICE PROCEDURE Install a snow shield. Refer to the kit instructions for proper installation. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110308A 2009-2011 F-150: Install 0.4 Hr. Snow Shield (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 7E395 69 Disclaimer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Hydraulic Hose, Clutch > Component Information > Tools and Equipment Hydraulic Hose: Tools and Equipment Clutch Line Fork AST tool# 8008 Used for the R and R of the hydraulic clutch line from the internally mounted slave cylinder. This tool is applicable to the following Ford vehicles with manual transmissions: 1989 and later Ford Aerostar, Bronco II, Explorer, F150 and Ranger. - For R and R of Hydraulic Clutch Lines - Applicable to Ford Models with Manual Transmissions - Steel Construction - Black-Oxide Finish Contact AST for pricing. Assenmacher Specialty Tools 1-800-525-2943 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Differential Assembly > Actuators and Solenoids - Differential > Actuator, Differential Lock > Component Information > Diagrams Actuator: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Differential Assembly > Actuators and Solenoids - Differential > Actuator, Differential Lock > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2283 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Differential Assembly > Differential Lock > Actuator, Differential Lock > Component Information > Diagrams Actuator: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Differential Assembly > Differential Lock > Actuator, Differential Lock > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2288 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Differential Assembly > Fluid - Differential > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Fluid - Differential: Capacity Specifications Axle Fluid Capacity Front Axle ............................................................................................................................................ ...................................................... 3.5 Pints ( 1.8 L ) Rear Axle 8.8/9.75 ............................................................................................................................... ...................................................... 5.5 Pints ( 2.6 L ) Note: Fill to 1/4 inch to 9/16 inch ( 6 mm to 14 mm ) below of fill hole. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Differential Assembly > Fluid - Differential > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 2293 Fluid - Differential: Fluid Type Specifications DIFFERENTIAL FLUID Front Ford Part Name - Motorcraft SAE 80W-90 Premium Rear Axle Lubricant Ford Part Number - XY-80W90-QL Ford Specification - WSP-M2C197-A Rear Ford Part Name - Motorcraft SAE 75W-140 Rear Synthetic Axle Lubricant Ford Part Number - XY-75W140-QL Ford Specification - WSL-M2C192-A Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Hub (Locking) > Component Information > Locations Wheel Hub (Locking): Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Hub (Locking) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2298 Wheel Hub (Locking): Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Hub (Locking) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2299 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transfer Case > Control Module, Transfer Case > Component Information > Locations Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transfer Case > Control Module, Transfer Case > Component Information > Diagrams > C2371A Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) Control Module: Diagrams C2371A Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transfer Case > Control Module, Transfer Case > Component Information > Diagrams > C2371A Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) > Page 2307 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transfer Case > Control Module, Transfer Case > Component Information > Diagrams > C2371A Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) > Page 2308 Control Module: Diagrams C2371B Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transfer Case > Control Module, Transfer Case > Component Information > Diagrams > C2371A Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) > Page 2309 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Overdrive Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations Overdrive Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Overdrive Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 2315 Overdrive Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Overdrive Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 2316 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Locations > Mode Select Switch (MSS) Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Locations Mode Select Switch (MSS) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Locations > Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2322 Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Locations 4X4 High/Low Indicator Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Locations > Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2323 Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Locations Off-Road Mode Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Diagrams C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2326 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2327 Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Diagrams C1177 4X4 High/Low Indicator Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2328 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2329 Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Diagrams C3393 Off-Road Mode Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2330 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Control Module, Transfer Case > Component Information > Locations Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Control Module, Transfer Case > Component Information > Diagrams > C2371A Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) Control Module: Diagrams C2371A Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Control Module, Transfer Case > Component Information > Diagrams > C2371A Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) > Page 2337 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Control Module, Transfer Case > Component Information > Diagrams > C2371A Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) > Page 2338 Control Module: Diagrams C2371B Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Control Module, Transfer Case > Component Information > Diagrams > C2371A Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) > Page 2339 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Fluid - Transfer Case > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Fluid - Transfer Case: Capacity Specifications Transfer Case Fluid ............................................................................................................................. .................................................. 1.6 quarts (1.5 liters) NOTE: Service refill capacity is determined by filling the trasfer case to the bottom of the filler hole with the vehicle on a level surface. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Fluid - Transfer Case > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 2344 Fluid - Transfer Case: Fluid Type Specifications Ford Part Name - Motorcraft Transfer Case Fluid. Ford Part Number - XL-12 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Locations > Mode Select Switch (MSS) Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Locations Mode Select Switch (MSS) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Locations > Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2349 Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Locations 4X4 High/Low Indicator Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Locations > Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2350 Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Locations Off-Road Mode Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Diagrams C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2353 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2354 Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Diagrams C1177 4X4 High/Low Indicator Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2355 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2356 Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Diagrams C3393 Off-Road Mode Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2357 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Relays and Modules - Transfer Case > Control Module, Transfer Case > Component Information > Locations Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Relays and Modules - Transfer Case > Control Module, Transfer Case > Component Information > Diagrams > C2371A Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) Control Module: Diagrams C2371A Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Relays and Modules - Transfer Case > Control Module, Transfer Case > Component Information > Diagrams > C2371A Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) > Page 2364 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Relays and Modules - Transfer Case > Control Module, Transfer Case > Component Information > Diagrams > C2371A Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) > Page 2365 Control Module: Diagrams C2371B Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Relays and Modules - Transfer Case > Control Module, Transfer Case > Component Information > Diagrams > C2371A Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) > Page 2366 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Locations > Mode Select Switch (MSS) Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Locations Mode Select Switch (MSS) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Locations > Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2372 Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Locations 4X4 High/Low Indicator Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Locations > Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2373 Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Locations Off-Road Mode Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Diagrams C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2376 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2377 Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Diagrams C1177 4X4 High/Low Indicator Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2378 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2379 Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Diagrams C3393 Off-Road Mode Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2380 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Differential > Actuator, Differential Lock > Component Information > Diagrams Actuator: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Differential > Actuator, Differential Lock > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2387 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transfer Case > Control Module, Transfer Case > Component Information > Locations Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transfer Case > Control Module, Transfer Case > Component Information > Diagrams > C2371A Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) Control Module: Diagrams C2371A Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transfer Case > Control Module, Transfer Case > Component Information > Diagrams > C2371A Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) > Page 2395 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transfer Case > Control Module, Transfer Case > Component Information > Diagrams > C2371A Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) > Page 2396 Control Module: Diagrams C2371B Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transfer Case > Control Module, Transfer Case > Component Information > Diagrams > C2371A Transfer Case Control Module (TCCM) > Page 2397 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Overdrive Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations Overdrive Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Overdrive Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 2403 Overdrive Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Overdrive Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 2404 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Locations > Mode Select Switch (MSS) Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Locations Mode Select Switch (MSS) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Locations > Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2410 Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Locations 4X4 High/Low Indicator Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Locations > Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2411 Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Locations Off-Road Mode Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Diagrams C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2414 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2415 Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Diagrams C1177 4X4 High/Low Indicator Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2416 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2417 Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch: Diagrams C3393 Off-Road Mode Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transfer Case > Four Wheel Drive Selector Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C284 Mode Select Switch (MSS) > Page 2418 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations Electronic Brake Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 2424 Electronic Brake Control Module: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Traction Control Switch > Component Information > Locations > Hill Descent Control Switch Traction Control Switch: Locations Hill Descent Control Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Traction Control Switch > Component Information > Locations > Hill Descent Control Switch > Page 2429 Traction Control Switch: Locations Hazard/PAD/Traction Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Traction Control Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C2355 Hazard/PAD/Traction Switch Traction Control Switch: Diagrams C2355 Hazard/PAD/Traction Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Traction Control Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C2355 Hazard/PAD/Traction Switch > Page 2432 Traction Control Switch: Diagrams C3394 Hill Descent Control Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor: Locations Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front > Page 2437 Wheel Speed Sensor: Locations Wheel Speed Sensor, Right Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front > Page 2438 Wheel Speed Sensor: Locations Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front > Page 2439 Wheel Speed Sensor: Locations Wheel Speed Sensor, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C150 Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor: Diagrams C150 Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C150 Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front > Page 2442 Wheel Speed Sensor: Diagrams C160 Wheel Speed Sensor, Right Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C150 Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front > Page 2443 Wheel Speed Sensor: Diagrams C440 Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C150 Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front > Page 2444 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C150 Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front > Page 2445 Wheel Speed Sensor: Diagrams C426 Wheel Speed Sensor, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Fluid > Component Information > Specifications Brake Fluid: Specifications BRAKE FLUID Ford Part Name - Motorcraft High Performance DOT 3 Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid Ford Part Number - PM-1-C (US) Ford Specification - WSS-M6C62-A or WSS-M6C65-A1 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 2453 Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 2454 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake System > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations Parking Brake Warning Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake System > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 2459 Parking Brake Warning Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake System > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 2460 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Power Brake Assist > Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Power Brake Assist > Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2465 Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Power Brake Assist > Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2466 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Power Brake Assist > Vacuum Pump, Brakes > Component Information > Diagrams Vacuum Pump: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Power Brake Assist > Vacuum Pump, Brakes > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2470 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Power Brake Assist > Vacuum Pump Relay, Brakes > Component Information > Locations Vacuum Pump Relay: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Power Brake Assist > Vacuum Pump Relay, Brakes > Component Information > Locations > Page 2474 Vacuum Pump Relay: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Power Brake Assist > Vacuum Pump Relay, Brakes > Component Information > Locations > Page 2475 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Trailer Brakes > Trailer Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations Trailer Brake Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Trailer Brakes > Trailer Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 2480 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Trailer Brakes > Trailer Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 2481 Trailer Brake Control Module: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Trailer Brakes > Trailer Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 2482 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations Electronic Brake Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 2487 Electronic Brake Control Module: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Trailer Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations Trailer Brake Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Trailer Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 2491 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Trailer Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 2492 Trailer Brake Control Module: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Trailer Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 2493 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Vacuum Pump Relay, Brakes > Component Information > Locations Vacuum Pump Relay: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Vacuum Pump Relay, Brakes > Component Information > Locations > Page 2497 Vacuum Pump Relay: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Vacuum Pump Relay, Brakes > Component Information > Locations > Page 2498 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2503 Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2504 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 2508 Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 2509 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations Parking Brake Warning Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 2513 Parking Brake Warning Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 2514 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Traction Control Switch > Component Information > Locations > Hill Descent Control Switch Traction Control Switch: Locations Hill Descent Control Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Traction Control Switch > Component Information > Locations > Hill Descent Control Switch > Page 2519 Traction Control Switch: Locations Hazard/PAD/Traction Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Traction Control Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C2355 Hazard/PAD/Traction Switch Traction Control Switch: Diagrams C2355 Hazard/PAD/Traction Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Traction Control Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C2355 Hazard/PAD/Traction Switch > Page 2522 Traction Control Switch: Diagrams C3394 Hill Descent Control Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor: Locations Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front > Page 2527 Wheel Speed Sensor: Locations Wheel Speed Sensor, Right Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front > Page 2528 Wheel Speed Sensor: Locations Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front > Page 2529 Wheel Speed Sensor: Locations Wheel Speed Sensor, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C150 Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor: Diagrams C150 Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C150 Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front > Page 2532 Wheel Speed Sensor: Diagrams C160 Wheel Speed Sensor, Right Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C150 Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front > Page 2533 Wheel Speed Sensor: Diagrams C440 Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C150 Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front > Page 2534 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C150 Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front > Page 2535 Wheel Speed Sensor: Diagrams C426 Wheel Speed Sensor, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Battery Current Sensor Battery Current Sensor: Locations Battery Current Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Battery Current Sensor > Page 2542 Battery Current Sensor: Locations Generator Current Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1646 Battery Current Sensor Battery Current Sensor: Diagrams C1646 Battery Current Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1646 Battery Current Sensor > Page 2545 Battery Current Sensor: Diagrams C1645 Generator Current Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations Ignition Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 2549 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Ignition Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Introduction Note All wiring connections between components are shown exactly as they exist in the vehicles. It is important to realize, however, that no attempt has been made on the diagrams to represent components and wiring as they physically appear on the vehicle. For example, a 4-foot length of wire is treated no differently in a diagram from one that is only a few inches long. Furthermore, to aid in understanding electrical (electronic) operation, wiring inside complicated components has been simplified. Complete Circuit Operation Each circuit is shown completely and independently in one set. Other components that are connected to the circuits may not be shown unless they influence the circuit operation. Current Flow (1) Each set normally starts with the component that powers the circuit, such as a fuse or the ignition switch. Current flow is shown from the power source at the top of the diagram to ground at the bottom of the diagram. A full representation of the power supply of a fuse or the power distribution from a fuse to various components is given in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Full representation of the ground connections are shown in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Switch Positions (2) Within a diagram, all switches, sensors and relays are shown "at rest" (ignition switch OFF). Splices (3) Splices directly connecting to the power distribution are best represented on the power distribution diagram in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Splices connected to grounds can be seen completely in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. For all other splices, a reference is given to each off diagram where that particular splice can be best viewed. Component Referencing (4) Components on a diagram have a reference to a component location view or the diagram where it is shown completely. The reference is located to the right of each component. Component Names (5) Component names are placed on the right hand side of each component when possible. Descriptions of the internals of the component are also included when available. The diagram where the component appears in full is listed in the Index. The base part number for a component is listed in parentheses next to or under a component. Internal Name and Function Identification Numbers (6) Some components on each diagram have internal symbols with an identification number located within it. You can identify the internal symbol or function by finding the corresponding number under the component name. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2552 Circuit Numbering and Wire Identification (7) Ford Motor Company uses three different circuit numbering conventions: Standard Circuit Numbering System, Global Circuit Numbering System, and New Global Circuit Numbering System (NGCNS). With each, the circuit number (which identifies a specific circuit function) is followed by the wire color. The wire identification consists of a basic color and possibly a stripe, and is determined directly from the wire's circuit number. In the diagrams, the wire colors are indicated next to the wires. The colors are abbreviated using the international norm IEC 757. The abbreviations are listed in set 4 "Symbols". Fuse and Relay Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2553 Fuse/Locations and Relay/Locations contains a view of the fuse/relay box, in which all fuses and relays are identified, numbered and named. Fuse and relay numbering and naming follow the indication of the fuse panel cover. In addition, for all removable relays, pin positions are added to illustrate proper orientation. Power Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2554 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams shows the current feed circuits. The current path is shown from the battery to the ignition switch and to all fuses. It also shows the circuits protected by each fuse. The circuit is traced from the fuse to the component. All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the fuse and the first component are shown. Ground Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2555 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams contains the diagram that shows the complete details for each ground connection or main ground splice. This is useful in diagnosing a problem affecting several components at once (poor ground connection or ground splice). All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the ground point and the component are shown. These ground connection details are shown here in order to keep the individual set diagrams as uncluttered as possible. Component and Connector Information Connector Views show the views of the pins and/or cavities of all connectors. The pin and cavity sides are shown separately as if the connector were disconnected. The color of the connector housing is indicated next to the connector number when available. The harness causal number is located above the connector view and below the connector number. The circuit function charts are located below each connector. The wiring harness designations are listed in Component Location Charts. Component Location Views show the components and their connecting wires as they can be found on the vehicle. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2556 Locations information that can be found at the vehicle level will helps the user find where the various items depicted on the diagram can physically be found on the vehicle. A brief written description of the location is given, along with a reference to the component location views. Symbols Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2557 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2558 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2559 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2560 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2561 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2562 Ignition Switch: Diagnostic Aids NOTE: Restraint system terminals should not be removed or repaired. If a restraint terminal requires service, replace the affected harness. Troubleshooting wiring harness and connector hidden concerns The following illustrations are known examples of wiring harness, splices and connectors that will create intermittent electrical concerns. The concerns are hidden and can only be discovered by a physical evaluation as shown in each illustration. NOTE: Several components, such as the PCM, utilize gold plated terminals in their connections to the wiring harness. If those terminals need to be replaced, they must be replaced with a gold plated terminal. Terminal not properly seated 1 = Locked terminal 2 = Male half 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Unlocked terminal (Hidden by wire seal) 7 = Seal Check for unlocked terminal by pulling each wire at the end of the connector. Defective insulation stripping Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2563 1 = Proper crimp 2 = Insulation not removed 3 = Wire strands missing 4 = Intermittent signals through pierced insulation Partially mated connectors 1 = Seal 2 = Displaced tab 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Male half 7 = Intermittent contact Lock may be displaced into an unlocked position; pull on the connector to verify the lock. Deformed (enlarged) female terminals 1 = Enlarged Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2564 2 = Normal Any probe entering the terminal may enlarge the contact spring opening creating an intermittent signal. Insert the correct mating terminal (Location A) from the service kit and feel for a loose fit. Electrical short inside the harness 1 = Solder coated wire to ground 2 = Harness protective tape 3 = Intermittent short Solder coated wire pierced through the insulation of another circuit 4 = Grounding foil Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2565 Electrical short within the harness Splice tape removed 1 = Intermittent short Splice covered 2 = Wire strand 3 = Splice tape 4 = Harness tape Broken wire strands in harness 1 = Wiring harness tape 2 = Wiring strand 3 = Broken strands intermittent signal 4 = Circuit insulation Remove the tape and flex/feel each circuit for a reduction in diameter at break. Recommended splicing method - Solder (For 16 AWG and Smaller Diameter Wire Only) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2566 2. Strip wires to appropriate length. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. 4. Twist wires together. 5. Solder wires together. NOTE: Use rosin core mildly-activated (RMA) solder. Do not use acid core solder. - Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seat wire splice. 6. Bend wire 1 back in a straight line. NOTE: Wait for solder to cool before moving wires. 7. Evenly position heat shrink tubing over wire repair. NOTE: Overlap tubing on both wires. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2567 8. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows Out of both ends of heat shrink tubing. 9. Reconnect battery ground cable. Recommended splicing method - Crimp (For 10-22 AWG Diameter Wire to Like Wire Diameter) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. 2. Strip 6.35mm (1/4 in) of insulation from each wire end, taking care not to nick or cut wire strands. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. NOTE: Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seal wire splice. 4. Select appropriate wire splice for the wires to be spliced. 5. Identify the appropriate crimping chamber on the Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper by matching the wire size on the dies with the wire size stamped on the butt splice. NOTE: Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper is the only tool that can be used with these splices. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2568 6. Center one end of the wire splice in the appropriate crimping chamber. 7. If visible, be sure to place the brazed seam toward the indenter. 8. Insert stripped wire into the barrel. 9. Holding the wire in place, barrel squeeze tool handles appropriate ratchet releases. 10. Repeating steps 5-7, crimp the other half of the splice. 11. Check for acceptable crimp. a. Crimp should be centered on each end of the butt splice b. Wire insulation does not enter butt splice. c. Wire is visible through inspection hole of splices. 12. Evenly position supplied heat shrink tubing over wire repair. 13. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows out of both ends of the heat shrink tubing. 14. Reconnect battery ground cable. This chart is to be used when pigtails or terminals are different wire gauge than the vehicle harness. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2569 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2570 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2571 Ignition Switch: Connector Views Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2572 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2573 Ignition Switch: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2574 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations > Starter Relay Starter Relay: Locations Starter Relay Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations > Starter Relay > Page 2580 Starter Relay: Locations Run/Starter Relay Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Starter Relay Starter Relay: Testing and Inspection Starter Relay Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Starter Relay > Page 2583 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Starter Relay > Page 2584 Starter Relay: Testing and Inspection Run/Starter Relay Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Starter Relay > Page 2585 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Battery > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Battery Current Sensor Battery Current Sensor: Locations Battery Current Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Battery > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Battery Current Sensor > Page 2591 Battery Current Sensor: Locations Generator Current Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Battery > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1646 Battery Current Sensor Battery Current Sensor: Diagrams C1646 Battery Current Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Battery > Battery Current Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C1646 Battery Current Sensor > Page 2594 Battery Current Sensor: Diagrams C1645 Generator Current Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > C102A Generator Alternator: Diagrams C102A Generator Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > C102A Generator > Page 2600 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > C102A Generator > Page 2601 Alternator: Diagrams C102B Generator Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations Ignition Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 2606 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Ignition Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Introduction Note All wiring connections between components are shown exactly as they exist in the vehicles. It is important to realize, however, that no attempt has been made on the diagrams to represent components and wiring as they physically appear on the vehicle. For example, a 4-foot length of wire is treated no differently in a diagram from one that is only a few inches long. Furthermore, to aid in understanding electrical (electronic) operation, wiring inside complicated components has been simplified. Complete Circuit Operation Each circuit is shown completely and independently in one set. Other components that are connected to the circuits may not be shown unless they influence the circuit operation. Current Flow (1) Each set normally starts with the component that powers the circuit, such as a fuse or the ignition switch. Current flow is shown from the power source at the top of the diagram to ground at the bottom of the diagram. A full representation of the power supply of a fuse or the power distribution from a fuse to various components is given in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Full representation of the ground connections are shown in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Switch Positions (2) Within a diagram, all switches, sensors and relays are shown "at rest" (ignition switch OFF). Splices (3) Splices directly connecting to the power distribution are best represented on the power distribution diagram in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Splices connected to grounds can be seen completely in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. For all other splices, a reference is given to each off diagram where that particular splice can be best viewed. Component Referencing (4) Components on a diagram have a reference to a component location view or the diagram where it is shown completely. The reference is located to the right of each component. Component Names (5) Component names are placed on the right hand side of each component when possible. Descriptions of the internals of the component are also included when available. The diagram where the component appears in full is listed in the Index. The base part number for a component is listed in parentheses next to or under a component. Internal Name and Function Identification Numbers (6) Some components on each diagram have internal symbols with an identification number located within it. You can identify the internal symbol or function by finding the corresponding number under the component name. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2609 Circuit Numbering and Wire Identification (7) Ford Motor Company uses three different circuit numbering conventions: Standard Circuit Numbering System, Global Circuit Numbering System, and New Global Circuit Numbering System (NGCNS). With each, the circuit number (which identifies a specific circuit function) is followed by the wire color. The wire identification consists of a basic color and possibly a stripe, and is determined directly from the wire's circuit number. In the diagrams, the wire colors are indicated next to the wires. The colors are abbreviated using the international norm IEC 757. The abbreviations are listed in set 4 "Symbols". Fuse and Relay Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2610 Fuse/Locations and Relay/Locations contains a view of the fuse/relay box, in which all fuses and relays are identified, numbered and named. Fuse and relay numbering and naming follow the indication of the fuse panel cover. In addition, for all removable relays, pin positions are added to illustrate proper orientation. Power Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2611 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams shows the current feed circuits. The current path is shown from the battery to the ignition switch and to all fuses. It also shows the circuits protected by each fuse. The circuit is traced from the fuse to the component. All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the fuse and the first component are shown. Ground Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2612 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams contains the diagram that shows the complete details for each ground connection or main ground splice. This is useful in diagnosing a problem affecting several components at once (poor ground connection or ground splice). All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the ground point and the component are shown. These ground connection details are shown here in order to keep the individual set diagrams as uncluttered as possible. Component and Connector Information Connector Views show the views of the pins and/or cavities of all connectors. The pin and cavity sides are shown separately as if the connector were disconnected. The color of the connector housing is indicated next to the connector number when available. The harness causal number is located above the connector view and below the connector number. The circuit function charts are located below each connector. The wiring harness designations are listed in Component Location Charts. Component Location Views show the components and their connecting wires as they can be found on the vehicle. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2613 Locations information that can be found at the vehicle level will helps the user find where the various items depicted on the diagram can physically be found on the vehicle. A brief written description of the location is given, along with a reference to the component location views. Symbols Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2614 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2615 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2616 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2617 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2618 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2619 Ignition Switch: Diagnostic Aids NOTE: Restraint system terminals should not be removed or repaired. If a restraint terminal requires service, replace the affected harness. Troubleshooting wiring harness and connector hidden concerns The following illustrations are known examples of wiring harness, splices and connectors that will create intermittent electrical concerns. The concerns are hidden and can only be discovered by a physical evaluation as shown in each illustration. NOTE: Several components, such as the PCM, utilize gold plated terminals in their connections to the wiring harness. If those terminals need to be replaced, they must be replaced with a gold plated terminal. Terminal not properly seated 1 = Locked terminal 2 = Male half 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Unlocked terminal (Hidden by wire seal) 7 = Seal Check for unlocked terminal by pulling each wire at the end of the connector. Defective insulation stripping Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2620 1 = Proper crimp 2 = Insulation not removed 3 = Wire strands missing 4 = Intermittent signals through pierced insulation Partially mated connectors 1 = Seal 2 = Displaced tab 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Male half 7 = Intermittent contact Lock may be displaced into an unlocked position; pull on the connector to verify the lock. Deformed (enlarged) female terminals 1 = Enlarged Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2621 2 = Normal Any probe entering the terminal may enlarge the contact spring opening creating an intermittent signal. Insert the correct mating terminal (Location A) from the service kit and feel for a loose fit. Electrical short inside the harness 1 = Solder coated wire to ground 2 = Harness protective tape 3 = Intermittent short Solder coated wire pierced through the insulation of another circuit 4 = Grounding foil Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2622 Electrical short within the harness Splice tape removed 1 = Intermittent short Splice covered 2 = Wire strand 3 = Splice tape 4 = Harness tape Broken wire strands in harness 1 = Wiring harness tape 2 = Wiring strand 3 = Broken strands intermittent signal 4 = Circuit insulation Remove the tape and flex/feel each circuit for a reduction in diameter at break. Recommended splicing method - Solder (For 16 AWG and Smaller Diameter Wire Only) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2623 2. Strip wires to appropriate length. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. 4. Twist wires together. 5. Solder wires together. NOTE: Use rosin core mildly-activated (RMA) solder. Do not use acid core solder. - Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seat wire splice. 6. Bend wire 1 back in a straight line. NOTE: Wait for solder to cool before moving wires. 7. Evenly position heat shrink tubing over wire repair. NOTE: Overlap tubing on both wires. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2624 8. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows Out of both ends of heat shrink tubing. 9. Reconnect battery ground cable. Recommended splicing method - Crimp (For 10-22 AWG Diameter Wire to Like Wire Diameter) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. 2. Strip 6.35mm (1/4 in) of insulation from each wire end, taking care not to nick or cut wire strands. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. NOTE: Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seal wire splice. 4. Select appropriate wire splice for the wires to be spliced. 5. Identify the appropriate crimping chamber on the Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper by matching the wire size on the dies with the wire size stamped on the butt splice. NOTE: Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper is the only tool that can be used with these splices. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2625 6. Center one end of the wire splice in the appropriate crimping chamber. 7. If visible, be sure to place the brazed seam toward the indenter. 8. Insert stripped wire into the barrel. 9. Holding the wire in place, barrel squeeze tool handles appropriate ratchet releases. 10. Repeating steps 5-7, crimp the other half of the splice. 11. Check for acceptable crimp. a. Crimp should be centered on each end of the butt splice b. Wire insulation does not enter butt splice. c. Wire is visible through inspection hole of splices. 12. Evenly position supplied heat shrink tubing over wire repair. 13. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows out of both ends of the heat shrink tubing. 14. Reconnect battery ground cable. This chart is to be used when pigtails or terminals are different wire gauge than the vehicle harness. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2626 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2627 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2628 Ignition Switch: Connector Views Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2629 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2630 Ignition Switch: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2631 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Locations Starter Motor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C197A Starter Motor Starter Motor: Diagrams C197A Starter Motor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C197A Starter Motor > Page 2637 Starter Motor: Diagrams C197B Starter Motor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations > Starter Relay Starter Relay: Locations Starter Relay Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations > Starter Relay > Page 2642 Starter Relay: Locations Run/Starter Relay Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Starter Relay Starter Relay: Testing and Inspection Starter Relay Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Starter Relay > Page 2645 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Starter Relay > Page 2646 Starter Relay: Testing and Inspection Run/Starter Relay Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Starter Relay > Page 2647 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Locations Auxiliary Power Outlet: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > C301 AC Outlet Auxiliary Power Outlet: Diagrams C301 AC Outlet Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > C301 AC Outlet > Page 2654 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > C301 AC Outlet > Page 2655 Auxiliary Power Outlet: Diagrams C2033 Power Point, Instrument Panel Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > C301 AC Outlet > Page 2656 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > C301 AC Outlet > Page 2657 Auxiliary Power Outlet: Diagrams C2293A DC/AC Inverter Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > C301 AC Outlet > Page 2658 Auxiliary Power Outlet: Diagrams C2293B DC/AC Inverter Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > C301 AC Outlet > Page 2659 Auxiliary Power Outlet: Diagrams C301 AC Outlet Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > C301 AC Outlet > Page 2660 C2033 Power Point, Instrument Panel Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > C301 AC Outlet > Page 2661 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > C301 AC Outlet > Page 2662 C2293A DC/AC Inverter Module C2293B DC/AC Inverter Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > C301 AC Outlet > Page 2663 C3063 Power Point, Console 1 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > C301 AC Outlet > Page 2664 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > C301 AC Outlet > Page 2665 C3064 Power Point, Console 2 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > C301 AC Outlet > Page 2666 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > C301 AC Outlet > Page 2667 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Fuse: Locations Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2672 Fuse: Locations Auxiliary Relay Box The relay box is located in the left rear corner of the engine compartment. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2673 Fuse: Locations Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2674 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2675 Fuse: Locations Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2676 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2677 Fuse: Locations Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Auxiliary Relay Box Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2678 The relay box is located in the left rear corner of the engine compartment. Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2679 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2680 Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2681 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2682 Fuse Panel Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2683 The fuse panel is located under the right-hand side of the instrument panel. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2684 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2685 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2686 High Current Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2687 Smart Junction Box (SJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2688 Is located in the engine compartment. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2689 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2690 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2691 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2692 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Fuse: Application and ID Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2695 Fuse: Application and ID Auxiliary Relay Box The relay box is located in the left rear corner of the engine compartment. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2696 Fuse: Application and ID Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2697 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2698 Fuse: Application and ID Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2699 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2700 Fuse: Application and ID Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Auxiliary Relay Box Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2701 The relay box is located in the left rear corner of the engine compartment. Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2702 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2703 Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2704 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2705 Fuse Panel Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2706 The fuse panel is located under the right-hand side of the instrument panel. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2707 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2708 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2709 High Current Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2710 Smart Junction Box (SJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2711 Is located in the engine compartment. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2712 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2713 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2714 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2715 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Fuse Block: Locations Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2720 Fuse Block: Locations Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Fuse Block: Diagram Information and Instructions Introduction Note All wiring connections between components are shown exactly as they exist in the vehicles. It is important to realize, however, that no attempt has been made on the diagrams to represent components and wiring as they physically appear on the vehicle. For example, a 4-foot length of wire is treated no differently in a diagram from one that is only a few inches long. Furthermore, to aid in understanding electrical (electronic) operation, wiring inside complicated components has been simplified. Complete Circuit Operation Each circuit is shown completely and independently in one set. Other components that are connected to the circuits may not be shown unless they influence the circuit operation. Current Flow (1) Each set normally starts with the component that powers the circuit, such as a fuse or the ignition switch. Current flow is shown from the power source at the top of the diagram to ground at the bottom of the diagram. A full representation of the power supply of a fuse or the power distribution from a fuse to various components is given in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Full representation of the ground connections are shown in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Switch Positions (2) Within a diagram, all switches, sensors and relays are shown "at rest" (ignition switch OFF). Splices (3) Splices directly connecting to the power distribution are best represented on the power distribution diagram in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Splices connected to grounds can be seen completely in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. For all other splices, a reference is given to each off diagram where that particular splice can be best viewed. Component Referencing (4) Components on a diagram have a reference to a component location view or the diagram where it is shown completely. The reference is located to the right of each component. Component Names (5) Component names are placed on the right hand side of each component when possible. Descriptions of the internals of the component are also included when available. The diagram where the component appears in full is listed in the Index. The base part number for a component is listed in parentheses next to or under a component. Internal Name and Function Identification Numbers (6) Some components on each diagram have internal symbols with an identification number located within it. You can identify the internal symbol or function by finding the corresponding number under the component name. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2723 Circuit Numbering and Wire Identification (7) Ford Motor Company uses three different circuit numbering conventions: Standard Circuit Numbering System, Global Circuit Numbering System, and New Global Circuit Numbering System (NGCNS). With each, the circuit number (which identifies a specific circuit function) is followed by the wire color. The wire identification consists of a basic color and possibly a stripe, and is determined directly from the wire's circuit number. In the diagrams, the wire colors are indicated next to the wires. The colors are abbreviated using the international norm IEC 757. The abbreviations are listed in set 4 "Symbols". Fuse and Relay Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2724 Fuse/Locations and Relay/Locations contains a view of the fuse/relay box, in which all fuses and relays are identified, numbered and named. Fuse and relay numbering and naming follow the indication of the fuse panel cover. In addition, for all removable relays, pin positions are added to illustrate proper orientation. Power Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2725 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams shows the current feed circuits. The current path is shown from the battery to the ignition switch and to all fuses. It also shows the circuits protected by each fuse. The circuit is traced from the fuse to the component. All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the fuse and the first component are shown. Ground Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2726 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams contains the diagram that shows the complete details for each ground connection or main ground splice. This is useful in diagnosing a problem affecting several components at once (poor ground connection or ground splice). All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the ground point and the component are shown. These ground connection details are shown here in order to keep the individual set diagrams as uncluttered as possible. Component and Connector Information Connector Views show the views of the pins and/or cavities of all connectors. The pin and cavity sides are shown separately as if the connector were disconnected. The color of the connector housing is indicated next to the connector number when available. The harness causal number is located above the connector view and below the connector number. The circuit function charts are located below each connector. The wiring harness designations are listed in Component Location Charts. Component Location Views show the components and their connecting wires as they can be found on the vehicle. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2727 Locations information that can be found at the vehicle level will helps the user find where the various items depicted on the diagram can physically be found on the vehicle. A brief written description of the location is given, along with a reference to the component location views. Symbols Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2728 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2729 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2730 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2731 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2732 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2733 Fuse Block: Diagnostic Aids NOTE: Restraint system terminals should not be removed or repaired. If a restraint terminal requires service, replace the affected harness. Troubleshooting wiring harness and connector hidden concerns The following illustrations are known examples of wiring harness, splices and connectors that will create intermittent electrical concerns. The concerns are hidden and can only be discovered by a physical evaluation as shown in each illustration. NOTE: Several components, such as the PCM, utilize gold plated terminals in their connections to the wiring harness. If those terminals need to be replaced, they must be replaced with a gold plated terminal. Terminal not properly seated 1 = Locked terminal 2 = Male half 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Unlocked terminal (Hidden by wire seal) 7 = Seal Check for unlocked terminal by pulling each wire at the end of the connector. Defective insulation stripping Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2734 1 = Proper crimp 2 = Insulation not removed 3 = Wire strands missing 4 = Intermittent signals through pierced insulation Partially mated connectors 1 = Seal 2 = Displaced tab 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Male half 7 = Intermittent contact Lock may be displaced into an unlocked position; pull on the connector to verify the lock. Deformed (enlarged) female terminals 1 = Enlarged Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2735 2 = Normal Any probe entering the terminal may enlarge the contact spring opening creating an intermittent signal. Insert the correct mating terminal (Location A) from the service kit and feel for a loose fit. Electrical short inside the harness 1 = Solder coated wire to ground 2 = Harness protective tape 3 = Intermittent short Solder coated wire pierced through the insulation of another circuit 4 = Grounding foil Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2736 Electrical short within the harness Splice tape removed 1 = Intermittent short Splice covered 2 = Wire strand 3 = Splice tape 4 = Harness tape Broken wire strands in harness 1 = Wiring harness tape 2 = Wiring strand 3 = Broken strands intermittent signal 4 = Circuit insulation Remove the tape and flex/feel each circuit for a reduction in diameter at break. Recommended splicing method - Solder (For 16 AWG and Smaller Diameter Wire Only) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2737 2. Strip wires to appropriate length. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. 4. Twist wires together. 5. Solder wires together. NOTE: Use rosin core mildly-activated (RMA) solder. Do not use acid core solder. - Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seat wire splice. 6. Bend wire 1 back in a straight line. NOTE: Wait for solder to cool before moving wires. 7. Evenly position heat shrink tubing over wire repair. NOTE: Overlap tubing on both wires. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2738 8. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows Out of both ends of heat shrink tubing. 9. Reconnect battery ground cable. Recommended splicing method - Crimp (For 10-22 AWG Diameter Wire to Like Wire Diameter) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. 2. Strip 6.35mm (1/4 in) of insulation from each wire end, taking care not to nick or cut wire strands. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. NOTE: Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seal wire splice. 4. Select appropriate wire splice for the wires to be spliced. 5. Identify the appropriate crimping chamber on the Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper by matching the wire size on the dies with the wire size stamped on the butt splice. NOTE: Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper is the only tool that can be used with these splices. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2739 6. Center one end of the wire splice in the appropriate crimping chamber. 7. If visible, be sure to place the brazed seam toward the indenter. 8. Insert stripped wire into the barrel. 9. Holding the wire in place, barrel squeeze tool handles appropriate ratchet releases. 10. Repeating steps 5-7, crimp the other half of the splice. 11. Check for acceptable crimp. a. Crimp should be centered on each end of the butt splice b. Wire insulation does not enter butt splice. c. Wire is visible through inspection hole of splices. 12. Evenly position supplied heat shrink tubing over wire repair. 13. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows out of both ends of the heat shrink tubing. 14. Reconnect battery ground cable. This chart is to be used when pigtails or terminals are different wire gauge than the vehicle harness. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2740 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2741 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2742 Fuse Block: Connector Views C1035A Battery Junction Box (BJB) C1035B Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Locations Power Distribution Relay: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge Power Distribution Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2748 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2749 Power Distribution Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay - High Current ISO Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2750 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2751 Power Distribution Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay - Micro ISO Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2752 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2753 Power Distribution Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay - Mini ISO Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2754 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2755 Power Distribution Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay - Ultra Micro ISO Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2756 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Locations Power Distribution Relay: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge Power Distribution Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2763 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2764 Power Distribution Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay - High Current ISO Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2765 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2766 Power Distribution Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay - Micro ISO Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2767 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2768 Power Distribution Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay - Mini ISO Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2769 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2770 Power Distribution Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay - Ultra Micro ISO Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2771 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Relay Box: Locations Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2776 Relay Box: Locations Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > C1035A Battery Junction Box (BJB) Relay Box: Diagrams C1035A Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > C1035A Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2779 Relay Box: Diagrams C1035B Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) Relay Box: Application and ID Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2782 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2783 Relay Box: Application and ID Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2784 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2785 Relay Box: Application and ID High Current Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2786 Relay Box: Application and ID Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Relay Box: Locations Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2791 Relay Box: Locations Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > C1035A Battery Junction Box (BJB) Relay Box: Diagrams C1035A Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > C1035A Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2794 Relay Box: Diagrams C1035B Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) Relay Box: Application and ID Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2797 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2798 Relay Box: Application and ID Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2799 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2800 Relay Box: Application and ID High Current Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2801 Relay Box: Application and ID Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Locations Auxiliary Power Outlet: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > C301 AC Outlet Auxiliary Power Outlet: Diagrams C301 AC Outlet Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > C301 AC Outlet > Page 2808 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > C301 AC Outlet > Page 2809 Auxiliary Power Outlet: Diagrams C2033 Power Point, Instrument Panel Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > C301 AC Outlet > Page 2810 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > C301 AC Outlet > Page 2811 Auxiliary Power Outlet: Diagrams C2293A DC/AC Inverter Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > C301 AC Outlet > Page 2812 Auxiliary Power Outlet: Diagrams C2293B DC/AC Inverter Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > C301 AC Outlet > Page 2813 Auxiliary Power Outlet: Diagrams C301 AC Outlet Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > C301 AC Outlet > Page 2814 C2033 Power Point, Instrument Panel Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > C301 AC Outlet > Page 2815 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > C301 AC Outlet > Page 2816 C2293A DC/AC Inverter Module C2293B DC/AC Inverter Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > C301 AC Outlet > Page 2817 C3063 Power Point, Console 1 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > C301 AC Outlet > Page 2818 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > C301 AC Outlet > Page 2819 C3064 Power Point, Console 2 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > C301 AC Outlet > Page 2820 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > C301 AC Outlet > Page 2821 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Fuse: Locations Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2826 Fuse: Locations Auxiliary Relay Box The relay box is located in the left rear corner of the engine compartment. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2827 Fuse: Locations Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2828 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2829 Fuse: Locations Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2830 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2831 Fuse: Locations Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Auxiliary Relay Box Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2832 The relay box is located in the left rear corner of the engine compartment. Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2833 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2834 Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2835 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2836 Fuse Panel Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2837 The fuse panel is located under the right-hand side of the instrument panel. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2838 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2839 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2840 High Current Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2841 Smart Junction Box (SJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2842 Is located in the engine compartment. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2843 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2844 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2845 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2846 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Fuse: Application and ID Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2849 Fuse: Application and ID Auxiliary Relay Box The relay box is located in the left rear corner of the engine compartment. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2850 Fuse: Application and ID Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2851 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2852 Fuse: Application and ID Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2853 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2854 Fuse: Application and ID Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Auxiliary Relay Box Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2855 The relay box is located in the left rear corner of the engine compartment. Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2856 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2857 Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2858 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2859 Fuse Panel Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2860 The fuse panel is located under the right-hand side of the instrument panel. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2861 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2862 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2863 High Current Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2864 Smart Junction Box (SJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2865 Is located in the engine compartment. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2866 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2867 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2868 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2869 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Fuse Block: Locations Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2874 Fuse Block: Locations Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Fuse Block: Diagram Information and Instructions Introduction Note All wiring connections between components are shown exactly as they exist in the vehicles. It is important to realize, however, that no attempt has been made on the diagrams to represent components and wiring as they physically appear on the vehicle. For example, a 4-foot length of wire is treated no differently in a diagram from one that is only a few inches long. Furthermore, to aid in understanding electrical (electronic) operation, wiring inside complicated components has been simplified. Complete Circuit Operation Each circuit is shown completely and independently in one set. Other components that are connected to the circuits may not be shown unless they influence the circuit operation. Current Flow (1) Each set normally starts with the component that powers the circuit, such as a fuse or the ignition switch. Current flow is shown from the power source at the top of the diagram to ground at the bottom of the diagram. A full representation of the power supply of a fuse or the power distribution from a fuse to various components is given in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Full representation of the ground connections are shown in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Switch Positions (2) Within a diagram, all switches, sensors and relays are shown "at rest" (ignition switch OFF). Splices (3) Splices directly connecting to the power distribution are best represented on the power distribution diagram in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Splices connected to grounds can be seen completely in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. For all other splices, a reference is given to each off diagram where that particular splice can be best viewed. Component Referencing (4) Components on a diagram have a reference to a component location view or the diagram where it is shown completely. The reference is located to the right of each component. Component Names (5) Component names are placed on the right hand side of each component when possible. Descriptions of the internals of the component are also included when available. The diagram where the component appears in full is listed in the Index. The base part number for a component is listed in parentheses next to or under a component. Internal Name and Function Identification Numbers (6) Some components on each diagram have internal symbols with an identification number located within it. You can identify the internal symbol or function by finding the corresponding number under the component name. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2877 Circuit Numbering and Wire Identification (7) Ford Motor Company uses three different circuit numbering conventions: Standard Circuit Numbering System, Global Circuit Numbering System, and New Global Circuit Numbering System (NGCNS). With each, the circuit number (which identifies a specific circuit function) is followed by the wire color. The wire identification consists of a basic color and possibly a stripe, and is determined directly from the wire's circuit number. In the diagrams, the wire colors are indicated next to the wires. The colors are abbreviated using the international norm IEC 757. The abbreviations are listed in set 4 "Symbols". Fuse and Relay Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2878 Fuse/Locations and Relay/Locations contains a view of the fuse/relay box, in which all fuses and relays are identified, numbered and named. Fuse and relay numbering and naming follow the indication of the fuse panel cover. In addition, for all removable relays, pin positions are added to illustrate proper orientation. Power Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2879 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams shows the current feed circuits. The current path is shown from the battery to the ignition switch and to all fuses. It also shows the circuits protected by each fuse. The circuit is traced from the fuse to the component. All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the fuse and the first component are shown. Ground Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2880 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams contains the diagram that shows the complete details for each ground connection or main ground splice. This is useful in diagnosing a problem affecting several components at once (poor ground connection or ground splice). All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the ground point and the component are shown. These ground connection details are shown here in order to keep the individual set diagrams as uncluttered as possible. Component and Connector Information Connector Views show the views of the pins and/or cavities of all connectors. The pin and cavity sides are shown separately as if the connector were disconnected. The color of the connector housing is indicated next to the connector number when available. The harness causal number is located above the connector view and below the connector number. The circuit function charts are located below each connector. The wiring harness designations are listed in Component Location Charts. Component Location Views show the components and their connecting wires as they can be found on the vehicle. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2881 Locations information that can be found at the vehicle level will helps the user find where the various items depicted on the diagram can physically be found on the vehicle. A brief written description of the location is given, along with a reference to the component location views. Symbols Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2882 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2883 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2884 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2885 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2886 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2887 Fuse Block: Diagnostic Aids NOTE: Restraint system terminals should not be removed or repaired. If a restraint terminal requires service, replace the affected harness. Troubleshooting wiring harness and connector hidden concerns The following illustrations are known examples of wiring harness, splices and connectors that will create intermittent electrical concerns. The concerns are hidden and can only be discovered by a physical evaluation as shown in each illustration. NOTE: Several components, such as the PCM, utilize gold plated terminals in their connections to the wiring harness. If those terminals need to be replaced, they must be replaced with a gold plated terminal. Terminal not properly seated 1 = Locked terminal 2 = Male half 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Unlocked terminal (Hidden by wire seal) 7 = Seal Check for unlocked terminal by pulling each wire at the end of the connector. Defective insulation stripping Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2888 1 = Proper crimp 2 = Insulation not removed 3 = Wire strands missing 4 = Intermittent signals through pierced insulation Partially mated connectors 1 = Seal 2 = Displaced tab 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Male half 7 = Intermittent contact Lock may be displaced into an unlocked position; pull on the connector to verify the lock. Deformed (enlarged) female terminals 1 = Enlarged Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2889 2 = Normal Any probe entering the terminal may enlarge the contact spring opening creating an intermittent signal. Insert the correct mating terminal (Location A) from the service kit and feel for a loose fit. Electrical short inside the harness 1 = Solder coated wire to ground 2 = Harness protective tape 3 = Intermittent short Solder coated wire pierced through the insulation of another circuit 4 = Grounding foil Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2890 Electrical short within the harness Splice tape removed 1 = Intermittent short Splice covered 2 = Wire strand 3 = Splice tape 4 = Harness tape Broken wire strands in harness 1 = Wiring harness tape 2 = Wiring strand 3 = Broken strands intermittent signal 4 = Circuit insulation Remove the tape and flex/feel each circuit for a reduction in diameter at break. Recommended splicing method - Solder (For 16 AWG and Smaller Diameter Wire Only) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2891 2. Strip wires to appropriate length. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. 4. Twist wires together. 5. Solder wires together. NOTE: Use rosin core mildly-activated (RMA) solder. Do not use acid core solder. - Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seat wire splice. 6. Bend wire 1 back in a straight line. NOTE: Wait for solder to cool before moving wires. 7. Evenly position heat shrink tubing over wire repair. NOTE: Overlap tubing on both wires. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2892 8. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows Out of both ends of heat shrink tubing. 9. Reconnect battery ground cable. Recommended splicing method - Crimp (For 10-22 AWG Diameter Wire to Like Wire Diameter) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. 2. Strip 6.35mm (1/4 in) of insulation from each wire end, taking care not to nick or cut wire strands. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. NOTE: Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seal wire splice. 4. Select appropriate wire splice for the wires to be spliced. 5. Identify the appropriate crimping chamber on the Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper by matching the wire size on the dies with the wire size stamped on the butt splice. NOTE: Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper is the only tool that can be used with these splices. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2893 6. Center one end of the wire splice in the appropriate crimping chamber. 7. If visible, be sure to place the brazed seam toward the indenter. 8. Insert stripped wire into the barrel. 9. Holding the wire in place, barrel squeeze tool handles appropriate ratchet releases. 10. Repeating steps 5-7, crimp the other half of the splice. 11. Check for acceptable crimp. a. Crimp should be centered on each end of the butt splice b. Wire insulation does not enter butt splice. c. Wire is visible through inspection hole of splices. 12. Evenly position supplied heat shrink tubing over wire repair. 13. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows out of both ends of the heat shrink tubing. 14. Reconnect battery ground cable. This chart is to be used when pigtails or terminals are different wire gauge than the vehicle harness. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2894 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2895 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2896 Fuse Block: Connector Views C1035A Battery Junction Box (BJB) C1035B Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Locations Power Distribution Relay: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge Power Distribution Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2902 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2903 Power Distribution Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay - High Current ISO Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2904 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2905 Power Distribution Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay - Micro ISO Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2906 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2907 Power Distribution Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay - Mini ISO Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2908 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2909 Power Distribution Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay - Ultra Micro ISO Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2910 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Locations Power Distribution Relay: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge Power Distribution Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2917 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2918 Power Distribution Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay - High Current ISO Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2919 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2920 Power Distribution Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay - Micro ISO Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2921 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2922 Power Distribution Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay - Mini ISO Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2923 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2924 Power Distribution Relay: Testing and Inspection Relay - Ultra Micro ISO Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge > Page 2925 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Relay Box: Locations Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2930 Relay Box: Locations Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > C1035A Battery Junction Box (BJB) Relay Box: Diagrams C1035A Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > C1035A Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2933 Relay Box: Diagrams C1035B Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) Relay Box: Application and ID Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2936 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2937 Relay Box: Application and ID Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2938 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2939 Relay Box: Application and ID High Current Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2940 Relay Box: Application and ID Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Relay Box: Locations Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2945 Relay Box: Locations Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > C1035A Battery Junction Box (BJB) Relay Box: Diagrams C1035A Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > C1035A Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2948 Relay Box: Diagrams C1035B Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) Relay Box: Application and ID Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2951 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2952 Relay Box: Application and ID Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2953 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2954 Relay Box: Application and ID High Current Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 2955 Relay Box: Application and ID Auxiliary Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Specifications > Alignment Specifications Alignment: Specifications Alignment Specifications Alignment Specifications Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Specifications > Alignment Specifications > Page 2961 Alignment: Specifications General Specifications General Specifications (1 Of 10) General Specifications (2 Of 10) General Specifcations (3 Of 10) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Specifications > Alignment Specifications > Page 2962 General Specifications (4 Of 10) General Specifications (5 Of 10) General Specifications (6 Of 10) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Specifications > Alignment Specifications > Page 2963 General Specifications (7 Of 10) General Specifications (8 Of 10) General Specifications (9 Of 10) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Specifications > Alignment Specifications > Page 2964 General Specifications (10 Of 10) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Specifications > Alignment Specifications > Page 2965 Alignment: Specifications Torque Specifications Torque Specifications Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering > Steering Column Control Module > Component Information > Locations Steering Column Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering > Steering Column Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 2971 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering > Steering Column Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2414A Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) Steering Column Control Module: Diagrams C2414A Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering > Steering Column Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2414A Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) > Page 2974 Steering Column Control Module: Diagrams C2414B Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering > Steering Column Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2414A Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) > Page 2975 Steering Column Control Module: Diagrams C2414C Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering > Steering Column Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2414A Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) > Page 2976 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering > Steering Column Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2414A Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) > Page 2977 Steering Column Control Module: Diagrams C2414D Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering > Steering Control Module > Component Information > Locations Steering Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering > Steering Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1463A Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) Steering Control Module: Diagrams C1463A Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering > Steering Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1463A Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) > Page 2983 Steering Control Module: Diagrams C1463B Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations Tire Pressure Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 2988 Tire Pressure Module: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Steering Control Module > Component Information > Locations Steering Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Steering Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1463A Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) Steering Control Module: Diagrams C1463A Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Steering Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1463A Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) > Page 2996 Steering Control Module: Diagrams C1463B Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Relays and Modules - Steering > Steering Column Control Module > Component Information > Locations Steering Column Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Relays and Modules - Steering > Steering Column Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 3001 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Relays and Modules - Steering > Steering Column Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2414A Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) Steering Column Control Module: Diagrams C2414A Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Relays and Modules - Steering > Steering Column Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2414A Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) > Page 3004 Steering Column Control Module: Diagrams C2414B Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Relays and Modules - Steering > Steering Column Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2414A Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) > Page 3005 Steering Column Control Module: Diagrams C2414C Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Relays and Modules - Steering > Steering Column Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2414A Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) > Page 3006 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Relays and Modules - Steering > Steering Column Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2414A Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) > Page 3007 Steering Column Control Module: Diagrams C2414D Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Relays and Modules - Steering > Steering Control Module > Component Information > Locations Steering Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Relays and Modules - Steering > Steering Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1463A Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) Steering Control Module: Diagrams C1463A Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Relays and Modules - Steering > Steering Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C1463A Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) > Page 3013 Steering Control Module: Diagrams C1463B Power Steering Control Module (PSCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Steering Column Control Module > Component Information > Locations Steering Column Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Steering Column Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 3018 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Steering Column Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2414A Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) Steering Column Control Module: Diagrams C2414A Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Steering Column Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2414A Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) > Page 3021 Steering Column Control Module: Diagrams C2414B Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Steering Column Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2414A Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) > Page 3022 Steering Column Control Module: Diagrams C2414C Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Steering Column Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2414A Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) > Page 3023 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Steering Column Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2414A Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) > Page 3024 Steering Column Control Module: Diagrams C2414D Steering Column Control Module (SCCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Telescoping Wheel Motor > Component Information > Locations > Adjustable Steering Column Motor, Telescope Telescoping Wheel Motor: Locations Adjustable Steering Column Motor, Telescope Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Telescoping Wheel Motor > Component Information > Locations > Adjustable Steering Column Motor, Telescope > Page 3029 Telescoping Wheel Motor: Locations Adjustable Steering Column Motor, Tilt Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Telescoping Wheel Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C2600 Adjustable Steering Column Motor, Tilt Telescoping Wheel Motor: Diagrams C2600 Adjustable Steering Column Motor, Tilt Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Telescoping Wheel Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C2600 Adjustable Steering Column Motor, Tilt > Page 3032 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Telescoping Wheel Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C2600 Adjustable Steering Column Motor, Tilt > Page 3033 Telescoping Wheel Motor: Diagrams C2601 Adjustable Steering Column Motor, Telescope Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Telescoping Wheel Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C2600 Adjustable Steering Column Motor, Tilt > Page 3034 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Tilt Wheel Motor > Component Information > Locations > Adjustable Steering Column Motor, Telescope Tilt Wheel Motor: Locations Adjustable Steering Column Motor, Telescope Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Tilt Wheel Motor > Component Information > Locations > Adjustable Steering Column Motor, Telescope > Page 3039 Tilt Wheel Motor: Locations Adjustable Steering Column Motor, Tilt Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Tilt Wheel Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C2600 Adjustable Steering Column Motor, Tilt Tilt Wheel Motor: Diagrams C2600 Adjustable Steering Column Motor, Tilt Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Tilt Wheel Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C2600 Adjustable Steering Column Motor, Tilt > Page 3042 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Tilt Wheel Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C2600 Adjustable Steering Column Motor, Tilt > Page 3043 Tilt Wheel Motor: Diagrams C2601 Adjustable Steering Column Motor, Telescope Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Tilt Wheel Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C2600 Adjustable Steering Column Motor, Tilt > Page 3044 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Wheel > Component Information > Locations > Steering Wheel Switch, Left Steering Wheel: Locations Steering Wheel Switch, Left Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Wheel > Component Information > Locations > Steering Wheel Switch, Left > Page 3049 Steering Wheel: Locations Steering Wheel Switch, Right Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Wheel > Component Information > Diagrams > C2998 Steering Wheel Switch, Left Steering Wheel: Diagrams C2998 Steering Wheel Switch, Left Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Wheel > Component Information > Diagrams > C2998 Steering Wheel Switch, Left > Page 3052 Steering Wheel: Diagrams C2999 Steering Wheel Switch, Right Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Cross-Member > Component Information > Service and Repair Cross-Member: Service and Repair Removal and Installation Removal 1. With the vehicle in NEUTRAL, position it on a hoist. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Cross-Member > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 3057 2. Remove the 2 exhaust hanger bolts. 3. Remove the 2 heat shield screws. 4. Support the transmission with a suitable jack. 5. Remove the 2 transmission support nuts. 6. Remove the 4 transmission support crossmember nuts. 7. Remove the 4 transmission support crossmember support bolts. 8. Remove the transmission support crossmember. Installation 1. Position the transmission support crossmember and install the transmission support crossmember support nuts and bolts. - Tighten the nuts to 90 Nm (66 lb-ft). 2. Remove the transmission jack. 3. Install the 2 transmission support nuts. - Tighten to 103 Nm (76 lb-ft). 4. Install the exhaust hanger bolts. - Tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft). 5. Install the 2 heat shield screws. - Tighten to 20 Nm (177 lb-in). Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Hub (Locking) > Component Information > Locations Wheel Hub (Locking): Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Hub (Locking) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3061 Wheel Hub (Locking): Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Hub (Locking) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3062 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations Tire Pressure Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 3068 Tire Pressure Module: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations Tire Pressure Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 3073 Tire Pressure Module: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Hub (Locking) > Component Information > Locations Wheel Hub (Locking): Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Hub (Locking) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3077 Wheel Hub (Locking): Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Hub (Locking) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3078 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Defrost / Panel / Floor Mode Door Actuator Air Door Actuator / Motor: Locations Defrost / Panel / Floor Mode Door Actuator Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Defrost / Panel / Floor Mode Door Actuator > Page 3085 Air Door Actuator / Motor: Locations Temperature Blend Door Actuator, LH Side Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Defrost / Panel / Floor Mode Door Actuator > Page 3086 Air Door Actuator / Motor: Locations Temperature Blend Door Actuator, RH Side Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Defrost / Panel / Floor Mode Door Actuator > Page 3087 Air Door Actuator / Motor: Locations Air Inlet Mode Door Actuator Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Defrost / Panel / Floor Mode Door Actuator > Page 3088 Air Door Actuator / Motor: Locations Temperature Blend Door Actuator Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C236 Defrost / Panel / Floor Mode Door Actuator Air Door Actuator / Motor: Diagrams C236 Defrost / Panel / Floor Mode Door Actuator Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C236 Defrost / Panel / Floor Mode Door Actuator > Page 3091 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C236 Defrost / Panel / Floor Mode Door Actuator > Page 3092 Air Door Actuator / Motor: Diagrams C289 Air Inlet Mode Door Actuator Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C236 Defrost / Panel / Floor Mode Door Actuator > Page 3093 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C236 Defrost / Panel / Floor Mode Door Actuator > Page 3094 Air Door Actuator / Motor: Diagrams C2091 Temperature Blend Door Actuator, LH Side Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C236 Defrost / Panel / Floor Mode Door Actuator > Page 3095 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C236 Defrost / Panel / Floor Mode Door Actuator > Page 3096 Air Door Actuator / Motor: Diagrams C2091 Temperature Blend Door Actuator, RH Side Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C236 Defrost / Panel / Floor Mode Door Actuator > Page 3097 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C236 Defrost / Panel / Floor Mode Door Actuator > Page 3098 Air Door Actuator / Motor: Diagrams C2381 Temperature Blend Door Actuator Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C236 Defrost / Panel / Floor Mode Door Actuator > Page 3099 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 3103 Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Locations Blower Motor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Blower Motor: Diagram Information and Instructions Introduction Note All wiring connections between components are shown exactly as they exist in the vehicles. It is important to realize, however, that no attempt has been made on the diagrams to represent components and wiring as they physically appear on the vehicle. For example, a 4-foot length of wire is treated no differently in a diagram from one that is only a few inches long. Furthermore, to aid in understanding electrical (electronic) operation, wiring inside complicated components has been simplified. Complete Circuit Operation Each circuit is shown completely and independently in one set. Other components that are connected to the circuits may not be shown unless they influence the circuit operation. Current Flow (1) Each set normally starts with the component that powers the circuit, such as a fuse or the ignition switch. Current flow is shown from the power source at the top of the diagram to ground at the bottom of the diagram. A full representation of the power supply of a fuse or the power distribution from a fuse to various components is given in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Full representation of the ground connections are shown in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Switch Positions (2) Within a diagram, all switches, sensors and relays are shown "at rest" (ignition switch OFF). Splices (3) Splices directly connecting to the power distribution are best represented on the power distribution diagram in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Splices connected to grounds can be seen completely in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. For all other splices, a reference is given to each off diagram where that particular splice can be best viewed. Component Referencing (4) Components on a diagram have a reference to a component location view or the diagram where it is shown completely. The reference is located to the right of each component. Component Names (5) Component names are placed on the right hand side of each component when possible. Descriptions of the internals of the component are also included when available. The diagram where the component appears in full is listed in the Index. The base part number for a component is listed in parentheses next to or under a component. Internal Name and Function Identification Numbers (6) Some components on each diagram have internal symbols with an identification number located within it. You can identify the internal symbol or function by finding the corresponding number under the component name. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3109 Circuit Numbering and Wire Identification (7) Ford Motor Company uses three different circuit numbering conventions: Standard Circuit Numbering System, Global Circuit Numbering System, and New Global Circuit Numbering System (NGCNS). With each, the circuit number (which identifies a specific circuit function) is followed by the wire color. The wire identification consists of a basic color and possibly a stripe, and is determined directly from the wire's circuit number. In the diagrams, the wire colors are indicated next to the wires. The colors are abbreviated using the international norm IEC 757. The abbreviations are listed in set 4 "Symbols". Fuse and Relay Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3110 Fuse/Locations and Relay/Locations contains a view of the fuse/relay box, in which all fuses and relays are identified, numbered and named. Fuse and relay numbering and naming follow the indication of the fuse panel cover. In addition, for all removable relays, pin positions are added to illustrate proper orientation. Power Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3111 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams shows the current feed circuits. The current path is shown from the battery to the ignition switch and to all fuses. It also shows the circuits protected by each fuse. The circuit is traced from the fuse to the component. All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the fuse and the first component are shown. Ground Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3112 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams contains the diagram that shows the complete details for each ground connection or main ground splice. This is useful in diagnosing a problem affecting several components at once (poor ground connection or ground splice). All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the ground point and the component are shown. These ground connection details are shown here in order to keep the individual set diagrams as uncluttered as possible. Component and Connector Information Connector Views show the views of the pins and/or cavities of all connectors. The pin and cavity sides are shown separately as if the connector were disconnected. The color of the connector housing is indicated next to the connector number when available. The harness causal number is located above the connector view and below the connector number. The circuit function charts are located below each connector. The wiring harness designations are listed in Component Location Charts. Component Location Views show the components and their connecting wires as they can be found on the vehicle. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3113 Locations information that can be found at the vehicle level will helps the user find where the various items depicted on the diagram can physically be found on the vehicle. A brief written description of the location is given, along with a reference to the component location views. Symbols Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3114 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3115 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3116 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3117 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3118 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3119 Blower Motor: Diagnostic Aids NOTE: Restraint system terminals should not be removed or repaired. If a restraint terminal requires service, replace the affected harness. Troubleshooting wiring harness and connector hidden concerns The following illustrations are known examples of wiring harness, splices and connectors that will create intermittent electrical concerns. The concerns are hidden and can only be discovered by a physical evaluation as shown in each illustration. NOTE: Several components, such as the PCM, utilize gold plated terminals in their connections to the wiring harness. If those terminals need to be replaced, they must be replaced with a gold plated terminal. Terminal not properly seated 1 = Locked terminal 2 = Male half 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Unlocked terminal (Hidden by wire seal) 7 = Seal Check for unlocked terminal by pulling each wire at the end of the connector. Defective insulation stripping Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3120 1 = Proper crimp 2 = Insulation not removed 3 = Wire strands missing 4 = Intermittent signals through pierced insulation Partially mated connectors 1 = Seal 2 = Displaced tab 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Male half 7 = Intermittent contact Lock may be displaced into an unlocked position; pull on the connector to verify the lock. Deformed (enlarged) female terminals 1 = Enlarged Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3121 2 = Normal Any probe entering the terminal may enlarge the contact spring opening creating an intermittent signal. Insert the correct mating terminal (Location A) from the service kit and feel for a loose fit. Electrical short inside the harness 1 = Solder coated wire to ground 2 = Harness protective tape 3 = Intermittent short Solder coated wire pierced through the insulation of another circuit 4 = Grounding foil Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3122 Electrical short within the harness Splice tape removed 1 = Intermittent short Splice covered 2 = Wire strand 3 = Splice tape 4 = Harness tape Broken wire strands in harness 1 = Wiring harness tape 2 = Wiring strand 3 = Broken strands intermittent signal 4 = Circuit insulation Remove the tape and flex/feel each circuit for a reduction in diameter at break. Recommended splicing method - Solder (For 16 AWG and Smaller Diameter Wire Only) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3123 2. Strip wires to appropriate length. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. 4. Twist wires together. 5. Solder wires together. NOTE: Use rosin core mildly-activated (RMA) solder. Do not use acid core solder. - Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seat wire splice. 6. Bend wire 1 back in a straight line. NOTE: Wait for solder to cool before moving wires. 7. Evenly position heat shrink tubing over wire repair. NOTE: Overlap tubing on both wires. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3124 8. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows Out of both ends of heat shrink tubing. 9. Reconnect battery ground cable. Recommended splicing method - Crimp (For 10-22 AWG Diameter Wire to Like Wire Diameter) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. 2. Strip 6.35mm (1/4 in) of insulation from each wire end, taking care not to nick or cut wire strands. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. NOTE: Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seal wire splice. 4. Select appropriate wire splice for the wires to be spliced. 5. Identify the appropriate crimping chamber on the Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper by matching the wire size on the dies with the wire size stamped on the butt splice. NOTE: Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper is the only tool that can be used with these splices. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3125 6. Center one end of the wire splice in the appropriate crimping chamber. 7. If visible, be sure to place the brazed seam toward the indenter. 8. Insert stripped wire into the barrel. 9. Holding the wire in place, barrel squeeze tool handles appropriate ratchet releases. 10. Repeating steps 5-7, crimp the other half of the splice. 11. Check for acceptable crimp. a. Crimp should be centered on each end of the butt splice b. Wire insulation does not enter butt splice. c. Wire is visible through inspection hole of splices. 12. Evenly position supplied heat shrink tubing over wire repair. 13. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows out of both ends of the heat shrink tubing. 14. Reconnect battery ground cable. This chart is to be used when pigtails or terminals are different wire gauge than the vehicle harness. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3126 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3127 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3128 Blower Motor: Connector Views Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations Blower Motor Relay: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3132 Blower Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3133 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Resistor > Component Information > Locations Blower Motor Resistor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Resistor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3137 Blower Motor Resistor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Resistor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3138 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Locations Blower Motor Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3142 Blower Motor Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3143 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Cabin Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations Cabin Temperature Sensor / Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Cabin Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3147 Cabin Temperature Sensor / Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Cabin Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3148 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor HVAC > Compressor Clutch Coil > Component Information > Diagrams Compressor Clutch Coil: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor HVAC > Compressor Clutch Coil > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3153 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations Compressor Clutch Relay: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3157 Compressor Clutch Relay: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3158 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Control Module HVAC: > 11-3-13 > Mar > 11 > Instruments, A/C - Outside Temp. Display Inaccurate Control Module HVAC: Customer Interest Instruments, A/C - Outside Temp. Display Inaccurate TSB 11-3-13 03/15/11 OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE DISPLAY INACCURATE / INCORRECT REMOTE START CLIMATE CONTROL OPERATION WHEN SET TO AUTO FUNCTION - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 1/6/2011 FORD: 2011 F-150 ISSUE Some 2011 F-150 vehicles built on or before 1/6/2011 equipped with a outside air temperature display in the front display interface module (FDIM) may exhibit inaccurate temperature indication. This concern may also affect electronic automatic temperature control (EATC) equipped vehicle's temperature control operation and remote start system climate control operation when set to auto function. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check for any diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) present in the FDIM, HVAC, or powertrain control module (PCM) using Integrated Diagnostic Software (IDS). a. If any DTCs are present, discontinue this procedure and proceed with Workshop Manual or Powertrain Controls/Emissions Diagnosis as directed by the appropriate DTC chart. b. If no DTCs are present in the above listed modules, proceed to Step 2. 2. Reprogram the HVAC module to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.04 and higher or 72.01 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.3 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110313A 2011 F-150: Check For 0.3 Hr. DTCs And Reprogram The HVAC Module (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 19980 04 Disclaimer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module HVAC: > 11-3-13 > Mar > 11 > Instruments, A/C Outside Temp. Display Inaccurate Control Module HVAC: All Technical Service Bulletins Instruments, A/C - Outside Temp. Display Inaccurate TSB 11-3-13 03/15/11 OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE DISPLAY INACCURATE / INCORRECT REMOTE START CLIMATE CONTROL OPERATION WHEN SET TO AUTO FUNCTION - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 1/6/2011 FORD: 2011 F-150 ISSUE Some 2011 F-150 vehicles built on or before 1/6/2011 equipped with a outside air temperature display in the front display interface module (FDIM) may exhibit inaccurate temperature indication. This concern may also affect electronic automatic temperature control (EATC) equipped vehicle's temperature control operation and remote start system climate control operation when set to auto function. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check for any diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) present in the FDIM, HVAC, or powertrain control module (PCM) using Integrated Diagnostic Software (IDS). a. If any DTCs are present, discontinue this procedure and proceed with Workshop Manual or Powertrain Controls/Emissions Diagnosis as directed by the appropriate DTC chart. b. If no DTCs are present in the above listed modules, proceed to Step 2. 2. Reprogram the HVAC module to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.04 and higher or 72.01 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.3 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110313A 2011 F-150: Check For 0.3 Hr. DTCs And Reprogram The HVAC Module (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 19980 04 Disclaimer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Locations > HVAC Module, EMTC Control Module HVAC: Locations HVAC Module, EMTC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Locations > HVAC Module, EMTC > Page 3174 Control Module HVAC: Locations HVAC Module, DATC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C228A HVAC Module, DATC Control Module HVAC: Diagrams C228A HVAC Module, DATC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C228A HVAC Module, DATC > Page 3177 Control Module HVAC: Diagrams C228B HVAC Module, DATC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C228A HVAC Module, DATC > Page 3178 Control Module HVAC: Diagrams C294A HVAC Module, EMTC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C228A HVAC Module, DATC > Page 3179 Control Module HVAC: Diagrams C294B HVAC Module, EMTC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C228A HVAC Module, DATC > Page 3180 Control Module HVAC: Diagrams C228A HVAC Module, DATC C228B HVAC Module, DATC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C228A HVAC Module, DATC > Page 3181 C294A HVAC Module, EMTC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C228A HVAC Module, DATC > Page 3182 C294B HVAC Module, EMTC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C228A HVAC Module, DATC > Page 3183 C2109A HVAC Module, DATC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C228A HVAC Module, DATC > Page 3184 C2109B HVAC Module, DATC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C228A HVAC Module, DATC > Page 3185 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3189 Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3190 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Humidity Sensor > Component Information > Locations Humidity Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Humidity Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3194 Humidity Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Humidity Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3195 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3199 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations Blower Motor Relay: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3204 Blower Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3205 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations Compressor Clutch Relay: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3209 Compressor Clutch Relay: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3210 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Control Module HVAC: > 11-3-13 > Mar > 11 > Instruments, A/C - Outside Temp. Display Inaccurate Control Module HVAC: Customer Interest Instruments, A/C - Outside Temp. Display Inaccurate TSB 11-3-13 03/15/11 OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE DISPLAY INACCURATE / INCORRECT REMOTE START CLIMATE CONTROL OPERATION WHEN SET TO AUTO FUNCTION - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 1/6/2011 FORD: 2011 F-150 ISSUE Some 2011 F-150 vehicles built on or before 1/6/2011 equipped with a outside air temperature display in the front display interface module (FDIM) may exhibit inaccurate temperature indication. This concern may also affect electronic automatic temperature control (EATC) equipped vehicle's temperature control operation and remote start system climate control operation when set to auto function. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check for any diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) present in the FDIM, HVAC, or powertrain control module (PCM) using Integrated Diagnostic Software (IDS). a. If any DTCs are present, discontinue this procedure and proceed with Workshop Manual or Powertrain Controls/Emissions Diagnosis as directed by the appropriate DTC chart. b. If no DTCs are present in the above listed modules, proceed to Step 2. 2. Reprogram the HVAC module to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.04 and higher or 72.01 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.3 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110313A 2011 F-150: Check For 0.3 Hr. DTCs And Reprogram The HVAC Module (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 19980 04 Disclaimer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module HVAC: > 11-3-13 > Mar > 11 > Instruments, A/C - Outside Temp. Display Inaccurate Control Module HVAC: All Technical Service Bulletins Instruments, A/C - Outside Temp. Display Inaccurate TSB 11-3-13 03/15/11 OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE DISPLAY INACCURATE / INCORRECT REMOTE START CLIMATE CONTROL OPERATION WHEN SET TO AUTO FUNCTION - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 1/6/2011 FORD: 2011 F-150 ISSUE Some 2011 F-150 vehicles built on or before 1/6/2011 equipped with a outside air temperature display in the front display interface module (FDIM) may exhibit inaccurate temperature indication. This concern may also affect electronic automatic temperature control (EATC) equipped vehicle's temperature control operation and remote start system climate control operation when set to auto function. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check for any diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) present in the FDIM, HVAC, or powertrain control module (PCM) using Integrated Diagnostic Software (IDS). a. If any DTCs are present, discontinue this procedure and proceed with Workshop Manual or Powertrain Controls/Emissions Diagnosis as directed by the appropriate DTC chart. b. If no DTCs are present in the above listed modules, proceed to Step 2. 2. Reprogram the HVAC module to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.04 and higher or 72.01 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.3 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110313A 2011 F-150: Check For 0.3 Hr. DTCs And Reprogram The HVAC Module (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 19980 04 Disclaimer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Locations > HVAC Module, EMTC Control Module HVAC: Locations HVAC Module, EMTC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Locations > HVAC Module, EMTC > Page 3226 Control Module HVAC: Locations HVAC Module, DATC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C228A HVAC Module, DATC Control Module HVAC: Diagrams C228A HVAC Module, DATC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C228A HVAC Module, DATC > Page 3229 Control Module HVAC: Diagrams C228B HVAC Module, DATC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C228A HVAC Module, DATC > Page 3230 Control Module HVAC: Diagrams C294A HVAC Module, EMTC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C228A HVAC Module, DATC > Page 3231 Control Module HVAC: Diagrams C294B HVAC Module, EMTC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C228A HVAC Module, DATC > Page 3232 Control Module HVAC: Diagrams C228A HVAC Module, DATC C228B HVAC Module, DATC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C228A HVAC Module, DATC > Page 3233 C294A HVAC Module, EMTC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C228A HVAC Module, DATC > Page 3234 C294B HVAC Module, EMTC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C228A HVAC Module, DATC > Page 3235 C2109A HVAC Module, DATC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C228A HVAC Module, DATC > Page 3236 C2109B HVAC Module, DATC Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Control Module HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > C228A HVAC Module, DATC > Page 3237 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 3242 Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Locations Blower Motor Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3246 Blower Motor Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Blower Motor Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3247 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Cabin Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations Cabin Temperature Sensor / Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Cabin Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3251 Cabin Temperature Sensor / Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Cabin Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3252 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3256 Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3257 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Humidity Sensor > Component Information > Locations Humidity Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Humidity Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3261 Humidity Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Humidity Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3262 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3266 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Solar Sensor, HVAC > Component Information > Locations Solar Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Solar Sensor, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 3270 Solar Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Solar Sensor, HVAC > Component Information > Locations Solar Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Solar Sensor, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 3274 Solar Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Driver Air Bag Module Air Bag: Locations Driver Air Bag Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Driver Air Bag Module > Page 3281 Air Bag: Locations Side Air Curtain Module, Driver Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Driver Air Bag Module > Page 3282 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Driver Air Bag Module > Page 3283 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Driver Air Bag Module > Page 3284 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Driver Air Bag Module > Page 3285 Air Bag: Locations Passenger Air Bag Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Driver Air Bag Module > Page 3286 Air Bag: Locations Side Air Bag Module, Driver Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Driver Air Bag Module > Page 3287 Air Bag: Locations Driver Air Bag Module Side Air Curtain Module, Driver Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Driver Air Bag Module > Page 3288 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Driver Air Bag Module > Page 3289 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Driver Air Bag Module > Page 3290 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Driver Air Bag Module > Page 3291 Passenger Air Bag Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Driver Air Bag Module > Page 3292 Side Air Bag Module, Driver Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Driver Air Bag Module > Page 3293 Side Air Bag Module, Passenger Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Driver Air Bag Module > Page 3294 Side Air Curtain Module, Passenger Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Driver Air Bag Module > Page 3295 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Driver Air Bag Module > Page 3296 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Driver Air Bag Module > Page 3297 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Driver Air Bag Module > Page 3298 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > C216A Driver Air Bag Module Air Bag: Diagrams C216A Driver Air Bag Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > C216A Driver Air Bag Module > Page 3301 Air Bag: Diagrams C216B Driver Air Bag Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > C216A Driver Air Bag Module > Page 3302 Air Bag: Diagrams C256A Passenger Air Bag Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > C216A Driver Air Bag Module > Page 3303 Air Bag: Diagrams C256B Passenger Air Bag Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > C216A Driver Air Bag Module > Page 3304 Air Bag: Diagrams C216A Driver Air Bag Module C216B Driver Air Bag Module C256A Passenger Air Bag Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > C216A Driver Air Bag Module > Page 3305 C256B Passenger Air Bag Module C337 Side Air Bag Module, Passenger Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > C216A Driver Air Bag Module > Page 3306 C367 Side Air Bag Module, Driver C3321 Side Air Curtain Module, Driver C3329 Side Air Curtain Module, Passenger Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > C216A Driver Air Bag Module > Page 3307 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations Air Bag Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 3311 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 3312 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C310A Restraints Control Module (RCM) Air Bag Control Module: Diagrams C310A Restraints Control Module (RCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C310A Restraints Control Module (RCM) > Page 3315 Air Bag Control Module: Diagrams C310B Restraints Control Module (RCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C310A Restraints Control Module (RCM) > Page 3316 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Deactivation Switch > Component Information > Locations Air Bag Deactivation Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Deactivation Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3320 Air Bag Deactivation Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable, Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > C218A Clockspring Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable: Diagrams C218A Clockspring Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable, Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > C218A Clockspring > Page 3325 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable, Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > C218A Clockspring > Page 3326 Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable: Diagrams C218B Clockspring Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable, Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > C218A Clockspring > Page 3327 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable, Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > C218A Clockspring > Page 3328 Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable: Diagrams C218C Clockspring Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row Impact Sensor: Locations Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 3333 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 3334 Impact Sensor: Locations Impact Sensor, Passenger Second Row Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 3335 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 3336 Impact Sensor: Locations Impact Severity Sensor, LH Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 3337 Impact Sensor: Locations Impact Severity Sensor, RH Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 3338 Impact Sensor: Locations Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 3339 Impact Sensor, Passenger Second Row Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 3340 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 3341 Impact Severity Sensor, LH Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 3342 Impact Severity Sensor, RH Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 3343 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 3344 Side Impact Sensor, Passenger Front Door Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 3345 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door Impact Sensor: Diagrams C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 3348 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 3349 Impact Sensor: Diagrams C644 Side Impact Sensor, Passenger Front Door Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 3350 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 3351 Impact Sensor: Diagrams C1465 Impact Severity Sensor, LH Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 3352 Impact Sensor: Diagrams C1466 Impact Severity Sensor, RH Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 3353 Impact Sensor: Diagrams C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 3354 C644 Side Impact Sensor, Passenger Front Door Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 3355 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 3356 C1465 Impact Severity Sensor, LH Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 3357 C1466 Impact Severity Sensor, RH Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 3358 C3248 Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 3359 C3249 Impact Sensor, Passenger Second Row Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Occupant Classification Module - Air Bag > Component Information > Locations Seat Occupant Classification Module - Air Bag: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Occupant Classification Module - Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Page 3363 Seat Occupant Classification Module - Air Bag: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Locations > OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 Seat Occupant Sensor: Locations OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Locations > OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 > Page 3368 Seat Occupant Sensor: Locations OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 2 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Locations > OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 > Page 3369 Seat Occupant Sensor: Locations OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 3 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Locations > OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 > Page 3370 Seat Occupant Sensor: Locations OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 4 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C3324 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 Seat Occupant Sensor: Diagrams C3324 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C3324 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 > Page 3373 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C3324 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 > Page 3374 Seat Occupant Sensor: Diagrams C3325 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 2 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C3324 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 > Page 3375 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C3324 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 > Page 3376 Seat Occupant Sensor: Diagrams C3330 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 3 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C3324 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 > Page 3377 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C3324 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 > Page 3378 Seat Occupant Sensor: Diagrams C3331 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 4 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C3324 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 > Page 3379 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Seat Position Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3383 Seat Position Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations Air Bag Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 3388 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 3389 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C310A Restraints Control Module (RCM) Air Bag Control Module: Diagrams C310A Restraints Control Module (RCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C310A Restraints Control Module (RCM) > Page 3392 Air Bag Control Module: Diagrams C310B Restraints Control Module (RCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C310A Restraints Control Module (RCM) > Page 3393 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Classification Module - Air Bag > Component Information > Locations Seat Occupant Classification Module - Air Bag: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Classification Module - Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Page 3397 Seat Occupant Classification Module - Air Bag: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Component Information > Locations > Safety Belt Buckle Switch, Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Locations Safety Belt Buckle Switch, Passenger Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Component Information > Locations > Safety Belt Buckle Switch, Passenger > Page 3403 Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Locations Safety Belt Buckle Switch, Driver Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C3065 Safety Belt Buckle Switch, Driver Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Diagrams C3065 Safety Belt Buckle Switch, Driver Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C3065 Safety Belt Buckle Switch, Driver > Page 3406 Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Diagrams C3066 Safety Belt Buckle Switch, Passenger Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Locations Seat Belt Tensioner: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Locations > Page 3410 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > C727 Safety Belt Retractor Pretensioner, Driver Seat Belt Tensioner: Diagrams C727 Safety Belt Retractor Pretensioner, Driver Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > C727 Safety Belt Retractor Pretensioner, Driver > Page 3413 Seat Belt Tensioner: Diagrams C829 Safety Belt Tension Sensor (BTS), Passenger Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > C727 Safety Belt Retractor Pretensioner, Driver > Page 3414 Seat Belt Tensioner: Diagrams C830 Safety Belt Retractor Pretensioner, Passenger Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > C727 Safety Belt Retractor Pretensioner, Driver > Page 3415 Seat Belt Tensioner: Diagrams C3201 Safety Belt Retractor Pretensioner, Driver Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > C727 Safety Belt Retractor Pretensioner, Driver > Page 3416 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > C727 Safety Belt Retractor Pretensioner, Driver > Page 3417 Seat Belt Tensioner: Diagrams C727 Safety Belt Retractor Pretensioner, Driver C829 Safety Belt Tension Sensor (BTS), Passenger Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > C727 Safety Belt Retractor Pretensioner, Driver > Page 3418 C830 Safety Belt Retractor Pretensioner, Passenger Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > C727 Safety Belt Retractor Pretensioner, Driver > Page 3419 C3201 Safety Belt Retractor Pretensioner, Driver Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > C727 Safety Belt Retractor Pretensioner, Driver > Page 3420 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > C727 Safety Belt Retractor Pretensioner, Driver > Page 3421 C3202 Safety Belt Retractor Pretensioner, Passenger Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > C727 Safety Belt Retractor Pretensioner, Driver > Page 3422 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > C727 Safety Belt Retractor Pretensioner, Driver > Page 3423 C3238 Safety Belt Tension Sensor (BTS), Passenger Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Deactivation Switch > Component Information > Locations Air Bag Deactivation Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Deactivation Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3428 Air Bag Deactivation Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row Impact Sensor: Locations Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 3433 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 3434 Impact Sensor: Locations Impact Sensor, Passenger Second Row Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 3435 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 3436 Impact Sensor: Locations Impact Severity Sensor, LH Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 3437 Impact Sensor: Locations Impact Severity Sensor, RH Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 3438 Impact Sensor: Locations Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 3439 Impact Sensor, Passenger Second Row Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 3440 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 3441 Impact Severity Sensor, LH Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 3442 Impact Severity Sensor, RH Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 3443 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 3444 Side Impact Sensor, Passenger Front Door Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row > Page 3445 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door Impact Sensor: Diagrams C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 3448 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 3449 Impact Sensor: Diagrams C644 Side Impact Sensor, Passenger Front Door Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 3450 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 3451 Impact Sensor: Diagrams C1465 Impact Severity Sensor, LH Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 3452 Impact Sensor: Diagrams C1466 Impact Severity Sensor, RH Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 3453 Impact Sensor: Diagrams C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 3454 C644 Side Impact Sensor, Passenger Front Door Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 3455 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 3456 C1465 Impact Severity Sensor, LH Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 3457 C1466 Impact Severity Sensor, RH Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 3458 C3248 Impact Sensor, Driver Second Row Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C567 Side Impact Sensor, Driver Front Door > Page 3459 C3249 Impact Sensor, Passenger Second Row Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Component Information > Locations > Safety Belt Buckle Switch, Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Locations Safety Belt Buckle Switch, Passenger Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Component Information > Locations > Safety Belt Buckle Switch, Passenger > Page 3464 Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Locations Safety Belt Buckle Switch, Driver Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C3065 Safety Belt Buckle Switch, Driver Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Diagrams C3065 Safety Belt Buckle Switch, Driver Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C3065 Safety Belt Buckle Switch, Driver > Page 3467 Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Diagrams C3066 Safety Belt Buckle Switch, Passenger Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Locations > OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 Seat Occupant Sensor: Locations OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Locations > OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 > Page 3472 Seat Occupant Sensor: Locations OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 2 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Locations > OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 > Page 3473 Seat Occupant Sensor: Locations OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 3 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Locations > OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 > Page 3474 Seat Occupant Sensor: Locations OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 4 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C3324 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 Seat Occupant Sensor: Diagrams C3324 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C3324 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 > Page 3477 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C3324 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 > Page 3478 Seat Occupant Sensor: Diagrams C3325 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 2 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C3324 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 > Page 3479 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C3324 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 > Page 3480 Seat Occupant Sensor: Diagrams C3330 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 3 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C3324 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 > Page 3481 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C3324 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 > Page 3482 Seat Occupant Sensor: Diagrams C3331 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 4 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C3324 OCS Weight Sensor Bolt 1 > Page 3483 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Seat Position Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3487 Seat Position Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Accessory Delay Module > Accessory Delay Relay > Component Information > Locations Accessory Delay Relay: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Accessory Delay Module > Accessory Delay Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3493 Accessory Delay Relay: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Accessory Delay Module > Accessory Delay Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3494 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antenna > Component Information > Diagrams > C2410 Modem-Antenna Antenna: Diagrams C2410 Modem-Antenna Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antenna > Component Information > Diagrams > C2410 Modem-Antenna > Page 3499 Antenna: Diagrams C2411 Modem-Antenna Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Alarm System Transponder > Component Information > Diagrams Alarm System Transponder: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3507 Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3508 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Key-Pad > Component Information > Diagrams Keyless Entry Key-Pad: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Cellular Phone Microphone > Component Information > Diagrams Cellular Phone Microphone: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Cellular Phone Microphone > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3517 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Accessory Protocol Interface Module (APIM) Communications Control Module: Locations Accessory Protocol Interface Module (APIM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Accessory Protocol Interface Module (APIM) > Page 3522 Communications Control Module: Locations Audio Control Module (ACM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Accessory Protocol Interface Module (APIM) > Page 3523 Communications Control Module: Locations Audio Digital Signal Processing (DSP) Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Accessory Protocol Interface Module (APIM) > Page 3524 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Accessory Protocol Interface Module (APIM) > Page 3525 Communications Control Module: Locations Telematics Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) Communications Control Module: Diagrams C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3528 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3529 Communications Control Module: Diagrams C290B Audio Control Module (ACM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3530 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3531 Communications Control Module: Diagrams C290C Audio Control Module (ACM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3532 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3533 Communications Control Module: Diagrams C290D Audio Control Module (ACM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3534 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3535 Communications Control Module: Diagrams C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3536 C290B Audio Control Module (ACM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3537 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3538 C290C Audio Control Module (ACM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3539 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3540 C290D Audio Control Module (ACM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3541 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3542 C2383 Accessory Protocol Interface Module (APIM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3543 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3544 C2408A In-Dash Computer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3545 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3546 C2408B In-Dash Computer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3547 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3548 C2408C In-Dash Computer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3549 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3550 C2409 Telematics Module C3154A Audio Digital Signal Processing (DSP) Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3551 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3552 C3154B Audio Digital Signal Processing (DSP) Module C3154C Audio Digital Signal Processing (DSP) Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Cellular Phone > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3553 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems > Parking Assist Control Module > Component Information > Locations Parking Assist Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems > Parking Assist Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 3558 Parking Assist Control Module: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems > Parking Assist Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 3559 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems > Parking Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Left Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Locations Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Left Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems > Parking Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Left > Page 3564 Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Locations Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Right Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems > Parking Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Left > Page 3565 Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Locations Parking Aid Sensor, Inner Left Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems > Parking Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Left > Page 3566 Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Locations Parking Aid Sensor, Inner Right Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems > Parking Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C4009 Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Left Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Diagrams C4009 Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Left Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems > Parking Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C4009 Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Left > Page 3569 Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Diagrams C4010 Parking Aid Sensor, Inner Left Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems > Parking Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C4009 Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Left > Page 3570 Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Diagrams C4011 Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Right Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems > Parking Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C4009 Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Left > Page 3571 Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Diagrams C4012 Parking Aid Sensor, Inner Right Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Collision Avoidance and Parking Assist Systems > Rear Vision Camera > Component Information > Diagrams Rear Vision Camera: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > Auxiliary Input / Output Jack, Entertainment System > Component Information > Diagrams Auxiliary Input / Output Jack: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Global Positioning System > Global Positioning System Module > Component Information > Locations Global Positioning System Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Global Positioning System > Global Positioning System Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 3583 Global Positioning System Module: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Global Positioning System > Global Positioning System Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 3584 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Memory Positioning Systems > Memory Positioning Module > Component Information > Locations Memory Positioning Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Memory Positioning Systems > Memory Positioning Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C341A Driver Seat Module (DSM) Memory Positioning Module: Diagrams C341A Driver Seat Module (DSM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Memory Positioning Systems > Memory Positioning Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C341A Driver Seat Module (DSM) > Page 3591 Memory Positioning Module: Diagrams C341B Driver Seat Module (DSM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Memory Positioning Systems > Memory Positioning Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C341A Driver Seat Module (DSM) > Page 3592 Memory Positioning Module: Diagrams C341C Driver Seat Module (DSM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Memory Positioning Systems > Memory Positioning Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C341A Driver Seat Module (DSM) > Page 3593 Memory Positioning Module: Diagrams C341D Driver Seat Module (DSM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Memory Positioning Systems > Memory Positioning Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C341A Driver Seat Module (DSM) > Page 3594 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Memory Positioning Systems > Seat Memory Switch > Component Information > Locations Seat Memory Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Memory Positioning Systems > Seat Memory Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3598 Seat Memory Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Memory Positioning Systems > Seat Memory Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3599 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Locations > Front Controls Interface Module (FCIM) Navigation System: Locations Front Controls Interface Module (FCIM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Locations > Front Controls Interface Module (FCIM) > Page 3604 Navigation System: Locations Front Display Interface Module (FDIM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Navigation System: Diagram Information and Instructions Introduction Note All wiring connections between components are shown exactly as they exist in the vehicles. It is important to realize, however, that no attempt has been made on the diagrams to represent components and wiring as they physically appear on the vehicle. For example, a 4-foot length of wire is treated no differently in a diagram from one that is only a few inches long. Furthermore, to aid in understanding electrical (electronic) operation, wiring inside complicated components has been simplified. Complete Circuit Operation Each circuit is shown completely and independently in one set. Other components that are connected to the circuits may not be shown unless they influence the circuit operation. Current Flow (1) Each set normally starts with the component that powers the circuit, such as a fuse or the ignition switch. Current flow is shown from the power source at the top of the diagram to ground at the bottom of the diagram. A full representation of the power supply of a fuse or the power distribution from a fuse to various components is given in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Full representation of the ground connections are shown in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Switch Positions (2) Within a diagram, all switches, sensors and relays are shown "at rest" (ignition switch OFF). Splices (3) Splices directly connecting to the power distribution are best represented on the power distribution diagram in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Splices connected to grounds can be seen completely in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. For all other splices, a reference is given to each off diagram where that particular splice can be best viewed. Component Referencing (4) Components on a diagram have a reference to a component location view or the diagram where it is shown completely. The reference is located to the right of each component. Component Names (5) Component names are placed on the right hand side of each component when possible. Descriptions of the internals of the component are also included when available. The diagram where the component appears in full is listed in the Index. The base part number for a component is listed in parentheses next to or under a component. Internal Name and Function Identification Numbers (6) Some components on each diagram have internal symbols with an identification number located within it. You can identify the internal symbol or function by finding the corresponding number under the component name. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3607 Circuit Numbering and Wire Identification (7) Ford Motor Company uses three different circuit numbering conventions: Standard Circuit Numbering System, Global Circuit Numbering System, and New Global Circuit Numbering System (NGCNS). With each, the circuit number (which identifies a specific circuit function) is followed by the wire color. The wire identification consists of a basic color and possibly a stripe, and is determined directly from the wire's circuit number. In the diagrams, the wire colors are indicated next to the wires. The colors are abbreviated using the international norm IEC 757. The abbreviations are listed in set 4 "Symbols". Fuse and Relay Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3608 Fuse/Locations and Relay/Locations contains a view of the fuse/relay box, in which all fuses and relays are identified, numbered and named. Fuse and relay numbering and naming follow the indication of the fuse panel cover. In addition, for all removable relays, pin positions are added to illustrate proper orientation. Power Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3609 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams shows the current feed circuits. The current path is shown from the battery to the ignition switch and to all fuses. It also shows the circuits protected by each fuse. The circuit is traced from the fuse to the component. All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the fuse and the first component are shown. Ground Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3610 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams contains the diagram that shows the complete details for each ground connection or main ground splice. This is useful in diagnosing a problem affecting several components at once (poor ground connection or ground splice). All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the ground point and the component are shown. These ground connection details are shown here in order to keep the individual set diagrams as uncluttered as possible. Component and Connector Information Connector Views show the views of the pins and/or cavities of all connectors. The pin and cavity sides are shown separately as if the connector were disconnected. The color of the connector housing is indicated next to the connector number when available. The harness causal number is located above the connector view and below the connector number. The circuit function charts are located below each connector. The wiring harness designations are listed in Component Location Charts. Component Location Views show the components and their connecting wires as they can be found on the vehicle. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3611 Locations information that can be found at the vehicle level will helps the user find where the various items depicted on the diagram can physically be found on the vehicle. A brief written description of the location is given, along with a reference to the component location views. Symbols Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3612 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3613 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3614 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3615 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3616 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3617 Navigation System: Diagnostic Aids NOTE: Restraint system terminals should not be removed or repaired. If a restraint terminal requires service, replace the affected harness. Troubleshooting wiring harness and connector hidden concerns The following illustrations are known examples of wiring harness, splices and connectors that will create intermittent electrical concerns. The concerns are hidden and can only be discovered by a physical evaluation as shown in each illustration. NOTE: Several components, such as the PCM, utilize gold plated terminals in their connections to the wiring harness. If those terminals need to be replaced, they must be replaced with a gold plated terminal. Terminal not properly seated 1 = Locked terminal 2 = Male half 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Unlocked terminal (Hidden by wire seal) 7 = Seal Check for unlocked terminal by pulling each wire at the end of the connector. Defective insulation stripping Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3618 1 = Proper crimp 2 = Insulation not removed 3 = Wire strands missing 4 = Intermittent signals through pierced insulation Partially mated connectors 1 = Seal 2 = Displaced tab 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Male half 7 = Intermittent contact Lock may be displaced into an unlocked position; pull on the connector to verify the lock. Deformed (enlarged) female terminals 1 = Enlarged Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3619 2 = Normal Any probe entering the terminal may enlarge the contact spring opening creating an intermittent signal. Insert the correct mating terminal (Location A) from the service kit and feel for a loose fit. Electrical short inside the harness 1 = Solder coated wire to ground 2 = Harness protective tape 3 = Intermittent short Solder coated wire pierced through the insulation of another circuit 4 = Grounding foil Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3620 Electrical short within the harness Splice tape removed 1 = Intermittent short Splice covered 2 = Wire strand 3 = Splice tape 4 = Harness tape Broken wire strands in harness 1 = Wiring harness tape 2 = Wiring strand 3 = Broken strands intermittent signal 4 = Circuit insulation Remove the tape and flex/feel each circuit for a reduction in diameter at break. Recommended splicing method - Solder (For 16 AWG and Smaller Diameter Wire Only) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3621 2. Strip wires to appropriate length. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. 4. Twist wires together. 5. Solder wires together. NOTE: Use rosin core mildly-activated (RMA) solder. Do not use acid core solder. - Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seat wire splice. 6. Bend wire 1 back in a straight line. NOTE: Wait for solder to cool before moving wires. 7. Evenly position heat shrink tubing over wire repair. NOTE: Overlap tubing on both wires. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3622 8. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows Out of both ends of heat shrink tubing. 9. Reconnect battery ground cable. Recommended splicing method - Crimp (For 10-22 AWG Diameter Wire to Like Wire Diameter) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. 2. Strip 6.35mm (1/4 in) of insulation from each wire end, taking care not to nick or cut wire strands. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. NOTE: Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seal wire splice. 4. Select appropriate wire splice for the wires to be spliced. 5. Identify the appropriate crimping chamber on the Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper by matching the wire size on the dies with the wire size stamped on the butt splice. NOTE: Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper is the only tool that can be used with these splices. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3623 6. Center one end of the wire splice in the appropriate crimping chamber. 7. If visible, be sure to place the brazed seam toward the indenter. 8. Insert stripped wire into the barrel. 9. Holding the wire in place, barrel squeeze tool handles appropriate ratchet releases. 10. Repeating steps 5-7, crimp the other half of the splice. 11. Check for acceptable crimp. a. Crimp should be centered on each end of the butt splice b. Wire insulation does not enter butt splice. c. Wire is visible through inspection hole of splices. 12. Evenly position supplied heat shrink tubing over wire repair. 13. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows out of both ends of the heat shrink tubing. 14. Reconnect battery ground cable. This chart is to be used when pigtails or terminals are different wire gauge than the vehicle harness. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3624 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3625 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3626 Navigation System: Connector Views C2123 Front Display Interface Module (FDIM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3627 C2402 Front Control Interface Module (FCIM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3628 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3629 Navigation System: Electrical Diagrams PLEASE NOTE: Some diagrams may appear to be missing because of gaps in the number sequences. These "gaps" are actually for diagrams that do not apply to the vehicle model selected. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3630 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3631 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3632 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3633 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3634 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3635 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3636 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3637 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3638 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3639 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3640 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3641 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3642 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3643 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (i.e. 13-2, 24-6, 10-2, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams By Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location Views (reference numbers starting with 151-) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Location Views. See: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Pedal Positioning System > Pedal Positioning Motor > Component Information > Locations Pedal Positioning Motor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Pedal Positioning System > Pedal Positioning Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C2003 Adjustable Pedal Motor Pedal Positioning Motor: Diagrams C2003 Adjustable Pedal Motor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Pedal Positioning System > Pedal Positioning Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C2003 Adjustable Pedal Motor > Page 3650 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Pedal Positioning System > Pedal Positioning Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C2003 Adjustable Pedal Motor > Page 3651 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Pedal Positioning System > Pedal Positioning Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C2003 Adjustable Pedal Motor > Page 3652 Pedal Positioning Motor: Diagrams C2159 Adjustable Pedal Motor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Pedal Positioning System > Pedal Positioning Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C2003 Adjustable Pedal Motor > Page 3653 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Amplifier, Sound System > Component Information > Diagrams Amplifier: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Amplifier, Sound System > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3658 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker > Component Information > Diagrams > C230 Tweeter, Left Front Speaker: Diagrams C230 Tweeter, Left Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker > Component Information > Diagrams > C230 Tweeter, Left Front > Page 3663 Speaker: Diagrams C231 Tweeter, Right Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker > Component Information > Diagrams > C230 Tweeter, Left Front > Page 3664 Speaker: Diagrams C523 Speaker, Left Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker > Component Information > Diagrams > C230 Tweeter, Left Front > Page 3665 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker > Component Information > Diagrams > C230 Tweeter, Left Front > Page 3666 Speaker: Diagrams C612 Speaker, Right Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker > Component Information > Diagrams > C230 Tweeter, Left Front > Page 3667 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker > Component Information > Diagrams > C230 Tweeter, Left Front > Page 3668 Speaker: Diagrams C230 Tweeter, Left Front C231 Tweeter, Right Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker > Component Information > Diagrams > C230 Tweeter, Left Front > Page 3669 C523 Speaker, Left Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker > Component Information > Diagrams > C230 Tweeter, Left Front > Page 3670 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker > Component Information > Diagrams > C230 Tweeter, Left Front > Page 3671 C612 Speaker, Right Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker > Component Information > Diagrams > C230 Tweeter, Left Front > Page 3672 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker > Component Information > Diagrams > C230 Tweeter, Left Front > Page 3673 C702 Speaker, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker > Component Information > Diagrams > C230 Tweeter, Left Front > Page 3674 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker > Component Information > Diagrams > C230 Tweeter, Left Front > Page 3675 C802 Speaker, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker > Component Information > Diagrams > C230 Tweeter, Left Front > Page 3676 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker > Component Information > Diagrams > C230 Tweeter, Left Front > Page 3677 C2356 Speaker, Instrument Panel Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker > Component Information > Diagrams > C230 Tweeter, Left Front > Page 3678 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker > Component Information > Diagrams > C230 Tweeter, Left Front > Page 3679 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Accessory Delay Module > Accessory Delay Relay > Component Information > Locations Accessory Delay Relay: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Accessory Delay Module > Accessory Delay Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3685 Accessory Delay Relay: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Accessory Delay Module > Accessory Delay Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3686 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Accessory Protocol Interface Module (APIM) Communications Control Module: Locations Accessory Protocol Interface Module (APIM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Accessory Protocol Interface Module (APIM) > Page 3691 Communications Control Module: Locations Audio Control Module (ACM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Accessory Protocol Interface Module (APIM) > Page 3692 Communications Control Module: Locations Audio Digital Signal Processing (DSP) Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Accessory Protocol Interface Module (APIM) > Page 3693 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Accessory Protocol Interface Module (APIM) > Page 3694 Communications Control Module: Locations Telematics Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) Communications Control Module: Diagrams C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3697 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3698 Communications Control Module: Diagrams C290B Audio Control Module (ACM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3699 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3700 Communications Control Module: Diagrams C290C Audio Control Module (ACM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3701 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3702 Communications Control Module: Diagrams C290D Audio Control Module (ACM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3703 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3704 Communications Control Module: Diagrams C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3705 C290B Audio Control Module (ACM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3706 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3707 C290C Audio Control Module (ACM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3708 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3709 C290D Audio Control Module (ACM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3710 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3711 C2383 Accessory Protocol Interface Module (APIM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3712 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3713 C2408A In-Dash Computer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3714 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3715 C2408B In-Dash Computer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3716 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3717 C2408C In-Dash Computer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3718 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3719 C2409 Telematics Module C3154A Audio Digital Signal Processing (DSP) Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3720 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3721 C3154B Audio Digital Signal Processing (DSP) Module C3154C Audio Digital Signal Processing (DSP) Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C290A Audio Control Module (ACM) > Page 3722 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Global Positioning System Module > Component Information > Locations Global Positioning System Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Global Positioning System Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 3726 Global Positioning System Module: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Global Positioning System Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 3727 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Parking Assist Control Module > Component Information > Locations Parking Assist Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Parking Assist Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 3731 Parking Assist Control Module: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Parking Assist Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 3732 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3737 Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3738 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Parking Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Left Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Locations Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Left Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Parking Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Left > Page 3743 Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Locations Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Right Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Parking Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Left > Page 3744 Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Locations Parking Aid Sensor, Inner Left Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Parking Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Left > Page 3745 Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Locations Parking Aid Sensor, Inner Right Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Parking Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C4009 Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Left Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Diagrams C4009 Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Left Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Parking Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C4009 Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Left > Page 3748 Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Diagrams C4010 Parking Aid Sensor, Inner Left Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Parking Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C4009 Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Left > Page 3749 Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Diagrams C4011 Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Right Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Parking Assist Distance Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C4009 Parking Aid Sensor, Outer Left > Page 3750 Parking Assist Distance Sensor: Diagrams C4012 Parking Aid Sensor, Inner Right Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations Trailer Brake Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 3755 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 3756 Trailer Brake Control Module: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 3757 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Hitch > Component Information > Service and Repair Trailer Hitch: Service and Repair REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Trailer Hitch 1. Remove the rear bumper. 2. Disconnect the trailer light/brake electrical connector. 3. Remove the trailer hitch bolts and remove the trailer hitch. - To install, tighten to 175 Nm (129 lb-ft). 4. To install, reverse the removal procedure. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Trailer Lamps: Diagram Information and Instructions Introduction Note All wiring connections between components are shown exactly as they exist in the vehicles. It is important to realize, however, that no attempt has been made on the diagrams to represent components and wiring as they physically appear on the vehicle. For example, a 4-foot length of wire is treated no differently in a diagram from one that is only a few inches long. Furthermore, to aid in understanding electrical (electronic) operation, wiring inside complicated components has been simplified. Complete Circuit Operation Each circuit is shown completely and independently in one set. Other components that are connected to the circuits may not be shown unless they influence the circuit operation. Current Flow (1) Each set normally starts with the component that powers the circuit, such as a fuse or the ignition switch. Current flow is shown from the power source at the top of the diagram to ground at the bottom of the diagram. A full representation of the power supply of a fuse or the power distribution from a fuse to various components is given in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Full representation of the ground connections are shown in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Switch Positions (2) Within a diagram, all switches, sensors and relays are shown "at rest" (ignition switch OFF). Splices (3) Splices directly connecting to the power distribution are best represented on the power distribution diagram in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Splices connected to grounds can be seen completely in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. For all other splices, a reference is given to each off diagram where that particular splice can be best viewed. Component Referencing (4) Components on a diagram have a reference to a component location view or the diagram where it is shown completely. The reference is located to the right of each component. Component Names (5) Component names are placed on the right hand side of each component when possible. Descriptions of the internals of the component are also included when available. The diagram where the component appears in full is listed in the Index. The base part number for a component is listed in parentheses next to or under a component. Internal Name and Function Identification Numbers (6) Some components on each diagram have internal symbols with an identification number located within it. You can identify the internal symbol or function by finding the corresponding number under the component name. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3765 Circuit Numbering and Wire Identification (7) Ford Motor Company uses three different circuit numbering conventions: Standard Circuit Numbering System, Global Circuit Numbering System, and New Global Circuit Numbering System (NGCNS). With each, the circuit number (which identifies a specific circuit function) is followed by the wire color. The wire identification consists of a basic color and possibly a stripe, and is determined directly from the wire's circuit number. In the diagrams, the wire colors are indicated next to the wires. The colors are abbreviated using the international norm IEC 757. The abbreviations are listed in set 4 "Symbols". Fuse and Relay Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3766 Fuse/Locations and Relay/Locations contains a view of the fuse/relay box, in which all fuses and relays are identified, numbered and named. Fuse and relay numbering and naming follow the indication of the fuse panel cover. In addition, for all removable relays, pin positions are added to illustrate proper orientation. Power Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3767 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams shows the current feed circuits. The current path is shown from the battery to the ignition switch and to all fuses. It also shows the circuits protected by each fuse. The circuit is traced from the fuse to the component. All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the fuse and the first component are shown. Ground Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3768 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams contains the diagram that shows the complete details for each ground connection or main ground splice. This is useful in diagnosing a problem affecting several components at once (poor ground connection or ground splice). All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the ground point and the component are shown. These ground connection details are shown here in order to keep the individual set diagrams as uncluttered as possible. Component and Connector Information Connector Views show the views of the pins and/or cavities of all connectors. The pin and cavity sides are shown separately as if the connector were disconnected. The color of the connector housing is indicated next to the connector number when available. The harness causal number is located above the connector view and below the connector number. The circuit function charts are located below each connector. The wiring harness designations are listed in Component Location Charts. Component Location Views show the components and their connecting wires as they can be found on the vehicle. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3769 Locations information that can be found at the vehicle level will helps the user find where the various items depicted on the diagram can physically be found on the vehicle. A brief written description of the location is given, along with a reference to the component location views. Symbols Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3770 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3771 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3772 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3773 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3774 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3775 Trailer Lamps: Diagnostic Aids NOTE: Restraint system terminals should not be removed or repaired. If a restraint terminal requires service, replace the affected harness. Troubleshooting wiring harness and connector hidden concerns The following illustrations are known examples of wiring harness, splices and connectors that will create intermittent electrical concerns. The concerns are hidden and can only be discovered by a physical evaluation as shown in each illustration. NOTE: Several components, such as the PCM, utilize gold plated terminals in their connections to the wiring harness. If those terminals need to be replaced, they must be replaced with a gold plated terminal. Terminal not properly seated 1 = Locked terminal 2 = Male half 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Unlocked terminal (Hidden by wire seal) 7 = Seal Check for unlocked terminal by pulling each wire at the end of the connector. Defective insulation stripping Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3776 1 = Proper crimp 2 = Insulation not removed 3 = Wire strands missing 4 = Intermittent signals through pierced insulation Partially mated connectors 1 = Seal 2 = Displaced tab 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Male half 7 = Intermittent contact Lock may be displaced into an unlocked position; pull on the connector to verify the lock. Deformed (enlarged) female terminals 1 = Enlarged Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3777 2 = Normal Any probe entering the terminal may enlarge the contact spring opening creating an intermittent signal. Insert the correct mating terminal (Location A) from the service kit and feel for a loose fit. Electrical short inside the harness 1 = Solder coated wire to ground 2 = Harness protective tape 3 = Intermittent short Solder coated wire pierced through the insulation of another circuit 4 = Grounding foil Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3778 Electrical short within the harness Splice tape removed 1 = Intermittent short Splice covered 2 = Wire strand 3 = Splice tape 4 = Harness tape Broken wire strands in harness 1 = Wiring harness tape 2 = Wiring strand 3 = Broken strands intermittent signal 4 = Circuit insulation Remove the tape and flex/feel each circuit for a reduction in diameter at break. Recommended splicing method - Solder (For 16 AWG and Smaller Diameter Wire Only) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3779 2. Strip wires to appropriate length. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. 4. Twist wires together. 5. Solder wires together. NOTE: Use rosin core mildly-activated (RMA) solder. Do not use acid core solder. - Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seat wire splice. 6. Bend wire 1 back in a straight line. NOTE: Wait for solder to cool before moving wires. 7. Evenly position heat shrink tubing over wire repair. NOTE: Overlap tubing on both wires. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3780 8. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows Out of both ends of heat shrink tubing. 9. Reconnect battery ground cable. Recommended splicing method - Crimp (For 10-22 AWG Diameter Wire to Like Wire Diameter) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. 2. Strip 6.35mm (1/4 in) of insulation from each wire end, taking care not to nick or cut wire strands. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. NOTE: Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seal wire splice. 4. Select appropriate wire splice for the wires to be spliced. 5. Identify the appropriate crimping chamber on the Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper by matching the wire size on the dies with the wire size stamped on the butt splice. NOTE: Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper is the only tool that can be used with these splices. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3781 6. Center one end of the wire splice in the appropriate crimping chamber. 7. If visible, be sure to place the brazed seam toward the indenter. 8. Insert stripped wire into the barrel. 9. Holding the wire in place, barrel squeeze tool handles appropriate ratchet releases. 10. Repeating steps 5-7, crimp the other half of the splice. 11. Check for acceptable crimp. a. Crimp should be centered on each end of the butt splice b. Wire insulation does not enter butt splice. c. Wire is visible through inspection hole of splices. 12. Evenly position supplied heat shrink tubing over wire repair. 13. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows out of both ends of the heat shrink tubing. 14. Reconnect battery ground cable. This chart is to be used when pigtails or terminals are different wire gauge than the vehicle harness. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3782 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3783 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3784 Trailer Lamps: Electrical Diagrams PLEASE NOTE: Some diagrams may appear to be missing because of gaps in the number sequences. These "gaps" are actually for diagrams that do not apply to the vehicle model selected. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3785 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3786 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3787 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3788 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3789 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3790 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (i.e. 13-2, 24-6, 10-2, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams By Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location Views (reference numbers starting with 151-) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Location Views. See: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn Trailer Lighting Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 3795 Trailer Lighting Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 3796 Trailer Lighting Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 3797 Trailer Lighting Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Parking Lamp Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn Trailer Lighting Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 3800 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 3801 Trailer Lighting Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 3802 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 3803 Trailer Lighting Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Parking Lamp Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 3804 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 3805 Trailer Lighting Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 3806 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn Trailer Towing Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn > Page 3811 Trailer Towing Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Parking Lamp Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn > Page 3812 Trailer Towing Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn > Page 3813 Trailer Towing Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn Trailer Towing Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 3816 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 3817 Trailer Towing Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 3818 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 3819 Trailer Towing Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Parking Lamp Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 3820 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 3821 Trailer Towing Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 3822 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Voice Activation System > Voice Activation Microphone > Component Information > Diagrams Voice Activation Microphone: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Voice Activation System > Voice Activation Microphone > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3827 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > NHTSA11V128000 > Feb > 11 > Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection Body Control Module: Recalls Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: February 21, 2011 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 11V128000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Electrical System: Software POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 8,022 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 Ford F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge, and Lincoln MKX trucks manufactured from October 25, 2010, through November 20, 2010. These vehicles were inspected using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) that had a custom software routine to read the suspect Body Control Module (BCM) serial number. Based on the serial number the BCM was either not affected or replaced. The custom software routine was not reading the correct set of characters, and was not able to identify a BCM that required replacement affected BCMs may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which could result in a vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will inspect the body control module and if necessary replace it free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or about March 7, 2011. Owners may contact Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship CENTER AT 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford safety recall No. 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement Technical Service Bulletin # 10S14S3 Date: 110218 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 3842 Attachment I - Administrative Information [NEW!] OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes OASIS will be activated on February 18, 2011. [NEW!] FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes FSA VIN list will be available through the website on February 18, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by March 31, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. [NEW!] STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. [NEW!] SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Previously inspected vehicles have been reactivated in OASIS for Safety Recall 10S14. Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 3843 ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES If a customer's vehicle requires replacement of the BCM and it is necessary to order parts Ford will pay for up to two days of vehicle rental except for fuel insurance and tax which will be at the owner's expense. Rentals should be provided only while the vehicle is at the dealership for part replacement. The parts order must be an emergency order (unit down) if the order is placed between 3:00 PM and 7:00 PM (your local time zone) to guarantee the shortest delivery time. Prior approval for more than two rental days is required from the Special Service Support Center. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for rental dollar amounts. [NEW!] CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ Rental Expenses: Must be claimed on the same repair line as labor operation 10S14D. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for dollar amounts. - Misc. Expense Code: RENTAL - Misc. Expense Amount: Actual dollar amount (up to 2 days) Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 3844 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION To manage part availability dealers must contact the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line. Dealers will receive a DOES II message when part requirements can be ordered through normal order processing channels. When calling to place an order for a BCM please be prepared to provide dealer P&A; code VIN RO # and vehicle mileage. Questions regarding parts should be directed to the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line or E-mailed. DEALER PRICE For latest prices refer to DOES II. PARTS RETENTION AND RETURN Follow the provisions of the Warranty and Policy Manual for "Parts Retention and Return Procedures." EXCESS STOCK RETURN Excess stock returned for credit must have been purchased from Ford Customer Service Division in accordance with Policy Procedure Bulletin 4000. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 3845 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 3846 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 3847 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 3848 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > NHTSA10V659000 > Dec > 10 > Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard Body Control Module: Recalls Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: December 29, 2010 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 10V659000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Structure: Body POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 14,737 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge and Lincoln MKX vehicles. During a six-day production period, the supplier of the body control module manufactured modules that may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which can result in an unattended vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will replace the body control module if necessary free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or before January 10, 2011. owners may contact Ford at 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford's recall campaign number is 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > NHTSA11V128000 > Feb > 11 > Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection Body Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: February 21, 2011 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 11V128000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Electrical System: Software POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 8,022 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 Ford F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge, and Lincoln MKX trucks manufactured from October 25, 2010, through November 20, 2010. These vehicles were inspected using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) that had a custom software routine to read the suspect Body Control Module (BCM) serial number. Based on the serial number the BCM was either not affected or replaced. The custom software routine was not reading the correct set of characters, and was not able to identify a BCM that required replacement affected BCMs may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which could result in a vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will inspect the body control module and if necessary replace it free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or about March 7, 2011. Owners may contact Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship CENTER AT 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford safety recall No. 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall Body Control Module Replacement Technical Service Bulletin # 10S14S3 Date: 110218 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall Body Control Module Replacement > Page 3862 Attachment I - Administrative Information [NEW!] OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes OASIS will be activated on February 18, 2011. [NEW!] FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes FSA VIN list will be available through the website on February 18, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by March 31, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. [NEW!] STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. [NEW!] SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Previously inspected vehicles have been reactivated in OASIS for Safety Recall 10S14. Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall Body Control Module Replacement > Page 3863 ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES If a customer's vehicle requires replacement of the BCM and it is necessary to order parts Ford will pay for up to two days of vehicle rental except for fuel insurance and tax which will be at the owner's expense. Rentals should be provided only while the vehicle is at the dealership for part replacement. The parts order must be an emergency order (unit down) if the order is placed between 3:00 PM and 7:00 PM (your local time zone) to guarantee the shortest delivery time. Prior approval for more than two rental days is required from the Special Service Support Center. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for rental dollar amounts. [NEW!] CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ Rental Expenses: Must be claimed on the same repair line as labor operation 10S14D. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for dollar amounts. - Misc. Expense Code: RENTAL - Misc. Expense Amount: Actual dollar amount (up to 2 days) Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall Body Control Module Replacement > Page 3864 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION To manage part availability dealers must contact the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line. Dealers will receive a DOES II message when part requirements can be ordered through normal order processing channels. When calling to place an order for a BCM please be prepared to provide dealer P&A; code VIN RO # and vehicle mileage. Questions regarding parts should be directed to the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line or E-mailed. DEALER PRICE For latest prices refer to DOES II. PARTS RETENTION AND RETURN Follow the provisions of the Warranty and Policy Manual for "Parts Retention and Return Procedures." EXCESS STOCK RETURN Excess stock returned for credit must have been purchased from Ford Customer Service Division in accordance with Policy Procedure Bulletin 4000. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall Body Control Module Replacement > Page 3865 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall Body Control Module Replacement > Page 3866 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall Body Control Module Replacement > Page 3867 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall Body Control Module Replacement > Page 3868 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > NHTSA10V659000 > Dec > 10 > Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard Body Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: December 29, 2010 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 10V659000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Structure: Body POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 14,737 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge and Lincoln MKX vehicles. During a six-day production period, the supplier of the body control module manufactured modules that may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which can result in an unattended vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will replace the body control module if necessary free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or before January 10, 2011. owners may contact Ford at 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford's recall campaign number is 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 3873 Body Control Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) Body Control Module: Diagrams C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 3876 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 3877 Body Control Module: Diagrams C2280B Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 3878 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 3879 Body Control Module: Diagrams C2280C Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 3880 Body Control Module: Diagrams C2280D Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 3881 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 3882 Body Control Module: Diagrams C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 3883 C2280B Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 3884 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 3885 C2280C Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 3886 C2280D Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 3887 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 3888 C2280E Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 3889 C2280F Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C2280A Body Control Module (BCM) > Page 3890 C2280G Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Auxiliary Step / Running Board > Auxiliary Step / Running Board Module > Component Information > Locations Auxiliary Step / Running Board Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Auxiliary Step / Running Board > Auxiliary Step / Running Board Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C3313A Power Running Board (PRB) Module Auxiliary Step / Running Board Module: Diagrams C3313A Power Running Board (PRB) Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Auxiliary Step / Running Board > Auxiliary Step / Running Board Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C3313A Power Running Board (PRB) Module > Page 3897 Auxiliary Step / Running Board Module: Diagrams C3313B Power Running Board (PRB) Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Auxiliary Step / Running Board > Auxiliary Step / Running Board Motor > Component Information > Locations > Running Board Motor, left Auxiliary Step / Running Board Motor: Locations Running Board Motor, left Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Auxiliary Step / Running Board > Auxiliary Step / Running Board Motor > Component Information > Locations > Running Board Motor, left > Page 3902 Auxiliary Step / Running Board Motor: Locations Running Board Motor, Right Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Auxiliary Step / Running Board > Auxiliary Step / Running Board Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C3185 Running Board Motor, Left Auxiliary Step / Running Board Motor: Diagrams C3185 Running Board Motor, Left Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Auxiliary Step / Running Board > Auxiliary Step / Running Board Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C3185 Running Board Motor, Left > Page 3905 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Auxiliary Step / Running Board > Auxiliary Step / Running Board Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C3185 Running Board Motor, Left > Page 3906 Auxiliary Step / Running Board Motor: Diagrams C3186 Running Board Motor, Right Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Auxiliary Step / Running Board > Auxiliary Step / Running Board Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C3185 Running Board Motor, Left > Page 3907 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Hood > Hood Switch / Sensor > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Hood > Hood Switch / Sensor > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3914 Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Hood > Hood Switch / Sensor > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3915 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Body / Frame Mount Bushing > Component Information > Description and Operation Body / Frame Mount Bushing: Description and Operation FRAME AND BODY MOUNTING The frame consists of 2 steel channel rails, a front crossmember, transmission support crossmember and a rear crossmember (trailer hitch). The side rails and welded crossmembers are not replaced separately. A front frame rail repair kit (5D058 and 5D059) is available if the front rail is to be repaired. For diagonal or X-frame checking, refer to Specifications / Dimensions. When welding is carried out on a vehicle, refer to Welding / Service Precautions. Body Mounts The body support mounts: - secure the body to the frame. - cannot be lubricated during body support mount installation. NOTE: Body fasteners are reusable if the following steps are followed: - Body bolt threads must be cleaned of thread sealer by using a wire wheel or wire brush. - Apply a new treatment of threadlock and sealer to the body bolt threads. - Install the body bolts. For additional torque and material information refer to Specifications. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Body / Frame Mount Bushing > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 3920 Body - Front End Sheet Metal (FESM) Body Mount Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Body / Frame Mount Bushing > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 3921 Body Mount - No. 1 (LH/RH, All Cabs) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Body / Frame Mount Bushing > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 3922 Body Mount - No. 2 (LH/RH, SuperCab and SuperCrew Only) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Body / Frame Mount Bushing > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 3923 Body Mount - No. 3 (LH, All Cabs) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Body / Frame Mount Bushing > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 3924 Body Mount - No. 3 (RH, All Cabs) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Body / Frame Mount Bushing > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 3925 Hydraulic Body Mount - No. 3, Hydraulic (LH, All Cabs) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Body / Frame Mount Bushing > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 3926 Hydraulic Body Mount - No. 3, Hydraulic (RH, All Cabs) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Cross-Member > Component Information > Service and Repair Cross-Member: Service and Repair Removal and Installation Removal 1. With the vehicle in NEUTRAL, position it on a hoist. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Cross-Member > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 3930 2. Remove the 2 exhaust hanger bolts. 3. Remove the 2 heat shield screws. 4. Support the transmission with a suitable jack. 5. Remove the 2 transmission support nuts. 6. Remove the 4 transmission support crossmember nuts. 7. Remove the 4 transmission support crossmember support bolts. 8. Remove the transmission support crossmember. Installation 1. Position the transmission support crossmember and install the transmission support crossmember support nuts and bolts. - Tighten the nuts to 90 Nm (66 lb-ft). 2. Remove the transmission jack. 3. Install the 2 transmission support nuts. - Tighten to 103 Nm (76 lb-ft). 4. Install the exhaust hanger bolts. - Tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft). 5. Install the 2 heat shield screws. - Tighten to 20 Nm (177 lb-in). Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Trailer Hitch > Component Information > Service and Repair Trailer Hitch: Service and Repair REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Trailer Hitch 1. Remove the rear bumper. 2. Disconnect the trailer light/brake electrical connector. 3. Remove the trailer hitch bolts and remove the trailer hitch. - To install, tighten to 175 Nm (129 lb-ft). 4. To install, reverse the removal procedure. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn Trailer Towing Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn > Page 3938 Trailer Towing Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Parking Lamp Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn > Page 3939 Trailer Towing Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn > Page 3940 Trailer Towing Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn Trailer Towing Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 3943 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 3944 Trailer Towing Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 3945 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 3946 Trailer Towing Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Parking Lamp Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 3947 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 3948 Trailer Towing Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 3949 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Entry Key-Pad > Component Information > Diagrams Keyless Entry Key-Pad: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > C525 Door Latch, Left Front Power Door Lock Actuator: Diagrams C525 Door Latch, Left Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > C525 Door Latch, Left Front > Page 3960 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > C525 Door Latch, Left Front > Page 3961 Power Door Lock Actuator: Diagrams C609 Door Latch, Right Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > C525 Door Latch, Left Front > Page 3962 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > C525 Door Latch, Left Front > Page 3963 Power Door Lock Actuator: Diagrams C705 Door Latch, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > C525 Door Latch, Left Front > Page 3964 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > C525 Door Latch, Left Front > Page 3965 Power Door Lock Actuator: Diagrams C805 Door Latch, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > C525 Door Latch, Left Front > Page 3966 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Door Lock Switch, Left Front Power Door Lock Switch: Locations Door Lock Switch, Left Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Door Lock Switch, Left Front > Page 3971 Power Door Lock Switch: Locations Door Lock Switch, Right Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C505 Door Lock Switch, Left Front Power Door Lock Switch: Diagrams C505 Door Lock Switch, Left Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C505 Door Lock Switch, Left Front > Page 3974 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C505 Door Lock Switch, Left Front > Page 3975 Power Door Lock Switch: Diagrams C605 Door Lock Switch, Right Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C505 Door Lock Switch, Left Front > Page 3976 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3977 Power Door Lock Switch: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3978 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Memory Positioning Systems > Memory Positioning Module > Component Information > Locations Memory Positioning Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Memory Positioning Systems > Memory Positioning Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C341A Driver Seat Module (DSM) Memory Positioning Module: Diagrams C341A Driver Seat Module (DSM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Memory Positioning Systems > Memory Positioning Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C341A Driver Seat Module (DSM) > Page 3986 Memory Positioning Module: Diagrams C341B Driver Seat Module (DSM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Memory Positioning Systems > Memory Positioning Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C341A Driver Seat Module (DSM) > Page 3987 Memory Positioning Module: Diagrams C341C Driver Seat Module (DSM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Memory Positioning Systems > Memory Positioning Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C341A Driver Seat Module (DSM) > Page 3988 Memory Positioning Module: Diagrams C341D Driver Seat Module (DSM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Memory Positioning Systems > Memory Positioning Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C341A Driver Seat Module (DSM) > Page 3989 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Memory Positioning Systems > Seat Memory Switch > Component Information > Locations Seat Memory Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Memory Positioning Systems > Seat Memory Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3993 Seat Memory Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Memory Positioning Systems > Seat Memory Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3994 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations Power Mirror Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3998 Power Mirror Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3999 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4000 Power Mirror Switch: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4001 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4002 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Memory Positioning Module > Component Information > Locations Memory Positioning Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Memory Positioning Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C341A Driver Seat Module (DSM) Memory Positioning Module: Diagrams C341A Driver Seat Module (DSM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Memory Positioning Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C341A Driver Seat Module (DSM) > Page 4009 Memory Positioning Module: Diagrams C341B Driver Seat Module (DSM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Memory Positioning Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C341A Driver Seat Module (DSM) > Page 4010 Memory Positioning Module: Diagrams C341C Driver Seat Module (DSM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Memory Positioning Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C341A Driver Seat Module (DSM) > Page 4011 Memory Positioning Module: Diagrams C341D Driver Seat Module (DSM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Memory Positioning Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C341A Driver Seat Module (DSM) > Page 4012 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Auxiliary Step / Running Board Module > Component Information > Locations Auxiliary Step / Running Board Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Auxiliary Step / Running Board Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C3313A Power Running Board (PRB) Module Auxiliary Step / Running Board Module: Diagrams C3313A Power Running Board (PRB) Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Auxiliary Step / Running Board Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C3313A Power Running Board (PRB) Module > Page 4018 Auxiliary Step / Running Board Module: Diagrams C3313B Power Running Board (PRB) Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Dual Climate Controlled Seat Module (DCSM) Seat Heater Control Module: Locations Dual Climate Controlled Seat Module (DCSM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Dual Climate Controlled Seat Module (DCSM) > Page 4023 Seat Heater Control Module: Locations Heated Seat Module, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Dual Climate Controlled Seat Module (DCSM) > Page 4024 Seat Heater Control Module: Locations Heated Seat Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module Seat Heater Control Module: Diagrams C359A Heated Seat Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4027 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4028 Seat Heater Control Module: Diagrams C359B Heated Seat Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4029 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4030 Seat Heater Control Module: Diagrams C3162A Heated Seat Module, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4031 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4032 Seat Heater Control Module: Diagrams C3162B Heated Seat Module, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4033 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4034 Seat Heater Control Module: Diagrams C359A Heated Seat Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4035 C359B Heated Seat Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4036 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4037 C3162A Heated Seat Module, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4038 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4039 C3162B Heated Seat Module, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4040 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4041 C3265A Dual Climate Controlled Seat Module (DCSM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4042 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4043 C3265B Dual Climate Controlled Seat Module (DCSM) C3265C Dual Climate Controlled Seat Module (DCSM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4044 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Module > Component Information > Locations Sunroof / Moonroof Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 4048 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 4049 Sunroof / Moonroof Module: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 4050 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn Trailer Towing Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn > Page 4055 Trailer Towing Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Parking Lamp Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn > Page 4056 Trailer Towing Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn > Page 4057 Trailer Towing Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn Trailer Towing Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 4060 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 4061 Trailer Towing Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 4062 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 4063 Trailer Towing Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Parking Lamp Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 4064 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 4065 Trailer Towing Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Trailer Towing Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 4066 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4072 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4073 Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4074 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4075 Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4076 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Module > Component Information > Locations Sunroof / Moonroof Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 4080 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 4081 Sunroof / Moonroof Module: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 4082 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Memory Positioning Systems > Memory Positioning Module > Component Information > Locations Memory Positioning Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Memory Positioning Systems > Memory Positioning Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C341A Driver Seat Module (DSM) Memory Positioning Module: Diagrams C341A Driver Seat Module (DSM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Memory Positioning Systems > Memory Positioning Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C341A Driver Seat Module (DSM) > Page 4090 Memory Positioning Module: Diagrams C341B Driver Seat Module (DSM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Memory Positioning Systems > Memory Positioning Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C341A Driver Seat Module (DSM) > Page 4091 Memory Positioning Module: Diagrams C341C Driver Seat Module (DSM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Memory Positioning Systems > Memory Positioning Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C341A Driver Seat Module (DSM) > Page 4092 Memory Positioning Module: Diagrams C341D Driver Seat Module (DSM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Memory Positioning Systems > Memory Positioning Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C341A Driver Seat Module (DSM) > Page 4093 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Memory Positioning Systems > Seat Memory Switch > Component Information > Locations Seat Memory Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Memory Positioning Systems > Seat Memory Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4097 Seat Memory Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Memory Positioning Systems > Seat Memory Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4098 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Locations > Passenger Seat Rear Height Motor Power Seat Motor: Locations Passenger Seat Rear Height Motor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Locations > Passenger Seat Rear Height Motor > Page 4103 Power Seat Motor: Locations Driver Seat Front Height Motor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Locations > Passenger Seat Rear Height Motor > Page 4104 Power Seat Motor: Locations Driver Seat Rear Height Motor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Locations > Passenger Seat Rear Height Motor > Page 4105 Power Seat Motor: Locations Passenger Seat Front Height Motor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Locations > Passenger Seat Rear Height Motor > Page 4106 Power Seat Motor: Locations Passenger Seat Rear Height Motor Driver Seat Front Height Motor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Locations > Passenger Seat Rear Height Motor > Page 4107 Driver Seat Rear Height Motor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Locations > Passenger Seat Rear Height Motor > Page 4108 Passenger Seat Front Height Motor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Locations > Passenger Seat Rear Height Motor > Page 4109 Passenger Seat Horizontal Motor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Locations > Passenger Seat Rear Height Motor > Page 4110 Driver Seat Horizontal Motor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Locations > Passenger Seat Rear Height Motor > Page 4111 Driver Seat Recliner Motor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Locations > Passenger Seat Rear Height Motor > Page 4112 Passenger Seat Recliner Motor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Locations > Passenger Seat Rear Height Motor > Page 4113 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C332 Passenger Seat Horizontal Motor Power Seat Motor: Diagrams C332 Passenger Seat Horizontal Motor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C332 Passenger Seat Horizontal Motor > Page 4116 Power Seat Motor: Diagrams C362 Driver Seat Horizontal Motor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C332 Passenger Seat Horizontal Motor > Page 4117 Power Seat Motor: Diagrams C363 Driver Seat Rear Height Motor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C332 Passenger Seat Horizontal Motor > Page 4118 Power Seat Motor: Diagrams C382 Driver Seat Front Height Motor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C332 Passenger Seat Horizontal Motor > Page 4119 Power Seat Motor: Diagrams C332 Passenger Seat Horizontal Motor C362 Driver Seat Horizontal Motor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C332 Passenger Seat Horizontal Motor > Page 4120 C363 Driver Seat Rear Height Motor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C332 Passenger Seat Horizontal Motor > Page 4121 C382 Driver Seat Front Height Motor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C332 Passenger Seat Horizontal Motor > Page 4122 C3074 Passenger Seat Front Height Motor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C332 Passenger Seat Horizontal Motor > Page 4123 C3075 Passenger Seat Rear Height Motor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C332 Passenger Seat Horizontal Motor > Page 4124 C3187 Driver Seat Recliner Motor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C332 Passenger Seat Horizontal Motor > Page 4125 C3189 Passenger Seat Recliner Motor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C332 Passenger Seat Horizontal Motor > Page 4126 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Locations > Seat Control Switch, Driver Side Front Power Seat Switch: Locations Seat Control Switch, Driver Side Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Locations > Seat Control Switch, Driver Side Front > Page 4131 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Locations > Seat Control Switch, Driver Side Front > Page 4132 Power Seat Switch: Locations Seat Control Switch, Passenger Side Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C330 Seat Control Switch, Passenger Side Front Power Seat Switch: Diagrams C330 Seat Control Switch, Passenger Side Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C330 Seat Control Switch, Passenger Side Front > Page 4135 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C330 Seat Control Switch, Passenger Side Front > Page 4136 Power Seat Switch: Diagrams C360 Seat Control Switch, Driver Side Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C330 Seat Control Switch, Passenger Side Front > Page 4137 Power Seat Switch: Diagrams C369 Seat Control Switch, Driver Side Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C330 Seat Control Switch, Passenger Side Front > Page 4138 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Seat Control Switch, 6 - Way Power Seat Switch: Testing and Inspection Seat Control Switch, 6 - Way Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Seat Control Switch, 6 - Way > Page 4141 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Seat Control Switch, 6 - Way > Page 4142 Power Seat Switch: Testing and Inspection Seat Control Switch, 10 - Way Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Seat Control Switch, 6 - Way > Page 4143 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Seat Heater: Diagram Information and Instructions Introduction Note All wiring connections between components are shown exactly as they exist in the vehicles. It is important to realize, however, that no attempt has been made on the diagrams to represent components and wiring as they physically appear on the vehicle. For example, a 4-foot length of wire is treated no differently in a diagram from one that is only a few inches long. Furthermore, to aid in understanding electrical (electronic) operation, wiring inside complicated components has been simplified. Complete Circuit Operation Each circuit is shown completely and independently in one set. Other components that are connected to the circuits may not be shown unless they influence the circuit operation. Current Flow (1) Each set normally starts with the component that powers the circuit, such as a fuse or the ignition switch. Current flow is shown from the power source at the top of the diagram to ground at the bottom of the diagram. A full representation of the power supply of a fuse or the power distribution from a fuse to various components is given in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Full representation of the ground connections are shown in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Switch Positions (2) Within a diagram, all switches, sensors and relays are shown "at rest" (ignition switch OFF). Splices (3) Splices directly connecting to the power distribution are best represented on the power distribution diagram in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Splices connected to grounds can be seen completely in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. For all other splices, a reference is given to each off diagram where that particular splice can be best viewed. Component Referencing (4) Components on a diagram have a reference to a component location view or the diagram where it is shown completely. The reference is located to the right of each component. Component Names (5) Component names are placed on the right hand side of each component when possible. Descriptions of the internals of the component are also included when available. The diagram where the component appears in full is listed in the Index. The base part number for a component is listed in parentheses next to or under a component. Internal Name and Function Identification Numbers (6) Some components on each diagram have internal symbols with an identification number located within it. You can identify the internal symbol or function by finding the corresponding number under the component name. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4148 Circuit Numbering and Wire Identification (7) Ford Motor Company uses three different circuit numbering conventions: Standard Circuit Numbering System, Global Circuit Numbering System, and New Global Circuit Numbering System (NGCNS). With each, the circuit number (which identifies a specific circuit function) is followed by the wire color. The wire identification consists of a basic color and possibly a stripe, and is determined directly from the wire's circuit number. In the diagrams, the wire colors are indicated next to the wires. The colors are abbreviated using the international norm IEC 757. The abbreviations are listed in set 4 "Symbols". Fuse and Relay Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4149 Fuse/Locations and Relay/Locations contains a view of the fuse/relay box, in which all fuses and relays are identified, numbered and named. Fuse and relay numbering and naming follow the indication of the fuse panel cover. In addition, for all removable relays, pin positions are added to illustrate proper orientation. Power Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4150 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams shows the current feed circuits. The current path is shown from the battery to the ignition switch and to all fuses. It also shows the circuits protected by each fuse. The circuit is traced from the fuse to the component. All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the fuse and the first component are shown. Ground Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4151 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams contains the diagram that shows the complete details for each ground connection or main ground splice. This is useful in diagnosing a problem affecting several components at once (poor ground connection or ground splice). All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the ground point and the component are shown. These ground connection details are shown here in order to keep the individual set diagrams as uncluttered as possible. Component and Connector Information Connector Views show the views of the pins and/or cavities of all connectors. The pin and cavity sides are shown separately as if the connector were disconnected. The color of the connector housing is indicated next to the connector number when available. The harness causal number is located above the connector view and below the connector number. The circuit function charts are located below each connector. The wiring harness designations are listed in Component Location Charts. Component Location Views show the components and their connecting wires as they can be found on the vehicle. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4152 Locations information that can be found at the vehicle level will helps the user find where the various items depicted on the diagram can physically be found on the vehicle. A brief written description of the location is given, along with a reference to the component location views. Symbols Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4153 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4154 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4155 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4156 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4157 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4158 Seat Heater: Diagnostic Aids NOTE: Restraint system terminals should not be removed or repaired. If a restraint terminal requires service, replace the affected harness. Troubleshooting wiring harness and connector hidden concerns The following illustrations are known examples of wiring harness, splices and connectors that will create intermittent electrical concerns. The concerns are hidden and can only be discovered by a physical evaluation as shown in each illustration. NOTE: Several components, such as the PCM, utilize gold plated terminals in their connections to the wiring harness. If those terminals need to be replaced, they must be replaced with a gold plated terminal. Terminal not properly seated 1 = Locked terminal 2 = Male half 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Unlocked terminal (Hidden by wire seal) 7 = Seal Check for unlocked terminal by pulling each wire at the end of the connector. Defective insulation stripping Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4159 1 = Proper crimp 2 = Insulation not removed 3 = Wire strands missing 4 = Intermittent signals through pierced insulation Partially mated connectors 1 = Seal 2 = Displaced tab 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Male half 7 = Intermittent contact Lock may be displaced into an unlocked position; pull on the connector to verify the lock. Deformed (enlarged) female terminals 1 = Enlarged Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4160 2 = Normal Any probe entering the terminal may enlarge the contact spring opening creating an intermittent signal. Insert the correct mating terminal (Location A) from the service kit and feel for a loose fit. Electrical short inside the harness 1 = Solder coated wire to ground 2 = Harness protective tape 3 = Intermittent short Solder coated wire pierced through the insulation of another circuit 4 = Grounding foil Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4161 Electrical short within the harness Splice tape removed 1 = Intermittent short Splice covered 2 = Wire strand 3 = Splice tape 4 = Harness tape Broken wire strands in harness 1 = Wiring harness tape 2 = Wiring strand 3 = Broken strands intermittent signal 4 = Circuit insulation Remove the tape and flex/feel each circuit for a reduction in diameter at break. Recommended splicing method - Solder (For 16 AWG and Smaller Diameter Wire Only) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4162 2. Strip wires to appropriate length. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. 4. Twist wires together. 5. Solder wires together. NOTE: Use rosin core mildly-activated (RMA) solder. Do not use acid core solder. - Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seat wire splice. 6. Bend wire 1 back in a straight line. NOTE: Wait for solder to cool before moving wires. 7. Evenly position heat shrink tubing over wire repair. NOTE: Overlap tubing on both wires. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4163 8. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows Out of both ends of heat shrink tubing. 9. Reconnect battery ground cable. Recommended splicing method - Crimp (For 10-22 AWG Diameter Wire to Like Wire Diameter) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. 2. Strip 6.35mm (1/4 in) of insulation from each wire end, taking care not to nick or cut wire strands. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. NOTE: Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seal wire splice. 4. Select appropriate wire splice for the wires to be spliced. 5. Identify the appropriate crimping chamber on the Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper by matching the wire size on the dies with the wire size stamped on the butt splice. NOTE: Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper is the only tool that can be used with these splices. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4164 6. Center one end of the wire splice in the appropriate crimping chamber. 7. If visible, be sure to place the brazed seam toward the indenter. 8. Insert stripped wire into the barrel. 9. Holding the wire in place, barrel squeeze tool handles appropriate ratchet releases. 10. Repeating steps 5-7, crimp the other half of the splice. 11. Check for acceptable crimp. a. Crimp should be centered on each end of the butt splice b. Wire insulation does not enter butt splice. c. Wire is visible through inspection hole of splices. 12. Evenly position supplied heat shrink tubing over wire repair. 13. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows out of both ends of the heat shrink tubing. 14. Reconnect battery ground cable. This chart is to be used when pigtails or terminals are different wire gauge than the vehicle harness. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4165 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4166 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4167 Seat Heater: Connector Views C335 Seat Backrest Heater Mat, Passenger Side Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4168 C365 Seat Backrest Heater Mat, Driver Side Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4169 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4170 C3034 Seat Backrest Thermo-Electric Device (TED), Driver Side Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4171 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4172 C3039 Seat Backrest Thermo-Electric Device (TED), Passenger Side Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4173 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4174 C3168 Seat Back Heater, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4175 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4176 C3170 Seat Back Heater, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4177 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4178 C334 Seat Cushion Heater Mat, Right Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4179 C364 Seat Cushion Heater Mat, Left Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4180 C3035 Seat Cushion Thermo-Electric Device (TED), Driver Side Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4181 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4182 C3040 Seat Cushion Thermo-Electric Device (TED), Passenger Side Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4183 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4184 C3167 Seat Cushion Heater, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4185 C3169 Seat Cushion Heater, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4186 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4187 Seat Heater: Electrical Diagrams PLEASE NOTE: Some diagrams may appear to be missing because of gaps in the number sequences. These "gaps" are actually for diagrams that do not apply to the vehicle model selected. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4188 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4189 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4190 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4191 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4192 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4193 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (i.e. 13-2, 24-6, 10-2, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams By Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location Views (reference numbers starting with 151-) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Location Views. See: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Dual Climate Controlled Seat Module (DCSM) Seat Heater Control Module: Locations Dual Climate Controlled Seat Module (DCSM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Dual Climate Controlled Seat Module (DCSM) > Page 4198 Seat Heater Control Module: Locations Heated Seat Module, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Dual Climate Controlled Seat Module (DCSM) > Page 4199 Seat Heater Control Module: Locations Heated Seat Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module Seat Heater Control Module: Diagrams C359A Heated Seat Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4202 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4203 Seat Heater Control Module: Diagrams C359B Heated Seat Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4204 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4205 Seat Heater Control Module: Diagrams C3162A Heated Seat Module, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4206 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4207 Seat Heater Control Module: Diagrams C3162B Heated Seat Module, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4208 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4209 Seat Heater Control Module: Diagrams C359A Heated Seat Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4210 C359B Heated Seat Module Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4211 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4212 C3162A Heated Seat Module, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4213 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4214 C3162B Heated Seat Module, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4215 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4216 C3265A Dual Climate Controlled Seat Module (DCSM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4217 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4218 C3265B Dual Climate Controlled Seat Module (DCSM) C3265C Dual Climate Controlled Seat Module (DCSM) Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > C359A Heated Seat Module > Page 4219 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Locations > Heated Seat Switch, Right Rear Seat Seat Heater Switch: Locations Heated Seat Switch, Right Rear Seat Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Locations > Heated Seat Switch, Right Rear Seat > Page 4224 Seat Heater Switch: Locations Heated Seat Switch, Left Rear Seat Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C731 Heated Seat Switch, Left Rear Seat Seat Heater Switch: Diagrams C731 Heated Seat Switch, Left Rear Seat Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C731 Heated Seat Switch, Left Rear Seat > Page 4227 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C731 Heated Seat Switch, Left Rear Seat > Page 4228 Seat Heater Switch: Diagrams C831 Heated Seat Switch, Right Rear Seat Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C731 Heated Seat Switch, Left Rear Seat > Page 4229 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Vacuum/Pressure Pump, Seats > Component Information > Locations > Lumbar Motor, Driver Seat Vacuum/Pressure Pump: Locations Lumbar Motor, Driver Seat Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Vacuum/Pressure Pump, Seats > Component Information > Locations > Lumbar Motor, Driver Seat > Page 4234 Vacuum/Pressure Pump: Locations Lumbar Motor, Passenger Seat Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Vacuum/Pressure Pump, Seats > Component Information > Diagrams > C3215 Lumbar Motor, Driver Seat Vacuum/Pressure Pump: Diagrams C3215 Lumbar Motor, Driver Seat Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Vacuum/Pressure Pump, Seats > Component Information > Diagrams > C3215 Lumbar Motor, Driver Seat > Page 4237 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Vacuum/Pressure Pump, Seats > Component Information > Diagrams > C3215 Lumbar Motor, Driver Seat > Page 4238 Vacuum/Pressure Pump: Diagrams C3216 Lumbar Motor, Passenger Seat Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Vacuum/Pressure Pump, Seats > Component Information > Diagrams > C3215 Lumbar Motor, Driver Seat > Page 4239 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Hood Switch / Sensor > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Hood Switch / Sensor > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Page 4245 Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Hood Switch / Sensor > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Page 4246 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Door Lock Switch, Left Front Power Door Lock Switch: Locations Door Lock Switch, Left Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Door Lock Switch, Left Front > Page 4251 Power Door Lock Switch: Locations Door Lock Switch, Right Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C505 Door Lock Switch, Left Front Power Door Lock Switch: Diagrams C505 Door Lock Switch, Left Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C505 Door Lock Switch, Left Front > Page 4254 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C505 Door Lock Switch, Left Front > Page 4255 Power Door Lock Switch: Diagrams C605 Door Lock Switch, Right Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C505 Door Lock Switch, Left Front > Page 4256 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4257 Power Door Lock Switch: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4258 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations Power Mirror Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4262 Power Mirror Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4263 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4264 Power Mirror Switch: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4265 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4266 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Locations > Seat Control Switch, Driver Side Front Power Seat Switch: Locations Seat Control Switch, Driver Side Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Locations > Seat Control Switch, Driver Side Front > Page 4271 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Locations > Seat Control Switch, Driver Side Front > Page 4272 Power Seat Switch: Locations Seat Control Switch, Passenger Side Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C330 Seat Control Switch, Passenger Side Front Power Seat Switch: Diagrams C330 Seat Control Switch, Passenger Side Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C330 Seat Control Switch, Passenger Side Front > Page 4275 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C330 Seat Control Switch, Passenger Side Front > Page 4276 Power Seat Switch: Diagrams C360 Seat Control Switch, Driver Side Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C330 Seat Control Switch, Passenger Side Front > Page 4277 Power Seat Switch: Diagrams C369 Seat Control Switch, Driver Side Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C330 Seat Control Switch, Passenger Side Front > Page 4278 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Seat Control Switch, 6 - Way Power Seat Switch: Testing and Inspection Seat Control Switch, 6 - Way Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Seat Control Switch, 6 - Way > Page 4281 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Seat Control Switch, 6 - Way > Page 4282 Power Seat Switch: Testing and Inspection Seat Control Switch, 10 - Way Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Seat Control Switch, 6 - Way > Page 4283 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Locations > Heated Seat Switch, Right Rear Seat Seat Heater Switch: Locations Heated Seat Switch, Right Rear Seat Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Locations > Heated Seat Switch, Right Rear Seat > Page 4288 Seat Heater Switch: Locations Heated Seat Switch, Left Rear Seat Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C731 Heated Seat Switch, Left Rear Seat Seat Heater Switch: Diagrams C731 Heated Seat Switch, Left Rear Seat Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C731 Heated Seat Switch, Left Rear Seat > Page 4291 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C731 Heated Seat Switch, Left Rear Seat > Page 4292 Seat Heater Switch: Diagrams C831 Heated Seat Switch, Right Rear Seat Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C731 Heated Seat Switch, Left Rear Seat > Page 4293 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Memory Switch > Component Information > Locations Seat Memory Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Memory Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4297 Seat Memory Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Memory Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4298 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4302 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4303 Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4304 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4305 Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4306 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sound Proofing / Insulation > Component Information > Description and Operation Sound Proofing / Insulation: Description and Operation DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Sound Deadeners and Insulators WARNING: Always refer to Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) when handling chemicals and wear protective equipment as directed. Examples may include but are not limited to respirators and chemically resistant gloves. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury. NOTICE: Mastic is made of a combustible material and should be removed prior to carrying out welding procedures to the area. Heat zones from welding near the mastic can cause the mastic material to burn. NOTICE: Corrosion protection must be restored to the area AFTER the mastic material is applied. Corrosion protection products may be wax based and loss of adhesion may occur. NOTE: The following illustrations serve as a reference to indicate mastic patch (butyl pad) locations. Additional insulators and sound deadeners are used beyond those indicated in the illustration. NOTE: To restore the vehicle to design intent, missing or damaged sound deadeners and insulators should be replaced with the equivalent service replacement component. In instances where pumpable material is applied when manufactured and can not be duplicated, cut-to-fit mastic material is an acceptable replacement. Regular Cab NOTE: Floor pan interior view. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sound Proofing / Insulation > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 4310 SuperCab NOTE: Floor pan interior view. SuperCrew Cab NOTE: Floor pan interior view. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sound Proofing / Insulation > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 4311 Door NOTE:Front door shown, rear door(s) similar. 1. Whenever replacement of an existing mastic insulator is carried out, the surface must be thoroughly cleaned to make sure correct adhesion will occur. The surface should be 10°C (50°F) or greater before applying the mastic. The use of a heat gun to warm the metal surface will aid in adhesion. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Truck Bed > Component Information > Service and Repair Truck Bed: Service and Repair FRAME MEMBERS - BED ATTACHMENT BRACKET Special Tool(s) General Equipment 3 Phase Inverter Spot Welder 254-00002 Compuspot 700F Welder 190-50080 I4 Inverter Spot Welder 254-000014 Inverter Welder with MIG Welder 254-00015 Material WARNING: - Frame rail crush zones absorb crash energy during a collision and must be replaced if damaged. Straighten damaged frame rails to correct frame dimensions prior to frame member sectioning. Failure to follow these instructions may adversely affect frame rail performance and may result in serious personal injury to vehicle occupant(s). - Invisible ultraviolet and infrared rays emitted in welding can injure unprotected eyes and skin. Always use protection such as a welder's helmet with dark-colored filter lenses of the correct density. Electric welding will produce intense radiation, therefore, filter plate lenses of the deepest shade providing adequate visibility are recommended. It is strongly recommended that persons working in the weld area wear flash safety goggles. Also wear protective clothing. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury. - Always wear protective equipment including eye protection with side shields, and a dust mask when sanding or grinding. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Truck Bed > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 4315 Frame Members - Bed Attachment Bracket WARNING: Never install used or reconditioned parts (as specified below) from pre-owned, salvaged or damaged vehicles. The use of such parts could lead to serious injury. Never use non-Ford parts or accessories for completing repairs. Ford Motor Company does not approve or recognize body and structural repair procedures, tools, parts or anything but new genuine Ford equipment. Ford cannot attest to the safety, quality, durability or legality of non-Ford parts or accessories. Use of such parts could lead to serious personal injury as they may contain damage which is not visible. Ford does not approve use of the following: - Salvaged or used parts - Major body clips or assemblies from salvage vehicles - Aftermarket structural or body components - Salvaged or reconditioned wheels - Used supplemental restraint system (SRS) components air bags - restraint system modules - safety belts, buckles or retractors - crash sensors Returning a vehicle to pre-accident condition can only be assured if repair procedures are carried out by skilled technicians using new genuine Ford parts and Ford-approved methods. Structural component repair procedures approved by Ford, using genuine Ford parts, have been validated by Ford Motor Company engineers. Ford Motor Company does not endorse, cannot attest to, and makes no representations regarding structural repairs (frames, rails, aprons and body panels) carried out using non-genuine Ford Motor Company parts or non-Ford-approved methods. In particular, Ford makes no representations that the vehicle will meet any crash safety or anti-corrosion performance requirement. Such parts and methods have not been tested by Ford, and may not meet Ford's requirements for safety, performance, strength, quality, durability and corrosion protection. Ford Motor Company bears no responsibility or liability of any kind if repairs are performed using alternative structural component repair procedures and/or parts. 1. Remove the rear tailgate assembly and complete pickup bed assembly. 2. Cover the evaporative emissions fuel line, tie back the fuel filler tube and any wire harnesses from the repair area. 3. Grind the welds that retain the attachment bracket and remove the forward bed-to-frame retention bracket from the frame. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Truck Bed > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 4316 4. Using a wire brush or sanding disc, remove E-coat paint from the surrounding frame rail area within approximately 15 mm (0.59 in) of the intended weld location. 5. Using a wire brush or sanding disc, remove the E-coat paint from the replacement bracket edges. 6. Locate the correct mounting position of the new brackets, relative the rear body mount frame bracket and existing hole in the top of the frame rail. Tack weld the brackets in position. 7. NOTE: Using the replacement pickup bed, locate pickup bed holes to the existing frame attachment holes maintaining correct front-of-bed to cab Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Truck Bed > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 4317 cross car flushness and fore-aft-margins equal from left hand side to right hand side. Check to make sure the character line on the cab and the character line on the bed match on left hand and right hand side. Adjust the bracket as necessary to match cab and bed character lines. Mark the position of the attachment hole, on the new frame bracket, by inserting a marker through the existing forward bed floor pan hole. Drill an 18 mm (0.708 in) hole into the new frame bracket. 8. Remove the pickup bed and complete welding the new frame bracket to the frame side rail. Use a MIG welding machine capable of producing 200 amps minimum must be used. Use 0.9-1.1 mm (0.035-0.045 in) ER70S-3 or equivalent weld wire that is compatible with mild (Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) 1010) steel. Dress welds as necessary. 9. Clean exposed metal surfaces with metal surface prep or equivalent. 10. Apply corrosion protection to the repair area as required. For additional information regarding corrosion protection, refer to Restoring Corrosion Protection Following Repair. 11. NOTE: New attachment clips must be installed whenever the pickup bed is removed. Install new attachment clips, part number W708605, before installing the pickup bed. Make sure the anti-squeak pads, part number F0TA-5C036-AA and YL34-5C036-AA, are located in the correct positions before installing the pickup bed. Reinstall the pickup bed. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Brake Switch (Cruise Control) > Component Information > Locations Brake Switch (Cruise Control): Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Brake Switch (Cruise Control) > Component Information > Locations > Page 4322 Brake Switch (Cruise Control): Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Brake Switch (Cruise Control) > Component Information > Locations > Page 4323 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Brake Switch (Cruise Control) > Component Information > Locations Brake Switch (Cruise Control): Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Brake Switch (Cruise Control) > Component Information > Locations > Page 4328 Brake Switch (Cruise Control): Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Brake Switch (Cruise Control) > Component Information > Locations > Page 4329 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Cigarette Lighter: Diagram Information and Instructions Introduction Note All wiring connections between components are shown exactly as they exist in the vehicles. It is important to realize, however, that no attempt has been made on the diagrams to represent components and wiring as they physically appear on the vehicle. For example, a 4-foot length of wire is treated no differently in a diagram from one that is only a few inches long. Furthermore, to aid in understanding electrical (electronic) operation, wiring inside complicated components has been simplified. Complete Circuit Operation Each circuit is shown completely and independently in one set. Other components that are connected to the circuits may not be shown unless they influence the circuit operation. Current Flow (1) Each set normally starts with the component that powers the circuit, such as a fuse or the ignition switch. Current flow is shown from the power source at the top of the diagram to ground at the bottom of the diagram. A full representation of the power supply of a fuse or the power distribution from a fuse to various components is given in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Full representation of the ground connections are shown in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Switch Positions (2) Within a diagram, all switches, sensors and relays are shown "at rest" (ignition switch OFF). Splices (3) Splices directly connecting to the power distribution are best represented on the power distribution diagram in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Splices connected to grounds can be seen completely in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. For all other splices, a reference is given to each off diagram where that particular splice can be best viewed. Component Referencing (4) Components on a diagram have a reference to a component location view or the diagram where it is shown completely. The reference is located to the right of each component. Component Names (5) Component names are placed on the right hand side of each component when possible. Descriptions of the internals of the component are also included when available. The diagram where the component appears in full is listed in the Index. The base part number for a component is listed in parentheses next to or under a component. Internal Name and Function Identification Numbers (6) Some components on each diagram have internal symbols with an identification number located within it. You can identify the internal symbol or function by finding the corresponding number under the component name. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4335 Circuit Numbering and Wire Identification (7) Ford Motor Company uses three different circuit numbering conventions: Standard Circuit Numbering System, Global Circuit Numbering System, and New Global Circuit Numbering System (NGCNS). With each, the circuit number (which identifies a specific circuit function) is followed by the wire color. The wire identification consists of a basic color and possibly a stripe, and is determined directly from the wire's circuit number. In the diagrams, the wire colors are indicated next to the wires. The colors are abbreviated using the international norm IEC 757. The abbreviations are listed in set 4 "Symbols". Fuse and Relay Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4336 Fuse/Locations and Relay/Locations contains a view of the fuse/relay box, in which all fuses and relays are identified, numbered and named. Fuse and relay numbering and naming follow the indication of the fuse panel cover. In addition, for all removable relays, pin positions are added to illustrate proper orientation. Power Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4337 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams shows the current feed circuits. The current path is shown from the battery to the ignition switch and to all fuses. It also shows the circuits protected by each fuse. The circuit is traced from the fuse to the component. All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the fuse and the first component are shown. Ground Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4338 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams contains the diagram that shows the complete details for each ground connection or main ground splice. This is useful in diagnosing a problem affecting several components at once (poor ground connection or ground splice). All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the ground point and the component are shown. These ground connection details are shown here in order to keep the individual set diagrams as uncluttered as possible. Component and Connector Information Connector Views show the views of the pins and/or cavities of all connectors. The pin and cavity sides are shown separately as if the connector were disconnected. The color of the connector housing is indicated next to the connector number when available. The harness causal number is located above the connector view and below the connector number. The circuit function charts are located below each connector. The wiring harness designations are listed in Component Location Charts. Component Location Views show the components and their connecting wires as they can be found on the vehicle. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4339 Locations information that can be found at the vehicle level will helps the user find where the various items depicted on the diagram can physically be found on the vehicle. A brief written description of the location is given, along with a reference to the component location views. Symbols Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4340 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4341 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4342 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4343 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4344 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4345 Cigarette Lighter: Diagnostic Aids NOTE: Restraint system terminals should not be removed or repaired. If a restraint terminal requires service, replace the affected harness. Troubleshooting wiring harness and connector hidden concerns The following illustrations are known examples of wiring harness, splices and connectors that will create intermittent electrical concerns. The concerns are hidden and can only be discovered by a physical evaluation as shown in each illustration. NOTE: Several components, such as the PCM, utilize gold plated terminals in their connections to the wiring harness. If those terminals need to be replaced, they must be replaced with a gold plated terminal. Terminal not properly seated 1 = Locked terminal 2 = Male half 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Unlocked terminal (Hidden by wire seal) 7 = Seal Check for unlocked terminal by pulling each wire at the end of the connector. Defective insulation stripping Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4346 1 = Proper crimp 2 = Insulation not removed 3 = Wire strands missing 4 = Intermittent signals through pierced insulation Partially mated connectors 1 = Seal 2 = Displaced tab 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Male half 7 = Intermittent contact Lock may be displaced into an unlocked position; pull on the connector to verify the lock. Deformed (enlarged) female terminals 1 = Enlarged Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4347 2 = Normal Any probe entering the terminal may enlarge the contact spring opening creating an intermittent signal. Insert the correct mating terminal (Location A) from the service kit and feel for a loose fit. Electrical short inside the harness 1 = Solder coated wire to ground 2 = Harness protective tape 3 = Intermittent short Solder coated wire pierced through the insulation of another circuit 4 = Grounding foil Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4348 Electrical short within the harness Splice tape removed 1 = Intermittent short Splice covered 2 = Wire strand 3 = Splice tape 4 = Harness tape Broken wire strands in harness 1 = Wiring harness tape 2 = Wiring strand 3 = Broken strands intermittent signal 4 = Circuit insulation Remove the tape and flex/feel each circuit for a reduction in diameter at break. Recommended splicing method - Solder (For 16 AWG and Smaller Diameter Wire Only) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4349 2. Strip wires to appropriate length. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. 4. Twist wires together. 5. Solder wires together. NOTE: Use rosin core mildly-activated (RMA) solder. Do not use acid core solder. - Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seat wire splice. 6. Bend wire 1 back in a straight line. NOTE: Wait for solder to cool before moving wires. 7. Evenly position heat shrink tubing over wire repair. NOTE: Overlap tubing on both wires. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4350 8. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows Out of both ends of heat shrink tubing. 9. Reconnect battery ground cable. Recommended splicing method - Crimp (For 10-22 AWG Diameter Wire to Like Wire Diameter) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. 2. Strip 6.35mm (1/4 in) of insulation from each wire end, taking care not to nick or cut wire strands. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. NOTE: Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seal wire splice. 4. Select appropriate wire splice for the wires to be spliced. 5. Identify the appropriate crimping chamber on the Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper by matching the wire size on the dies with the wire size stamped on the butt splice. NOTE: Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper is the only tool that can be used with these splices. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4351 6. Center one end of the wire splice in the appropriate crimping chamber. 7. If visible, be sure to place the brazed seam toward the indenter. 8. Insert stripped wire into the barrel. 9. Holding the wire in place, barrel squeeze tool handles appropriate ratchet releases. 10. Repeating steps 5-7, crimp the other half of the splice. 11. Check for acceptable crimp. a. Crimp should be centered on each end of the butt splice b. Wire insulation does not enter butt splice. c. Wire is visible through inspection hole of splices. 12. Evenly position supplied heat shrink tubing over wire repair. 13. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows out of both ends of the heat shrink tubing. 14. Reconnect battery ground cable. This chart is to be used when pigtails or terminals are different wire gauge than the vehicle harness. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4352 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4353 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4354 Cigarette Lighter: Connector Views Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4355 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4356 Cigarette Lighter: Electrical Diagrams PLEASE NOTE: Some diagrams may appear to be missing because of gaps in the number sequences. These "gaps" are actually for diagrams that do not apply to the vehicle model selected. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4357 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4358 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4359 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (i.e. 13-2, 24-6, 10-2, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams By Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location Views (reference numbers starting with 151-) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Location Views. See: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Compass > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Compass: > 11-2-6 > Feb > 11 > Instruments - Unable To Adjust Compass Zone Compass: Customer Interest Instruments - Unable To Adjust Compass Zone TSB 11-2-6 02/07/11 UNABLE TO ADJUST COMPASS ZONE FORD: 2011 F-150 ISSUE Some 2011 F-150 vehicles built on or before 12/10/2010 and equipped with a compass in the Center Instrument Display (CID) only, when following the compass zone adjustment procedure in Owner Guide the system may not progress through each zone while pressing and releasing radio preset buttons 7 and 9, and may remain locked in zone 01. ACTION Reprogram the Instrument Cluster Module (ICM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.02A and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM ARE NOT AFFECTED BY THIS CONDITION. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110206A 2011 F-150: Reprogram 0.3 Hr. The Instrument Cluster (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 10849 04 Disclaimer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Compass > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Compass: > 11-2-6 > Feb > 11 > Instruments - Unable To Adjust Compass Zone Compass: All Technical Service Bulletins Instruments - Unable To Adjust Compass Zone TSB 11-2-6 02/07/11 UNABLE TO ADJUST COMPASS ZONE FORD: 2011 F-150 ISSUE Some 2011 F-150 vehicles built on or before 12/10/2010 and equipped with a compass in the Center Instrument Display (CID) only, when following the compass zone adjustment procedure in Owner Guide the system may not progress through each zone while pressing and releasing radio preset buttons 7 and 9, and may remain locked in zone 01. ACTION Reprogram the Instrument Cluster Module (ICM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.02A and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM ARE NOT AFFECTED BY THIS CONDITION. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110206A 2011 F-150: Reprogram 0.3 Hr. The Instrument Cluster (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 10849 04 Disclaimer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Compass > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 4373 Compass: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations Dimmer Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4377 Dimmer Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4378 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4379 Dimmer Switch: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4380 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear Door Switch: Locations Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear > Page 4385 Door Switch: Locations Door Ajar Switch, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Door Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C715 Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear Door Switch: Diagrams C715 Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Door Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C715 Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear > Page 4388 Door Switch: Diagrams C820 Door Ajar Switch, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Diagrams Fuel Gauge Sender: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4392 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 11-2-6 > Feb > 11 > Instruments - Unable To Adjust Compass Zone Instrument Panel Control Module: Customer Interest Instruments - Unable To Adjust Compass Zone TSB 11-2-6 02/07/11 UNABLE TO ADJUST COMPASS ZONE FORD: 2011 F-150 ISSUE Some 2011 F-150 vehicles built on or before 12/10/2010 and equipped with a compass in the Center Instrument Display (CID) only, when following the compass zone adjustment procedure in Owner Guide the system may not progress through each zone while pressing and releasing radio preset buttons 7 and 9, and may remain locked in zone 01. ACTION Reprogram the Instrument Cluster Module (ICM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.02A and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM ARE NOT AFFECTED BY THIS CONDITION. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110206A 2011 F-150: Reprogram 0.3 Hr. The Instrument Cluster (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 10849 04 Disclaimer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 11-2-6 > Feb > 11 > Instruments - Unable To Adjust Compass Zone Instrument Panel Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Instruments - Unable To Adjust Compass Zone TSB 11-2-6 02/07/11 UNABLE TO ADJUST COMPASS ZONE FORD: 2011 F-150 ISSUE Some 2011 F-150 vehicles built on or before 12/10/2010 and equipped with a compass in the Center Instrument Display (CID) only, when following the compass zone adjustment procedure in Owner Guide the system may not progress through each zone while pressing and releasing radio preset buttons 7 and 9, and may remain locked in zone 01. ACTION Reprogram the Instrument Cluster Module (ICM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.02A and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM ARE NOT AFFECTED BY THIS CONDITION. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110206A 2011 F-150: Reprogram 0.3 Hr. The Instrument Cluster (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 10849 04 Disclaimer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Change Reminder Lamp > Component Information > Service and Repair Oil Change Reminder Lamp: Service and Repair Oil Life Reset - Message Center Instrument Cluster (IC) 1. Press and release the SETUP button until the message center displays OIL LIFE XXX% HOLD RESET = NEW. 2. Press and hold the RESET button for 2 seconds and release to reset OIL LIFE TO 100%. NOTE: To change oil life 100% value to another value, proceed to step 3. 3. Once "OIL LIFE SET TO 100%" is despayed, release and press the RESET button to change the Oil Life Start Value. Each release and press will reduce the value by 10%. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations Oil Pressure Sender: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 4413 Oil Pressure Sender: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 4414 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Outside Temperature Display > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Outside Temperature Display: > 11-3-13 > Mar > 11 > Instruments, A/C - Outside Temp. Display Inaccurate Outside Temperature Display: Customer Interest Instruments, A/C - Outside Temp. Display Inaccurate TSB 11-3-13 03/15/11 OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE DISPLAY INACCURATE / INCORRECT REMOTE START CLIMATE CONTROL OPERATION WHEN SET TO AUTO FUNCTION - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 1/6/2011 FORD: 2011 F-150 ISSUE Some 2011 F-150 vehicles built on or before 1/6/2011 equipped with a outside air temperature display in the front display interface module (FDIM) may exhibit inaccurate temperature indication. This concern may also affect electronic automatic temperature control (EATC) equipped vehicle's temperature control operation and remote start system climate control operation when set to auto function. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check for any diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) present in the FDIM, HVAC, or powertrain control module (PCM) using Integrated Diagnostic Software (IDS). a. If any DTCs are present, discontinue this procedure and proceed with Workshop Manual or Powertrain Controls/Emissions Diagnosis as directed by the appropriate DTC chart. b. If no DTCs are present in the above listed modules, proceed to Step 2. 2. Reprogram the HVAC module to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.04 and higher or 72.01 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.3 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110313A 2011 F-150: Check For 0.3 Hr. DTCs And Reprogram The HVAC Module (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 19980 04 Disclaimer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Outside Temperature Display > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Outside Temperature Display: > 11-3-13 > Mar > 11 > Instruments, A/C - Outside Temp. Display Inaccurate Outside Temperature Display: All Technical Service Bulletins Instruments, A/C - Outside Temp. Display Inaccurate TSB 11-3-13 03/15/11 OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE DISPLAY INACCURATE / INCORRECT REMOTE START CLIMATE CONTROL OPERATION WHEN SET TO AUTO FUNCTION - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 1/6/2011 FORD: 2011 F-150 ISSUE Some 2011 F-150 vehicles built on or before 1/6/2011 equipped with a outside air temperature display in the front display interface module (FDIM) may exhibit inaccurate temperature indication. This concern may also affect electronic automatic temperature control (EATC) equipped vehicle's temperature control operation and remote start system climate control operation when set to auto function. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check for any diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) present in the FDIM, HVAC, or powertrain control module (PCM) using Integrated Diagnostic Software (IDS). a. If any DTCs are present, discontinue this procedure and proceed with Workshop Manual or Powertrain Controls/Emissions Diagnosis as directed by the appropriate DTC chart. b. If no DTCs are present in the above listed modules, proceed to Step 2. 2. Reprogram the HVAC module to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.04 and higher or 72.01 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.3 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110313A 2011 F-150: Check For 0.3 Hr. DTCs And Reprogram The HVAC Module (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 19980 04 Disclaimer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations Parking Brake Warning Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4431 Parking Brake Warning Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4432 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 11-2-6 > Feb > 11 > Instruments - Unable To Adjust Compass Zone Instrument Panel Control Module: Customer Interest Instruments - Unable To Adjust Compass Zone TSB 11-2-6 02/07/11 UNABLE TO ADJUST COMPASS ZONE FORD: 2011 F-150 ISSUE Some 2011 F-150 vehicles built on or before 12/10/2010 and equipped with a compass in the Center Instrument Display (CID) only, when following the compass zone adjustment procedure in Owner Guide the system may not progress through each zone while pressing and releasing radio preset buttons 7 and 9, and may remain locked in zone 01. ACTION Reprogram the Instrument Cluster Module (ICM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.02A and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM ARE NOT AFFECTED BY THIS CONDITION. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110206A 2011 F-150: Reprogram 0.3 Hr. The Instrument Cluster (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 10849 04 Disclaimer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 11-2-6 > Feb > 11 > Instruments - Unable To Adjust Compass Zone Instrument Panel Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Instruments - Unable To Adjust Compass Zone TSB 11-2-6 02/07/11 UNABLE TO ADJUST COMPASS ZONE FORD: 2011 F-150 ISSUE Some 2011 F-150 vehicles built on or before 12/10/2010 and equipped with a compass in the Center Instrument Display (CID) only, when following the compass zone adjustment procedure in Owner Guide the system may not progress through each zone while pressing and releasing radio preset buttons 7 and 9, and may remain locked in zone 01. ACTION Reprogram the Instrument Cluster Module (ICM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.02A and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM ARE NOT AFFECTED BY THIS CONDITION. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110206A 2011 F-150: Reprogram 0.3 Hr. The Instrument Cluster (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 10849 04 Disclaimer Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations Dimmer Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4451 Dimmer Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4452 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4453 Dimmer Switch: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4454 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear Door Switch: Locations Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear > Page 4459 Door Switch: Locations Door Ajar Switch, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C715 Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear Door Switch: Diagrams C715 Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C715 Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear > Page 4462 Door Switch: Diagrams C820 Door Ajar Switch, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Diagrams Fuel Gauge Sender: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4466 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations Parking Brake Warning Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4470 Parking Brake Warning Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4471 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations Tire Pressure Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 4476 Tire Pressure Module: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Ambient Light Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Autolamp Sensor Ambient Light Sensor: Locations Autolamp Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Ambient Light Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Autolamp Sensor > Page 4482 Ambient Light Sensor: Locations Autolamp/Sunload Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Ambient Light Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C286 Autolamp/Sunload Sensor Ambient Light Sensor: Diagrams C286 Autolamp/Sunload Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Ambient Light Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C286 Autolamp/Sunload Sensor > Page 4485 Ambient Light Sensor: Diagrams C287 Autolamp Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Ambient Light Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C286 Autolamp/Sunload Sensor > Page 4486 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp > Backup Lamp Relay > Component Information > Locations Backup Lamp Relay: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp > Backup Lamp Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 4491 Backup Lamp Relay: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp > Backup Lamp Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 4492 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Brake Lamp: Diagram Information and Instructions Introduction Note All wiring connections between components are shown exactly as they exist in the vehicles. It is important to realize, however, that no attempt has been made on the diagrams to represent components and wiring as they physically appear on the vehicle. For example, a 4-foot length of wire is treated no differently in a diagram from one that is only a few inches long. Furthermore, to aid in understanding electrical (electronic) operation, wiring inside complicated components has been simplified. Complete Circuit Operation Each circuit is shown completely and independently in one set. Other components that are connected to the circuits may not be shown unless they influence the circuit operation. Current Flow (1) Each set normally starts with the component that powers the circuit, such as a fuse or the ignition switch. Current flow is shown from the power source at the top of the diagram to ground at the bottom of the diagram. A full representation of the power supply of a fuse or the power distribution from a fuse to various components is given in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Full representation of the ground connections are shown in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Switch Positions (2) Within a diagram, all switches, sensors and relays are shown "at rest" (ignition switch OFF). Splices (3) Splices directly connecting to the power distribution are best represented on the power distribution diagram in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Splices connected to grounds can be seen completely in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. For all other splices, a reference is given to each off diagram where that particular splice can be best viewed. Component Referencing (4) Components on a diagram have a reference to a component location view or the diagram where it is shown completely. The reference is located to the right of each component. Component Names (5) Component names are placed on the right hand side of each component when possible. Descriptions of the internals of the component are also included when available. The diagram where the component appears in full is listed in the Index. The base part number for a component is listed in parentheses next to or under a component. Internal Name and Function Identification Numbers (6) Some components on each diagram have internal symbols with an identification number located within it. You can identify the internal symbol or function by finding the corresponding number under the component name. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4497 Circuit Numbering and Wire Identification (7) Ford Motor Company uses three different circuit numbering conventions: Standard Circuit Numbering System, Global Circuit Numbering System, and New Global Circuit Numbering System (NGCNS). With each, the circuit number (which identifies a specific circuit function) is followed by the wire color. The wire identification consists of a basic color and possibly a stripe, and is determined directly from the wire's circuit number. In the diagrams, the wire colors are indicated next to the wires. The colors are abbreviated using the international norm IEC 757. The abbreviations are listed in set 4 "Symbols". Fuse and Relay Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4498 Fuse/Locations and Relay/Locations contains a view of the fuse/relay box, in which all fuses and relays are identified, numbered and named. Fuse and relay numbering and naming follow the indication of the fuse panel cover. In addition, for all removable relays, pin positions are added to illustrate proper orientation. Power Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4499 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams shows the current feed circuits. The current path is shown from the battery to the ignition switch and to all fuses. It also shows the circuits protected by each fuse. The circuit is traced from the fuse to the component. All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the fuse and the first component are shown. Ground Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4500 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams contains the diagram that shows the complete details for each ground connection or main ground splice. This is useful in diagnosing a problem affecting several components at once (poor ground connection or ground splice). All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the ground point and the component are shown. These ground connection details are shown here in order to keep the individual set diagrams as uncluttered as possible. Component and Connector Information Connector Views show the views of the pins and/or cavities of all connectors. The pin and cavity sides are shown separately as if the connector were disconnected. The color of the connector housing is indicated next to the connector number when available. The harness causal number is located above the connector view and below the connector number. The circuit function charts are located below each connector. The wiring harness designations are listed in Component Location Charts. Component Location Views show the components and their connecting wires as they can be found on the vehicle. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4501 Locations information that can be found at the vehicle level will helps the user find where the various items depicted on the diagram can physically be found on the vehicle. A brief written description of the location is given, along with a reference to the component location views. Symbols Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4502 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4503 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4504 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4505 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4506 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4507 Brake Lamp: Diagnostic Aids NOTE: Restraint system terminals should not be removed or repaired. If a restraint terminal requires service, replace the affected harness. Troubleshooting wiring harness and connector hidden concerns The following illustrations are known examples of wiring harness, splices and connectors that will create intermittent electrical concerns. The concerns are hidden and can only be discovered by a physical evaluation as shown in each illustration. NOTE: Several components, such as the PCM, utilize gold plated terminals in their connections to the wiring harness. If those terminals need to be replaced, they must be replaced with a gold plated terminal. Terminal not properly seated 1 = Locked terminal 2 = Male half 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Unlocked terminal (Hidden by wire seal) 7 = Seal Check for unlocked terminal by pulling each wire at the end of the connector. Defective insulation stripping Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4508 1 = Proper crimp 2 = Insulation not removed 3 = Wire strands missing 4 = Intermittent signals through pierced insulation Partially mated connectors 1 = Seal 2 = Displaced tab 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Male half 7 = Intermittent contact Lock may be displaced into an unlocked position; pull on the connector to verify the lock. Deformed (enlarged) female terminals 1 = Enlarged Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4509 2 = Normal Any probe entering the terminal may enlarge the contact spring opening creating an intermittent signal. Insert the correct mating terminal (Location A) from the service kit and feel for a loose fit. Electrical short inside the harness 1 = Solder coated wire to ground 2 = Harness protective tape 3 = Intermittent short Solder coated wire pierced through the insulation of another circuit 4 = Grounding foil Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4510 Electrical short within the harness Splice tape removed 1 = Intermittent short Splice covered 2 = Wire strand 3 = Splice tape 4 = Harness tape Broken wire strands in harness 1 = Wiring harness tape 2 = Wiring strand 3 = Broken strands intermittent signal 4 = Circuit insulation Remove the tape and flex/feel each circuit for a reduction in diameter at break. Recommended splicing method - Solder (For 16 AWG and Smaller Diameter Wire Only) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4511 2. Strip wires to appropriate length. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. 4. Twist wires together. 5. Solder wires together. NOTE: Use rosin core mildly-activated (RMA) solder. Do not use acid core solder. - Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seat wire splice. 6. Bend wire 1 back in a straight line. NOTE: Wait for solder to cool before moving wires. 7. Evenly position heat shrink tubing over wire repair. NOTE: Overlap tubing on both wires. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4512 8. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows Out of both ends of heat shrink tubing. 9. Reconnect battery ground cable. Recommended splicing method - Crimp (For 10-22 AWG Diameter Wire to Like Wire Diameter) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. 2. Strip 6.35mm (1/4 in) of insulation from each wire end, taking care not to nick or cut wire strands. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. NOTE: Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seal wire splice. 4. Select appropriate wire splice for the wires to be spliced. 5. Identify the appropriate crimping chamber on the Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper by matching the wire size on the dies with the wire size stamped on the butt splice. NOTE: Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper is the only tool that can be used with these splices. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4513 6. Center one end of the wire splice in the appropriate crimping chamber. 7. If visible, be sure to place the brazed seam toward the indenter. 8. Insert stripped wire into the barrel. 9. Holding the wire in place, barrel squeeze tool handles appropriate ratchet releases. 10. Repeating steps 5-7, crimp the other half of the splice. 11. Check for acceptable crimp. a. Crimp should be centered on each end of the butt splice b. Wire insulation does not enter butt splice. c. Wire is visible through inspection hole of splices. 12. Evenly position supplied heat shrink tubing over wire repair. 13. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows out of both ends of the heat shrink tubing. 14. Reconnect battery ground cable. This chart is to be used when pigtails or terminals are different wire gauge than the vehicle harness. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4514 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4515 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4516 Brake Lamp: Connector Views C4112 Park/Stop/Turn Lamp 1, Left Rear C4113 Park/Stop/Turn Lamp 2, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4517 C4114 Park/Stop/Turn Lamp 1, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4518 C4115 Park/Stop/Turn Lamp 2, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4519 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4520 Brake Lamp: Electrical Diagrams PLEASE NOTE: Some diagrams may appear to be missing because of gaps in the number sequences. These "gaps" are actually for diagrams that do not apply to the vehicle model selected. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4521 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4522 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4523 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (i.e. 13-2, 24-6, 10-2, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams By Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location Views (reference numbers starting with 151-) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Location Views. See: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Light Switch > Component Information > Locations Brake Light Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Light Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4527 Brake Light Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Light Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4528 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams Center Mounted Brake Lamp: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Interior Light Switch > Component Information > Locations Interior Light Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Interior Light Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4536 Interior Light Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Interior Light Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4537 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations Dimmer Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4541 Dimmer Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4542 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4543 Dimmer Switch: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4544 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams Dome Lamp: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4548 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear Door Switch: Locations Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear > Page 4553 Door Switch: Locations Door Ajar Switch, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C715 Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear Door Switch: Diagrams C715 Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C715 Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear > Page 4556 Door Switch: Diagrams C820 Door Ajar Switch, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Fog/Driving Lamp: Diagram Information and Instructions Introduction Note All wiring connections between components are shown exactly as they exist in the vehicles. It is important to realize, however, that no attempt has been made on the diagrams to represent components and wiring as they physically appear on the vehicle. For example, a 4-foot length of wire is treated no differently in a diagram from one that is only a few inches long. Furthermore, to aid in understanding electrical (electronic) operation, wiring inside complicated components has been simplified. Complete Circuit Operation Each circuit is shown completely and independently in one set. Other components that are connected to the circuits may not be shown unless they influence the circuit operation. Current Flow (1) Each set normally starts with the component that powers the circuit, such as a fuse or the ignition switch. Current flow is shown from the power source at the top of the diagram to ground at the bottom of the diagram. A full representation of the power supply of a fuse or the power distribution from a fuse to various components is given in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Full representation of the ground connections are shown in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Switch Positions (2) Within a diagram, all switches, sensors and relays are shown "at rest" (ignition switch OFF). Splices (3) Splices directly connecting to the power distribution are best represented on the power distribution diagram in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Splices connected to grounds can be seen completely in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. For all other splices, a reference is given to each off diagram where that particular splice can be best viewed. Component Referencing (4) Components on a diagram have a reference to a component location view or the diagram where it is shown completely. The reference is located to the right of each component. Component Names (5) Component names are placed on the right hand side of each component when possible. Descriptions of the internals of the component are also included when available. The diagram where the component appears in full is listed in the Index. The base part number for a component is listed in parentheses next to or under a component. Internal Name and Function Identification Numbers (6) Some components on each diagram have internal symbols with an identification number located within it. You can identify the internal symbol or function by finding the corresponding number under the component name. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4561 Circuit Numbering and Wire Identification (7) Ford Motor Company uses three different circuit numbering conventions: Standard Circuit Numbering System, Global Circuit Numbering System, and New Global Circuit Numbering System (NGCNS). With each, the circuit number (which identifies a specific circuit function) is followed by the wire color. The wire identification consists of a basic color and possibly a stripe, and is determined directly from the wire's circuit number. In the diagrams, the wire colors are indicated next to the wires. The colors are abbreviated using the international norm IEC 757. The abbreviations are listed in set 4 "Symbols". Fuse and Relay Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4562 Fuse/Locations and Relay/Locations contains a view of the fuse/relay box, in which all fuses and relays are identified, numbered and named. Fuse and relay numbering and naming follow the indication of the fuse panel cover. In addition, for all removable relays, pin positions are added to illustrate proper orientation. Power Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4563 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams shows the current feed circuits. The current path is shown from the battery to the ignition switch and to all fuses. It also shows the circuits protected by each fuse. The circuit is traced from the fuse to the component. All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the fuse and the first component are shown. Ground Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4564 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams contains the diagram that shows the complete details for each ground connection or main ground splice. This is useful in diagnosing a problem affecting several components at once (poor ground connection or ground splice). All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the ground point and the component are shown. These ground connection details are shown here in order to keep the individual set diagrams as uncluttered as possible. Component and Connector Information Connector Views show the views of the pins and/or cavities of all connectors. The pin and cavity sides are shown separately as if the connector were disconnected. The color of the connector housing is indicated next to the connector number when available. The harness causal number is located above the connector view and below the connector number. The circuit function charts are located below each connector. The wiring harness designations are listed in Component Location Charts. Component Location Views show the components and their connecting wires as they can be found on the vehicle. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4565 Locations information that can be found at the vehicle level will helps the user find where the various items depicted on the diagram can physically be found on the vehicle. A brief written description of the location is given, along with a reference to the component location views. Symbols Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4566 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4567 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4568 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4569 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4570 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4571 Fog/Driving Lamp: Diagnostic Aids NOTE: Restraint system terminals should not be removed or repaired. If a restraint terminal requires service, replace the affected harness. Troubleshooting wiring harness and connector hidden concerns The following illustrations are known examples of wiring harness, splices and connectors that will create intermittent electrical concerns. The concerns are hidden and can only be discovered by a physical evaluation as shown in each illustration. NOTE: Several components, such as the PCM, utilize gold plated terminals in their connections to the wiring harness. If those terminals need to be replaced, they must be replaced with a gold plated terminal. Terminal not properly seated 1 = Locked terminal 2 = Male half 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Unlocked terminal (Hidden by wire seal) 7 = Seal Check for unlocked terminal by pulling each wire at the end of the connector. Defective insulation stripping Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4572 1 = Proper crimp 2 = Insulation not removed 3 = Wire strands missing 4 = Intermittent signals through pierced insulation Partially mated connectors 1 = Seal 2 = Displaced tab 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Male half 7 = Intermittent contact Lock may be displaced into an unlocked position; pull on the connector to verify the lock. Deformed (enlarged) female terminals 1 = Enlarged Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4573 2 = Normal Any probe entering the terminal may enlarge the contact spring opening creating an intermittent signal. Insert the correct mating terminal (Location A) from the service kit and feel for a loose fit. Electrical short inside the harness 1 = Solder coated wire to ground 2 = Harness protective tape 3 = Intermittent short Solder coated wire pierced through the insulation of another circuit 4 = Grounding foil Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4574 Electrical short within the harness Splice tape removed 1 = Intermittent short Splice covered 2 = Wire strand 3 = Splice tape 4 = Harness tape Broken wire strands in harness 1 = Wiring harness tape 2 = Wiring strand 3 = Broken strands intermittent signal 4 = Circuit insulation Remove the tape and flex/feel each circuit for a reduction in diameter at break. Recommended splicing method - Solder (For 16 AWG and Smaller Diameter Wire Only) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4575 2. Strip wires to appropriate length. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. 4. Twist wires together. 5. Solder wires together. NOTE: Use rosin core mildly-activated (RMA) solder. Do not use acid core solder. - Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seat wire splice. 6. Bend wire 1 back in a straight line. NOTE: Wait for solder to cool before moving wires. 7. Evenly position heat shrink tubing over wire repair. NOTE: Overlap tubing on both wires. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4576 8. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows Out of both ends of heat shrink tubing. 9. Reconnect battery ground cable. Recommended splicing method - Crimp (For 10-22 AWG Diameter Wire to Like Wire Diameter) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. 2. Strip 6.35mm (1/4 in) of insulation from each wire end, taking care not to nick or cut wire strands. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. NOTE: Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seal wire splice. 4. Select appropriate wire splice for the wires to be spliced. 5. Identify the appropriate crimping chamber on the Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper by matching the wire size on the dies with the wire size stamped on the butt splice. NOTE: Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper is the only tool that can be used with these splices. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4577 6. Center one end of the wire splice in the appropriate crimping chamber. 7. If visible, be sure to place the brazed seam toward the indenter. 8. Insert stripped wire into the barrel. 9. Holding the wire in place, barrel squeeze tool handles appropriate ratchet releases. 10. Repeating steps 5-7, crimp the other half of the splice. 11. Check for acceptable crimp. a. Crimp should be centered on each end of the butt splice b. Wire insulation does not enter butt splice. c. Wire is visible through inspection hole of splices. 12. Evenly position supplied heat shrink tubing over wire repair. 13. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows out of both ends of the heat shrink tubing. 14. Reconnect battery ground cable. This chart is to be used when pigtails or terminals are different wire gauge than the vehicle harness. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4578 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4579 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4580 Fog/Driving Lamp: Connector Views C152 Fog Lamp, Left Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4581 C162 Fog Lamp, Right Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4582 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4583 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4584 Fog/Driving Lamp: Electrical Diagrams PLEASE NOTE: Some diagrams may appear to be missing because of gaps in the number sequences. These "gaps" are actually for diagrams that do not apply to the vehicle model selected. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4585 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (i.e. 13-2, 24-6, 10-2, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams By Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location Views (reference numbers starting with 151-) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Location Views. See: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations Hazard Warning Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4590 Hazard Warning Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Locations Headlamp Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4595 Headlamp Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4596 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4597 Headlamp Switch: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4598 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Horn > Horn Switch > Component Information > Locations Horn Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Horn > Horn Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4603 Horn Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Horn > Horn Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4604 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Locations Interior Lighting Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 4608 Interior Lighting Module: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions License Plate Lamp: Diagram Information and Instructions Introduction Note All wiring connections between components are shown exactly as they exist in the vehicles. It is important to realize, however, that no attempt has been made on the diagrams to represent components and wiring as they physically appear on the vehicle. For example, a 4-foot length of wire is treated no differently in a diagram from one that is only a few inches long. Furthermore, to aid in understanding electrical (electronic) operation, wiring inside complicated components has been simplified. Complete Circuit Operation Each circuit is shown completely and independently in one set. Other components that are connected to the circuits may not be shown unless they influence the circuit operation. Current Flow (1) Each set normally starts with the component that powers the circuit, such as a fuse or the ignition switch. Current flow is shown from the power source at the top of the diagram to ground at the bottom of the diagram. A full representation of the power supply of a fuse or the power distribution from a fuse to various components is given in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Full representation of the ground connections are shown in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Switch Positions (2) Within a diagram, all switches, sensors and relays are shown "at rest" (ignition switch OFF). Splices (3) Splices directly connecting to the power distribution are best represented on the power distribution diagram in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Splices connected to grounds can be seen completely in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. For all other splices, a reference is given to each off diagram where that particular splice can be best viewed. Component Referencing (4) Components on a diagram have a reference to a component location view or the diagram where it is shown completely. The reference is located to the right of each component. Component Names (5) Component names are placed on the right hand side of each component when possible. Descriptions of the internals of the component are also included when available. The diagram where the component appears in full is listed in the Index. The base part number for a component is listed in parentheses next to or under a component. Internal Name and Function Identification Numbers (6) Some components on each diagram have internal symbols with an identification number located within it. You can identify the internal symbol or function by finding the corresponding number under the component name. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4613 Circuit Numbering and Wire Identification (7) Ford Motor Company uses three different circuit numbering conventions: Standard Circuit Numbering System, Global Circuit Numbering System, and New Global Circuit Numbering System (NGCNS). With each, the circuit number (which identifies a specific circuit function) is followed by the wire color. The wire identification consists of a basic color and possibly a stripe, and is determined directly from the wire's circuit number. In the diagrams, the wire colors are indicated next to the wires. The colors are abbreviated using the international norm IEC 757. The abbreviations are listed in set 4 "Symbols". Fuse and Relay Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4614 Fuse/Locations and Relay/Locations contains a view of the fuse/relay box, in which all fuses and relays are identified, numbered and named. Fuse and relay numbering and naming follow the indication of the fuse panel cover. In addition, for all removable relays, pin positions are added to illustrate proper orientation. Power Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4615 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams shows the current feed circuits. The current path is shown from the battery to the ignition switch and to all fuses. It also shows the circuits protected by each fuse. The circuit is traced from the fuse to the component. All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the fuse and the first component are shown. Ground Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4616 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams contains the diagram that shows the complete details for each ground connection or main ground splice. This is useful in diagnosing a problem affecting several components at once (poor ground connection or ground splice). All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the ground point and the component are shown. These ground connection details are shown here in order to keep the individual set diagrams as uncluttered as possible. Component and Connector Information Connector Views show the views of the pins and/or cavities of all connectors. The pin and cavity sides are shown separately as if the connector were disconnected. The color of the connector housing is indicated next to the connector number when available. The harness causal number is located above the connector view and below the connector number. The circuit function charts are located below each connector. The wiring harness designations are listed in Component Location Charts. Component Location Views show the components and their connecting wires as they can be found on the vehicle. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4617 Locations information that can be found at the vehicle level will helps the user find where the various items depicted on the diagram can physically be found on the vehicle. A brief written description of the location is given, along with a reference to the component location views. Symbols Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4618 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4619 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4620 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4621 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4622 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4623 License Plate Lamp: Diagnostic Aids NOTE: Restraint system terminals should not be removed or repaired. If a restraint terminal requires service, replace the affected harness. Troubleshooting wiring harness and connector hidden concerns The following illustrations are known examples of wiring harness, splices and connectors that will create intermittent electrical concerns. The concerns are hidden and can only be discovered by a physical evaluation as shown in each illustration. NOTE: Several components, such as the PCM, utilize gold plated terminals in their connections to the wiring harness. If those terminals need to be replaced, they must be replaced with a gold plated terminal. Terminal not properly seated 1 = Locked terminal 2 = Male half 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Unlocked terminal (Hidden by wire seal) 7 = Seal Check for unlocked terminal by pulling each wire at the end of the connector. Defective insulation stripping Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4624 1 = Proper crimp 2 = Insulation not removed 3 = Wire strands missing 4 = Intermittent signals through pierced insulation Partially mated connectors 1 = Seal 2 = Displaced tab 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Male half 7 = Intermittent contact Lock may be displaced into an unlocked position; pull on the connector to verify the lock. Deformed (enlarged) female terminals 1 = Enlarged Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4625 2 = Normal Any probe entering the terminal may enlarge the contact spring opening creating an intermittent signal. Insert the correct mating terminal (Location A) from the service kit and feel for a loose fit. Electrical short inside the harness 1 = Solder coated wire to ground 2 = Harness protective tape 3 = Intermittent short Solder coated wire pierced through the insulation of another circuit 4 = Grounding foil Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4626 Electrical short within the harness Splice tape removed 1 = Intermittent short Splice covered 2 = Wire strand 3 = Splice tape 4 = Harness tape Broken wire strands in harness 1 = Wiring harness tape 2 = Wiring strand 3 = Broken strands intermittent signal 4 = Circuit insulation Remove the tape and flex/feel each circuit for a reduction in diameter at break. Recommended splicing method - Solder (For 16 AWG and Smaller Diameter Wire Only) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4627 2. Strip wires to appropriate length. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. 4. Twist wires together. 5. Solder wires together. NOTE: Use rosin core mildly-activated (RMA) solder. Do not use acid core solder. - Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seat wire splice. 6. Bend wire 1 back in a straight line. NOTE: Wait for solder to cool before moving wires. 7. Evenly position heat shrink tubing over wire repair. NOTE: Overlap tubing on both wires. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4628 8. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows Out of both ends of heat shrink tubing. 9. Reconnect battery ground cable. Recommended splicing method - Crimp (For 10-22 AWG Diameter Wire to Like Wire Diameter) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. 2. Strip 6.35mm (1/4 in) of insulation from each wire end, taking care not to nick or cut wire strands. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. NOTE: Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seal wire splice. 4. Select appropriate wire splice for the wires to be spliced. 5. Identify the appropriate crimping chamber on the Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper by matching the wire size on the dies with the wire size stamped on the butt splice. NOTE: Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper is the only tool that can be used with these splices. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4629 6. Center one end of the wire splice in the appropriate crimping chamber. 7. If visible, be sure to place the brazed seam toward the indenter. 8. Insert stripped wire into the barrel. 9. Holding the wire in place, barrel squeeze tool handles appropriate ratchet releases. 10. Repeating steps 5-7, crimp the other half of the splice. 11. Check for acceptable crimp. a. Crimp should be centered on each end of the butt splice b. Wire insulation does not enter butt splice. c. Wire is visible through inspection hole of splices. 12. Evenly position supplied heat shrink tubing over wire repair. 13. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows out of both ends of the heat shrink tubing. 14. Reconnect battery ground cable. This chart is to be used when pigtails or terminals are different wire gauge than the vehicle harness. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4630 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4631 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4632 License Plate Lamp: Connector Views C452 License Plate Lamp, Left C462 License Plate Lamp, Right Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4633 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4634 License Plate Lamp: Electrical Diagrams PLEASE NOTE: Some diagrams may appear to be missing because of gaps in the number sequences. These "gaps" are actually for diagrams that do not apply to the vehicle model selected. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4635 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4636 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4637 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (i.e. 13-2, 24-6, 10-2, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams By Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location Views (reference numbers starting with 151-) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Location Views. See: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Marker Lamp: Diagram Information and Instructions Introduction Note All wiring connections between components are shown exactly as they exist in the vehicles. It is important to realize, however, that no attempt has been made on the diagrams to represent components and wiring as they physically appear on the vehicle. For example, a 4-foot length of wire is treated no differently in a diagram from one that is only a few inches long. Furthermore, to aid in understanding electrical (electronic) operation, wiring inside complicated components has been simplified. Complete Circuit Operation Each circuit is shown completely and independently in one set. Other components that are connected to the circuits may not be shown unless they influence the circuit operation. Current Flow (1) Each set normally starts with the component that powers the circuit, such as a fuse or the ignition switch. Current flow is shown from the power source at the top of the diagram to ground at the bottom of the diagram. A full representation of the power supply of a fuse or the power distribution from a fuse to various components is given in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Full representation of the ground connections are shown in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Switch Positions (2) Within a diagram, all switches, sensors and relays are shown "at rest" (ignition switch OFF). Splices (3) Splices directly connecting to the power distribution are best represented on the power distribution diagram in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Splices connected to grounds can be seen completely in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. For all other splices, a reference is given to each off diagram where that particular splice can be best viewed. Component Referencing (4) Components on a diagram have a reference to a component location view or the diagram where it is shown completely. The reference is located to the right of each component. Component Names (5) Component names are placed on the right hand side of each component when possible. Descriptions of the internals of the component are also included when available. The diagram where the component appears in full is listed in the Index. The base part number for a component is listed in parentheses next to or under a component. Internal Name and Function Identification Numbers (6) Some components on each diagram have internal symbols with an identification number located within it. You can identify the internal symbol or function by finding the corresponding number under the component name. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4642 Circuit Numbering and Wire Identification (7) Ford Motor Company uses three different circuit numbering conventions: Standard Circuit Numbering System, Global Circuit Numbering System, and New Global Circuit Numbering System (NGCNS). With each, the circuit number (which identifies a specific circuit function) is followed by the wire color. The wire identification consists of a basic color and possibly a stripe, and is determined directly from the wire's circuit number. In the diagrams, the wire colors are indicated next to the wires. The colors are abbreviated using the international norm IEC 757. The abbreviations are listed in set 4 "Symbols". Fuse and Relay Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4643 Fuse/Locations and Relay/Locations contains a view of the fuse/relay box, in which all fuses and relays are identified, numbered and named. Fuse and relay numbering and naming follow the indication of the fuse panel cover. In addition, for all removable relays, pin positions are added to illustrate proper orientation. Power Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4644 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams shows the current feed circuits. The current path is shown from the battery to the ignition switch and to all fuses. It also shows the circuits protected by each fuse. The circuit is traced from the fuse to the component. All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the fuse and the first component are shown. Ground Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4645 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams contains the diagram that shows the complete details for each ground connection or main ground splice. This is useful in diagnosing a problem affecting several components at once (poor ground connection or ground splice). All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the ground point and the component are shown. These ground connection details are shown here in order to keep the individual set diagrams as uncluttered as possible. Component and Connector Information Connector Views show the views of the pins and/or cavities of all connectors. The pin and cavity sides are shown separately as if the connector were disconnected. The color of the connector housing is indicated next to the connector number when available. The harness causal number is located above the connector view and below the connector number. The circuit function charts are located below each connector. The wiring harness designations are listed in Component Location Charts. Component Location Views show the components and their connecting wires as they can be found on the vehicle. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4646 Locations information that can be found at the vehicle level will helps the user find where the various items depicted on the diagram can physically be found on the vehicle. A brief written description of the location is given, along with a reference to the component location views. Symbols Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4647 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4648 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4649 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4650 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4651 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4652 Marker Lamp: Diagnostic Aids NOTE: Restraint system terminals should not be removed or repaired. If a restraint terminal requires service, replace the affected harness. Troubleshooting wiring harness and connector hidden concerns The following illustrations are known examples of wiring harness, splices and connectors that will create intermittent electrical concerns. The concerns are hidden and can only be discovered by a physical evaluation as shown in each illustration. NOTE: Several components, such as the PCM, utilize gold plated terminals in their connections to the wiring harness. If those terminals need to be replaced, they must be replaced with a gold plated terminal. Terminal not properly seated 1 = Locked terminal 2 = Male half 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Unlocked terminal (Hidden by wire seal) 7 = Seal Check for unlocked terminal by pulling each wire at the end of the connector. Defective insulation stripping Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4653 1 = Proper crimp 2 = Insulation not removed 3 = Wire strands missing 4 = Intermittent signals through pierced insulation Partially mated connectors 1 = Seal 2 = Displaced tab 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Male half 7 = Intermittent contact Lock may be displaced into an unlocked position; pull on the connector to verify the lock. Deformed (enlarged) female terminals 1 = Enlarged Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4654 2 = Normal Any probe entering the terminal may enlarge the contact spring opening creating an intermittent signal. Insert the correct mating terminal (Location A) from the service kit and feel for a loose fit. Electrical short inside the harness 1 = Solder coated wire to ground 2 = Harness protective tape 3 = Intermittent short Solder coated wire pierced through the insulation of another circuit 4 = Grounding foil Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4655 Electrical short within the harness Splice tape removed 1 = Intermittent short Splice covered 2 = Wire strand 3 = Splice tape 4 = Harness tape Broken wire strands in harness 1 = Wiring harness tape 2 = Wiring strand 3 = Broken strands intermittent signal 4 = Circuit insulation Remove the tape and flex/feel each circuit for a reduction in diameter at break. Recommended splicing method - Solder (For 16 AWG and Smaller Diameter Wire Only) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4656 2. Strip wires to appropriate length. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. 4. Twist wires together. 5. Solder wires together. NOTE: Use rosin core mildly-activated (RMA) solder. Do not use acid core solder. - Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seat wire splice. 6. Bend wire 1 back in a straight line. NOTE: Wait for solder to cool before moving wires. 7. Evenly position heat shrink tubing over wire repair. NOTE: Overlap tubing on both wires. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4657 8. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows Out of both ends of heat shrink tubing. 9. Reconnect battery ground cable. Recommended splicing method - Crimp (For 10-22 AWG Diameter Wire to Like Wire Diameter) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. 2. Strip 6.35mm (1/4 in) of insulation from each wire end, taking care not to nick or cut wire strands. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. NOTE: Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seal wire splice. 4. Select appropriate wire splice for the wires to be spliced. 5. Identify the appropriate crimping chamber on the Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper by matching the wire size on the dies with the wire size stamped on the butt splice. NOTE: Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper is the only tool that can be used with these splices. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4658 6. Center one end of the wire splice in the appropriate crimping chamber. 7. If visible, be sure to place the brazed seam toward the indenter. 8. Insert stripped wire into the barrel. 9. Holding the wire in place, barrel squeeze tool handles appropriate ratchet releases. 10. Repeating steps 5-7, crimp the other half of the splice. 11. Check for acceptable crimp. a. Crimp should be centered on each end of the butt splice b. Wire insulation does not enter butt splice. c. Wire is visible through inspection hole of splices. 12. Evenly position supplied heat shrink tubing over wire repair. 13. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows out of both ends of the heat shrink tubing. 14. Reconnect battery ground cable. This chart is to be used when pigtails or terminals are different wire gauge than the vehicle harness. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4659 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4660 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4661 Marker Lamp: Connector Views C1126 Side Lamp, Right Front C1127 Side Lamp, Left Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4662 C1592 Front Marker Lamp, Left Center Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4663 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4664 C1593 Front Marker Lamp, Center Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4665 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4666 C1594 Front Marker Lamp, Right Center Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4667 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4668 C1596 Front Marker Lamp, Left Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4669 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4670 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4671 ERROR: undefined OFFENDING COMMAND: f‘~ STACK: Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4672 Marker Lamp: Electrical Diagrams PLEASE NOTE: Some diagrams may appear to be missing because of gaps in the number sequences. These "gaps" are actually for diagrams that do not apply to the vehicle model selected. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4673 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4674 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4675 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (i.e. 13-2, 24-6, 10-2, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams By Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location Views (reference numbers starting with 151-) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Location Views. See: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Parking Lamp: Diagram Information and Instructions Introduction Note All wiring connections between components are shown exactly as they exist in the vehicles. It is important to realize, however, that no attempt has been made on the diagrams to represent components and wiring as they physically appear on the vehicle. For example, a 4-foot length of wire is treated no differently in a diagram from one that is only a few inches long. Furthermore, to aid in understanding electrical (electronic) operation, wiring inside complicated components has been simplified. Complete Circuit Operation Each circuit is shown completely and independently in one set. Other components that are connected to the circuits may not be shown unless they influence the circuit operation. Current Flow (1) Each set normally starts with the component that powers the circuit, such as a fuse or the ignition switch. Current flow is shown from the power source at the top of the diagram to ground at the bottom of the diagram. A full representation of the power supply of a fuse or the power distribution from a fuse to various components is given in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Full representation of the ground connections are shown in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Switch Positions (2) Within a diagram, all switches, sensors and relays are shown "at rest" (ignition switch OFF). Splices (3) Splices directly connecting to the power distribution are best represented on the power distribution diagram in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Splices connected to grounds can be seen completely in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. For all other splices, a reference is given to each off diagram where that particular splice can be best viewed. Component Referencing (4) Components on a diagram have a reference to a component location view or the diagram where it is shown completely. The reference is located to the right of each component. Component Names (5) Component names are placed on the right hand side of each component when possible. Descriptions of the internals of the component are also included when available. The diagram where the component appears in full is listed in the Index. The base part number for a component is listed in parentheses next to or under a component. Internal Name and Function Identification Numbers (6) Some components on each diagram have internal symbols with an identification number located within it. You can identify the internal symbol or function by finding the corresponding number under the component name. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4680 Circuit Numbering and Wire Identification (7) Ford Motor Company uses three different circuit numbering conventions: Standard Circuit Numbering System, Global Circuit Numbering System, and New Global Circuit Numbering System (NGCNS). With each, the circuit number (which identifies a specific circuit function) is followed by the wire color. The wire identification consists of a basic color and possibly a stripe, and is determined directly from the wire's circuit number. In the diagrams, the wire colors are indicated next to the wires. The colors are abbreviated using the international norm IEC 757. The abbreviations are listed in set 4 "Symbols". Fuse and Relay Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4681 Fuse/Locations and Relay/Locations contains a view of the fuse/relay box, in which all fuses and relays are identified, numbered and named. Fuse and relay numbering and naming follow the indication of the fuse panel cover. In addition, for all removable relays, pin positions are added to illustrate proper orientation. Power Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4682 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams shows the current feed circuits. The current path is shown from the battery to the ignition switch and to all fuses. It also shows the circuits protected by each fuse. The circuit is traced from the fuse to the component. All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the fuse and the first component are shown. Ground Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4683 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams contains the diagram that shows the complete details for each ground connection or main ground splice. This is useful in diagnosing a problem affecting several components at once (poor ground connection or ground splice). All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the ground point and the component are shown. These ground connection details are shown here in order to keep the individual set diagrams as uncluttered as possible. Component and Connector Information Connector Views show the views of the pins and/or cavities of all connectors. The pin and cavity sides are shown separately as if the connector were disconnected. The color of the connector housing is indicated next to the connector number when available. The harness causal number is located above the connector view and below the connector number. The circuit function charts are located below each connector. The wiring harness designations are listed in Component Location Charts. Component Location Views show the components and their connecting wires as they can be found on the vehicle. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4684 Locations information that can be found at the vehicle level will helps the user find where the various items depicted on the diagram can physically be found on the vehicle. A brief written description of the location is given, along with a reference to the component location views. Symbols Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4685 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4686 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4687 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4688 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4689 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4690 Parking Lamp: Diagnostic Aids NOTE: Restraint system terminals should not be removed or repaired. If a restraint terminal requires service, replace the affected harness. Troubleshooting wiring harness and connector hidden concerns The following illustrations are known examples of wiring harness, splices and connectors that will create intermittent electrical concerns. The concerns are hidden and can only be discovered by a physical evaluation as shown in each illustration. NOTE: Several components, such as the PCM, utilize gold plated terminals in their connections to the wiring harness. If those terminals need to be replaced, they must be replaced with a gold plated terminal. Terminal not properly seated 1 = Locked terminal 2 = Male half 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Unlocked terminal (Hidden by wire seal) 7 = Seal Check for unlocked terminal by pulling each wire at the end of the connector. Defective insulation stripping Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4691 1 = Proper crimp 2 = Insulation not removed 3 = Wire strands missing 4 = Intermittent signals through pierced insulation Partially mated connectors 1 = Seal 2 = Displaced tab 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Male half 7 = Intermittent contact Lock may be displaced into an unlocked position; pull on the connector to verify the lock. Deformed (enlarged) female terminals 1 = Enlarged Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4692 2 = Normal Any probe entering the terminal may enlarge the contact spring opening creating an intermittent signal. Insert the correct mating terminal (Location A) from the service kit and feel for a loose fit. Electrical short inside the harness 1 = Solder coated wire to ground 2 = Harness protective tape 3 = Intermittent short Solder coated wire pierced through the insulation of another circuit 4 = Grounding foil Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4693 Electrical short within the harness Splice tape removed 1 = Intermittent short Splice covered 2 = Wire strand 3 = Splice tape 4 = Harness tape Broken wire strands in harness 1 = Wiring harness tape 2 = Wiring strand 3 = Broken strands intermittent signal 4 = Circuit insulation Remove the tape and flex/feel each circuit for a reduction in diameter at break. Recommended splicing method - Solder (For 16 AWG and Smaller Diameter Wire Only) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4694 2. Strip wires to appropriate length. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. 4. Twist wires together. 5. Solder wires together. NOTE: Use rosin core mildly-activated (RMA) solder. Do not use acid core solder. - Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seat wire splice. 6. Bend wire 1 back in a straight line. NOTE: Wait for solder to cool before moving wires. 7. Evenly position heat shrink tubing over wire repair. NOTE: Overlap tubing on both wires. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4695 8. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows Out of both ends of heat shrink tubing. 9. Reconnect battery ground cable. Recommended splicing method - Crimp (For 10-22 AWG Diameter Wire to Like Wire Diameter) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. 2. Strip 6.35mm (1/4 in) of insulation from each wire end, taking care not to nick or cut wire strands. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. NOTE: Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seal wire splice. 4. Select appropriate wire splice for the wires to be spliced. 5. Identify the appropriate crimping chamber on the Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper by matching the wire size on the dies with the wire size stamped on the butt splice. NOTE: Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper is the only tool that can be used with these splices. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4696 6. Center one end of the wire splice in the appropriate crimping chamber. 7. If visible, be sure to place the brazed seam toward the indenter. 8. Insert stripped wire into the barrel. 9. Holding the wire in place, barrel squeeze tool handles appropriate ratchet releases. 10. Repeating steps 5-7, crimp the other half of the splice. 11. Check for acceptable crimp. a. Crimp should be centered on each end of the butt splice b. Wire insulation does not enter butt splice. c. Wire is visible through inspection hole of splices. 12. Evenly position supplied heat shrink tubing over wire repair. 13. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows out of both ends of the heat shrink tubing. 14. Reconnect battery ground cable. This chart is to be used when pigtails or terminals are different wire gauge than the vehicle harness. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4697 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4698 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4699 Parking Lamp: Connector Views C1023 Park/Turn Lamp, Left Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4700 C1043 Park/Turn Lamp, Right Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4701 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4702 C4112 Park/Stop/Turn Lamp 1, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4703 C4113 Park/Stop/Turn Lamp 2, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4704 C4114 Park/Stop/Turn Lamp 1, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4705 C4115 Park/Stop/Turn Lamp 2, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4706 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4707 Parking Lamp: Electrical Diagrams PLEASE NOTE: Some diagrams may appear to be missing because of gaps in the number sequences. These "gaps" are actually for diagrams that do not apply to the vehicle model selected. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4708 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4709 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4710 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (i.e. 13-2, 24-6, 10-2, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams By Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location Views (reference numbers starting with 151-) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Location Views. See: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp Relay > Component Information > Locations Backup Lamp Relay: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 4715 Backup Lamp Relay: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 4716 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Locations Interior Lighting Module: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 4720 Interior Lighting Module: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn Trailer Lighting Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 4725 Trailer Lighting Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 4726 Trailer Lighting Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 4727 Trailer Lighting Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Parking Lamp Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn Trailer Lighting Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 4730 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 4731 Trailer Lighting Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 4732 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 4733 Trailer Lighting Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Parking Lamp Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 4734 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 4735 Trailer Lighting Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 4736 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Ambient Light Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Autolamp Sensor Ambient Light Sensor: Locations Autolamp Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Ambient Light Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Autolamp Sensor > Page 4742 Ambient Light Sensor: Locations Autolamp/Sunload Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Ambient Light Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C286 Autolamp/Sunload Sensor Ambient Light Sensor: Diagrams C286 Autolamp/Sunload Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Ambient Light Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C286 Autolamp/Sunload Sensor > Page 4745 Ambient Light Sensor: Diagrams C287 Autolamp Sensor Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Ambient Light Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > C286 Autolamp/Sunload Sensor > Page 4746 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Brake Light Switch > Component Information > Locations Brake Light Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Brake Light Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4750 Brake Light Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Brake Light Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4751 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear Door Switch: Locations Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear > Page 4756 Door Switch: Locations Door Ajar Switch, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C715 Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear Door Switch: Diagrams C715 Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C715 Door Ajar Switch, Left Rear > Page 4759 Door Switch: Diagrams C820 Door Ajar Switch, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations Hazard Warning Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4763 Hazard Warning Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Locations Headlamp Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4767 Headlamp Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4768 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4769 Headlamp Switch: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Headlamp Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4770 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Horn Switch > Component Information > Locations Horn Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Horn Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4774 Horn Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Horn Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4775 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Interior Light Switch > Component Information > Locations Interior Light Switch: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Interior Light Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4779 Interior Light Switch: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Interior Light Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4780 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Tail Lamp: Diagram Information and Instructions Introduction Note All wiring connections between components are shown exactly as they exist in the vehicles. It is important to realize, however, that no attempt has been made on the diagrams to represent components and wiring as they physically appear on the vehicle. For example, a 4-foot length of wire is treated no differently in a diagram from one that is only a few inches long. Furthermore, to aid in understanding electrical (electronic) operation, wiring inside complicated components has been simplified. Complete Circuit Operation Each circuit is shown completely and independently in one set. Other components that are connected to the circuits may not be shown unless they influence the circuit operation. Current Flow (1) Each set normally starts with the component that powers the circuit, such as a fuse or the ignition switch. Current flow is shown from the power source at the top of the diagram to ground at the bottom of the diagram. A full representation of the power supply of a fuse or the power distribution from a fuse to various components is given in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Full representation of the ground connections are shown in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Switch Positions (2) Within a diagram, all switches, sensors and relays are shown "at rest" (ignition switch OFF). Splices (3) Splices directly connecting to the power distribution are best represented on the power distribution diagram in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Splices connected to grounds can be seen completely in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. For all other splices, a reference is given to each off diagram where that particular splice can be best viewed. Component Referencing (4) Components on a diagram have a reference to a component location view or the diagram where it is shown completely. The reference is located to the right of each component. Component Names (5) Component names are placed on the right hand side of each component when possible. Descriptions of the internals of the component are also included when available. The diagram where the component appears in full is listed in the Index. The base part number for a component is listed in parentheses next to or under a component. Internal Name and Function Identification Numbers (6) Some components on each diagram have internal symbols with an identification number located within it. You can identify the internal symbol or function by finding the corresponding number under the component name. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4785 Circuit Numbering and Wire Identification (7) Ford Motor Company uses three different circuit numbering conventions: Standard Circuit Numbering System, Global Circuit Numbering System, and New Global Circuit Numbering System (NGCNS). With each, the circuit number (which identifies a specific circuit function) is followed by the wire color. The wire identification consists of a basic color and possibly a stripe, and is determined directly from the wire's circuit number. In the diagrams, the wire colors are indicated next to the wires. The colors are abbreviated using the international norm IEC 757. The abbreviations are listed in set 4 "Symbols". Fuse and Relay Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4786 Fuse/Locations and Relay/Locations contains a view of the fuse/relay box, in which all fuses and relays are identified, numbered and named. Fuse and relay numbering and naming follow the indication of the fuse panel cover. In addition, for all removable relays, pin positions are added to illustrate proper orientation. Power Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4787 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams shows the current feed circuits. The current path is shown from the battery to the ignition switch and to all fuses. It also shows the circuits protected by each fuse. The circuit is traced from the fuse to the component. All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the fuse and the first component are shown. Ground Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4788 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams contains the diagram that shows the complete details for each ground connection or main ground splice. This is useful in diagnosing a problem affecting several components at once (poor ground connection or ground splice). All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the ground point and the component are shown. These ground connection details are shown here in order to keep the individual set diagrams as uncluttered as possible. Component and Connector Information Connector Views show the views of the pins and/or cavities of all connectors. The pin and cavity sides are shown separately as if the connector were disconnected. The color of the connector housing is indicated next to the connector number when available. The harness causal number is located above the connector view and below the connector number. The circuit function charts are located below each connector. The wiring harness designations are listed in Component Location Charts. Component Location Views show the components and their connecting wires as they can be found on the vehicle. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4789 Locations information that can be found at the vehicle level will helps the user find where the various items depicted on the diagram can physically be found on the vehicle. A brief written description of the location is given, along with a reference to the component location views. Symbols Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4790 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4791 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4792 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4793 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4794 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4795 Tail Lamp: Diagnostic Aids NOTE: Restraint system terminals should not be removed or repaired. If a restraint terminal requires service, replace the affected harness. Troubleshooting wiring harness and connector hidden concerns The following illustrations are known examples of wiring harness, splices and connectors that will create intermittent electrical concerns. The concerns are hidden and can only be discovered by a physical evaluation as shown in each illustration. NOTE: Several components, such as the PCM, utilize gold plated terminals in their connections to the wiring harness. If those terminals need to be replaced, they must be replaced with a gold plated terminal. Terminal not properly seated 1 = Locked terminal 2 = Male half 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Unlocked terminal (Hidden by wire seal) 7 = Seal Check for unlocked terminal by pulling each wire at the end of the connector. Defective insulation stripping Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4796 1 = Proper crimp 2 = Insulation not removed 3 = Wire strands missing 4 = Intermittent signals through pierced insulation Partially mated connectors 1 = Seal 2 = Displaced tab 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Male half 7 = Intermittent contact Lock may be displaced into an unlocked position; pull on the connector to verify the lock. Deformed (enlarged) female terminals 1 = Enlarged Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4797 2 = Normal Any probe entering the terminal may enlarge the contact spring opening creating an intermittent signal. Insert the correct mating terminal (Location A) from the service kit and feel for a loose fit. Electrical short inside the harness 1 = Solder coated wire to ground 2 = Harness protective tape 3 = Intermittent short Solder coated wire pierced through the insulation of another circuit 4 = Grounding foil Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4798 Electrical short within the harness Splice tape removed 1 = Intermittent short Splice covered 2 = Wire strand 3 = Splice tape 4 = Harness tape Broken wire strands in harness 1 = Wiring harness tape 2 = Wiring strand 3 = Broken strands intermittent signal 4 = Circuit insulation Remove the tape and flex/feel each circuit for a reduction in diameter at break. Recommended splicing method - Solder (For 16 AWG and Smaller Diameter Wire Only) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4799 2. Strip wires to appropriate length. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. 4. Twist wires together. 5. Solder wires together. NOTE: Use rosin core mildly-activated (RMA) solder. Do not use acid core solder. - Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seat wire splice. 6. Bend wire 1 back in a straight line. NOTE: Wait for solder to cool before moving wires. 7. Evenly position heat shrink tubing over wire repair. NOTE: Overlap tubing on both wires. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4800 8. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows Out of both ends of heat shrink tubing. 9. Reconnect battery ground cable. Recommended splicing method - Crimp (For 10-22 AWG Diameter Wire to Like Wire Diameter) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. 2. Strip 6.35mm (1/4 in) of insulation from each wire end, taking care not to nick or cut wire strands. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. NOTE: Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seal wire splice. 4. Select appropriate wire splice for the wires to be spliced. 5. Identify the appropriate crimping chamber on the Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper by matching the wire size on the dies with the wire size stamped on the butt splice. NOTE: Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper is the only tool that can be used with these splices. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4801 6. Center one end of the wire splice in the appropriate crimping chamber. 7. If visible, be sure to place the brazed seam toward the indenter. 8. Insert stripped wire into the barrel. 9. Holding the wire in place, barrel squeeze tool handles appropriate ratchet releases. 10. Repeating steps 5-7, crimp the other half of the splice. 11. Check for acceptable crimp. a. Crimp should be centered on each end of the butt splice b. Wire insulation does not enter butt splice. c. Wire is visible through inspection hole of splices. 12. Evenly position supplied heat shrink tubing over wire repair. 13. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows out of both ends of the heat shrink tubing. 14. Reconnect battery ground cable. This chart is to be used when pigtails or terminals are different wire gauge than the vehicle harness. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4802 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4803 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4804 Tail Lamp: Connector Views C4112 Park/Stop/Turn Lamp 1, Left Rear C4113 Park/Stop/Turn Lamp 2, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4805 C4114 Park/Stop/Turn Lamp 1, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4806 C4115 Park/Stop/Turn Lamp 2, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4807 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4808 Tail Lamp: Electrical Diagrams PLEASE NOTE: Some diagrams may appear to be missing because of gaps in the number sequences. These "gaps" are actually for diagrams that do not apply to the vehicle model selected. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4809 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4810 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4811 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (i.e. 13-2, 24-6, 10-2, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams By Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location Views (reference numbers starting with 151-) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Location Views. See: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Trailer Lamps: Diagram Information and Instructions Introduction Note All wiring connections between components are shown exactly as they exist in the vehicles. It is important to realize, however, that no attempt has been made on the diagrams to represent components and wiring as they physically appear on the vehicle. For example, a 4-foot length of wire is treated no differently in a diagram from one that is only a few inches long. Furthermore, to aid in understanding electrical (electronic) operation, wiring inside complicated components has been simplified. Complete Circuit Operation Each circuit is shown completely and independently in one set. Other components that are connected to the circuits may not be shown unless they influence the circuit operation. Current Flow (1) Each set normally starts with the component that powers the circuit, such as a fuse or the ignition switch. Current flow is shown from the power source at the top of the diagram to ground at the bottom of the diagram. A full representation of the power supply of a fuse or the power distribution from a fuse to various components is given in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Full representation of the ground connections are shown in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Switch Positions (2) Within a diagram, all switches, sensors and relays are shown "at rest" (ignition switch OFF). Splices (3) Splices directly connecting to the power distribution are best represented on the power distribution diagram in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. Splices connected to grounds can be seen completely in the Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams. For all other splices, a reference is given to each off diagram where that particular splice can be best viewed. Component Referencing (4) Components on a diagram have a reference to a component location view or the diagram where it is shown completely. The reference is located to the right of each component. Component Names (5) Component names are placed on the right hand side of each component when possible. Descriptions of the internals of the component are also included when available. The diagram where the component appears in full is listed in the Index. The base part number for a component is listed in parentheses next to or under a component. Internal Name and Function Identification Numbers (6) Some components on each diagram have internal symbols with an identification number located within it. You can identify the internal symbol or function by finding the corresponding number under the component name. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4816 Circuit Numbering and Wire Identification (7) Ford Motor Company uses three different circuit numbering conventions: Standard Circuit Numbering System, Global Circuit Numbering System, and New Global Circuit Numbering System (NGCNS). With each, the circuit number (which identifies a specific circuit function) is followed by the wire color. The wire identification consists of a basic color and possibly a stripe, and is determined directly from the wire's circuit number. In the diagrams, the wire colors are indicated next to the wires. The colors are abbreviated using the international norm IEC 757. The abbreviations are listed in set 4 "Symbols". Fuse and Relay Information Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4817 Fuse/Locations and Relay/Locations contains a view of the fuse/relay box, in which all fuses and relays are identified, numbered and named. Fuse and relay numbering and naming follow the indication of the fuse panel cover. In addition, for all removable relays, pin positions are added to illustrate proper orientation. Power Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4818 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams shows the current feed circuits. The current path is shown from the battery to the ignition switch and to all fuses. It also shows the circuits protected by each fuse. The circuit is traced from the fuse to the component. All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the fuse and the first component are shown. Ground Distribution Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4819 Power and Ground Distribution Diagrams contains the diagram that shows the complete details for each ground connection or main ground splice. This is useful in diagnosing a problem affecting several components at once (poor ground connection or ground splice). All details (wires, splices, connectors) between the ground point and the component are shown. These ground connection details are shown here in order to keep the individual set diagrams as uncluttered as possible. Component and Connector Information Connector Views show the views of the pins and/or cavities of all connectors. The pin and cavity sides are shown separately as if the connector were disconnected. The color of the connector housing is indicated next to the connector number when available. The harness causal number is located above the connector view and below the connector number. The circuit function charts are located below each connector. The wiring harness designations are listed in Component Location Charts. Component Location Views show the components and their connecting wires as they can be found on the vehicle. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4820 Locations information that can be found at the vehicle level will helps the user find where the various items depicted on the diagram can physically be found on the vehicle. A brief written description of the location is given, along with a reference to the component location views. Symbols Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4821 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4822 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4823 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4824 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4825 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4826 Trailer Lamps: Diagnostic Aids NOTE: Restraint system terminals should not be removed or repaired. If a restraint terminal requires service, replace the affected harness. Troubleshooting wiring harness and connector hidden concerns The following illustrations are known examples of wiring harness, splices and connectors that will create intermittent electrical concerns. The concerns are hidden and can only be discovered by a physical evaluation as shown in each illustration. NOTE: Several components, such as the PCM, utilize gold plated terminals in their connections to the wiring harness. If those terminals need to be replaced, they must be replaced with a gold plated terminal. Terminal not properly seated 1 = Locked terminal 2 = Male half 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Unlocked terminal (Hidden by wire seal) 7 = Seal Check for unlocked terminal by pulling each wire at the end of the connector. Defective insulation stripping Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4827 1 = Proper crimp 2 = Insulation not removed 3 = Wire strands missing 4 = Intermittent signals through pierced insulation Partially mated connectors 1 = Seal 2 = Displaced tab 3 = Female half 4 = Seal 5 = Intermittent contact 6 = Male half 7 = Intermittent contact Lock may be displaced into an unlocked position; pull on the connector to verify the lock. Deformed (enlarged) female terminals 1 = Enlarged Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4828 2 = Normal Any probe entering the terminal may enlarge the contact spring opening creating an intermittent signal. Insert the correct mating terminal (Location A) from the service kit and feel for a loose fit. Electrical short inside the harness 1 = Solder coated wire to ground 2 = Harness protective tape 3 = Intermittent short Solder coated wire pierced through the insulation of another circuit 4 = Grounding foil Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4829 Electrical short within the harness Splice tape removed 1 = Intermittent short Splice covered 2 = Wire strand 3 = Splice tape 4 = Harness tape Broken wire strands in harness 1 = Wiring harness tape 2 = Wiring strand 3 = Broken strands intermittent signal 4 = Circuit insulation Remove the tape and flex/feel each circuit for a reduction in diameter at break. Recommended splicing method - Solder (For 16 AWG and Smaller Diameter Wire Only) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4830 2. Strip wires to appropriate length. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. 4. Twist wires together. 5. Solder wires together. NOTE: Use rosin core mildly-activated (RMA) solder. Do not use acid core solder. - Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seat wire splice. 6. Bend wire 1 back in a straight line. NOTE: Wait for solder to cool before moving wires. 7. Evenly position heat shrink tubing over wire repair. NOTE: Overlap tubing on both wires. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4831 8. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows Out of both ends of heat shrink tubing. 9. Reconnect battery ground cable. Recommended splicing method - Crimp (For 10-22 AWG Diameter Wire to Like Wire Diameter) 1. Disconnect battery ground cable. 2. Strip 6.35mm (1/4 in) of insulation from each wire end, taking care not to nick or cut wire strands. 3. Install heat shrink tubing. NOTE: Use heat shrinkable tubes marked with ES-1 (16-22 GA) or ES-2 (10-18 GA) to seal wire splice. 4. Select appropriate wire splice for the wires to be spliced. 5. Identify the appropriate crimping chamber on the Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper by matching the wire size on the dies with the wire size stamped on the butt splice. NOTE: Rotunda 164-R5901 Pro-Crimper is the only tool that can be used with these splices. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4832 6. Center one end of the wire splice in the appropriate crimping chamber. 7. If visible, be sure to place the brazed seam toward the indenter. 8. Insert stripped wire into the barrel. 9. Holding the wire in place, barrel squeeze tool handles appropriate ratchet releases. 10. Repeating steps 5-7, crimp the other half of the splice. 11. Check for acceptable crimp. a. Crimp should be centered on each end of the butt splice b. Wire insulation does not enter butt splice. c. Wire is visible through inspection hole of splices. 12. Evenly position supplied heat shrink tubing over wire repair. 13. Use shielded heat gun to heat the repaired area until adhesive flows out of both ends of the heat shrink tubing. 14. Reconnect battery ground cable. This chart is to be used when pigtails or terminals are different wire gauge than the vehicle harness. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4833 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4834 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4835 Trailer Lamps: Electrical Diagrams PLEASE NOTE: Some diagrams may appear to be missing because of gaps in the number sequences. These "gaps" are actually for diagrams that do not apply to the vehicle model selected. Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4836 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4837 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4838 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4839 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4840 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lamps > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4841 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (i.e. 13-2, 24-6, 10-2, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams By Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location Views (reference numbers starting with 151-) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Location Views. See: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn Trailer Lighting Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 4846 Trailer Lighting Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 4847 Trailer Lighting Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Locations > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 4848 Trailer Lighting Relay: Locations Trailer Tow Relay, Parking Lamp Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn Trailer Lighting Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 4851 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 4852 Trailer Lighting Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Left Turn Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 4853 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 4854 Trailer Lighting Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Parking Lamp Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 4855 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 4856 Trailer Lighting Relay: Testing and Inspection Trailer Tow Relay, Battery Charge Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trailer Lighting Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trailer Tow Relay, Right Turn > Page 4857 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > C1023 Park/Turn Lamp, Left Front Turn Signal Lamp: Diagrams C1023 Park/Turn Lamp, Left Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > C1023 Park/Turn Lamp, Left Front > Page 4863 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > C1023 Park/Turn Lamp, Left Front > Page 4864 Turn Signal Lamp: Diagrams C1043 Park/Turn Lamp, Right Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > C1023 Park/Turn Lamp, Left Front > Page 4865 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > C1023 Park/Turn Lamp, Left Front > Page 4866 Turn Signal Lamp: Diagrams C4112 Park/Stop/Turn Lamp 1, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > C1023 Park/Turn Lamp, Left Front > Page 4867 Turn Signal Lamp: Diagrams C4113 Park/Stop/Turn Lamp 2, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > C1023 Park/Turn Lamp, Left Front > Page 4868 Turn Signal Lamp: Diagrams C1023 Park/Turn Lamp, Left Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > C1023 Park/Turn Lamp, Left Front > Page 4869 C1043 Park/Turn Lamp, Right Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > C1023 Park/Turn Lamp, Left Front > Page 4870 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > C1023 Park/Turn Lamp, Left Front > Page 4871 C4112 Park/Stop/Turn Lamp 1, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > C1023 Park/Turn Lamp, Left Front > Page 4872 C4113 Park/Stop/Turn Lamp 2, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > C1023 Park/Turn Lamp, Left Front > Page 4873 C4114 Park/Stop/Turn Lamp 1, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > C1023 Park/Turn Lamp, Left Front > Page 4874 C4115 Park/Stop/Turn Lamp 2, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > C1023 Park/Turn Lamp, Left Front > Page 4875 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > C906 Vanity Mirror Lamp, Right Vanity Lamp: Diagrams C906 Vanity Mirror Lamp, Right Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > C906 Vanity Mirror Lamp, Right > Page 4880 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > C906 Vanity Mirror Lamp, Right > Page 4881 Vanity Lamp: Diagrams C907 Vanity Mirror Lamp, Left Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > C906 Vanity Mirror Lamp, Right > Page 4882 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element > Heated Glass Element Relay > Component Information > Locations Heated Glass Element Relay: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element > Heated Glass Element Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 4888 Heated Glass Element Relay: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element > Heated Glass Element Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 4889 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Relay > Component Information > Locations Heated Glass Element Relay: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 4894 Heated Glass Element Relay: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 4895 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Master Window Control Switch Power Window Switch: Locations Master Window Control Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Master Window Control Switch > Page 4901 Power Window Switch: Locations Window Control Switch, Passenger Side Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Master Window Control Switch > Page 4902 Power Window Switch: Locations Window Control Switch, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Master Window Control Switch > Page 4903 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Master Window Control Switch > Page 4904 Power Window Switch: Locations Window Control Switch, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Master Window Control Switch > Page 4905 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Master Window Control Switch > Page 4906 Power Window Switch: Locations Overhead Console Switch Assembly Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Master Window Control Switch > Page 4907 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch Power Window Switch: Diagrams C504 Master Window Control Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4910 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4911 Power Window Switch: Diagrams C535A Master Window Control Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4912 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4913 Power Window Switch: Diagrams C535B Master Window Control Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4914 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4915 Power Window Switch: Diagrams C604 Window Control Switch, Passenger Side Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4916 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4917 Power Window Switch: Diagrams C504 Master Window Control Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4918 C535A Master Window Control Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4919 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4920 C535B Master Window Control Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4921 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4922 C604 Window Control Switch, Passenger Side Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4923 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4924 C701 Window Control Switch, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4925 C801 Window Control Switch, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4926 C912 Overhead Console Switch Assembly Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4927 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4928 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Overhead Console Switch Assembly - Window Adjust Switch, Rear Power Window Switch: Testing and Inspection Overhead Console Switch Assembly - Window Adjust Switch, Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Overhead Console Switch Assembly - Window Adjust Switch, Rear > Page 4931 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Overhead Console Switch Assembly - Window Adjust Switch, Rear > Page 4932 Power Window Switch: Testing and Inspection Master Window Control Switch - Regular Cab Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Overhead Console Switch Assembly - Window Adjust Switch, Rear > Page 4933 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Overhead Console Switch Assembly - Window Adjust Switch, Rear > Page 4934 Power Window Switch: Testing and Inspection Master Window Control Switch - Super Crew, Super Cab Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Overhead Console Switch Assembly - Window Adjust Switch, Rear > Page 4935 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Component Information > Locations > Power Window Motor, Left Front Power Window Motor: Locations Power Window Motor, Left Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Component Information > Locations > Power Window Motor, Left Front > Page 4941 Power Window Motor: Locations Power Window Motor, Right Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Component Information > Locations > Power Window Motor, Left Front > Page 4942 Power Window Motor: Locations Power Sliding Window Motor, Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Component Information > Locations > Power Window Motor, Left Front > Page 4943 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Component Information > Locations > Power Window Motor, Left Front > Page 4944 Power Window Motor: Locations Power Window Motor, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Component Information > Locations > Power Window Motor, Left Front > Page 4945 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Component Information > Locations > Power Window Motor, Left Front > Page 4946 Power Window Motor: Locations Power Window Motor, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Component Information > Locations > Power Window Motor, Left Front > Page 4947 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C524 Power Window Motor, Left Front Power Window Motor: Diagrams C524 Power Window Motor, Left Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C524 Power Window Motor, Left Front > Page 4950 Power Window Motor: Diagrams C608 Power Window Motor, Right Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C524 Power Window Motor, Left Front > Page 4951 Power Window Motor: Diagrams C703 Power Window Motor, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C524 Power Window Motor, Left Front > Page 4952 Power Window Motor: Diagrams C726 Power Window Motor, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C524 Power Window Motor, Left Front > Page 4953 Power Window Motor: Diagrams C524 Power Window Motor, Left Front C608 Power Window Motor, Right Front Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C524 Power Window Motor, Left Front > Page 4954 C703 Power Window Motor, Left Rear C726 Power Window Motor, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C524 Power Window Motor, Left Front > Page 4955 C803 Power Window Motor, Right Rear C828 Power Window Motor, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C524 Power Window Motor, Left Front > Page 4956 C3145 Power Sliding Window Motor, Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C524 Power Window Motor, Left Front > Page 4957 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > C524 Power Window Motor, Left Front > Page 4958 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Master Window Control Switch Power Window Switch: Locations Master Window Control Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Master Window Control Switch > Page 4963 Power Window Switch: Locations Window Control Switch, Passenger Side Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Master Window Control Switch > Page 4964 Power Window Switch: Locations Window Control Switch, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Master Window Control Switch > Page 4965 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Master Window Control Switch > Page 4966 Power Window Switch: Locations Window Control Switch, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Master Window Control Switch > Page 4967 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Master Window Control Switch > Page 4968 Power Window Switch: Locations Overhead Console Switch Assembly Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Master Window Control Switch > Page 4969 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch Power Window Switch: Diagrams C504 Master Window Control Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4972 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4973 Power Window Switch: Diagrams C535A Master Window Control Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4974 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4975 Power Window Switch: Diagrams C535B Master Window Control Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4976 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4977 Power Window Switch: Diagrams C604 Window Control Switch, Passenger Side Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4978 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4979 Power Window Switch: Diagrams C504 Master Window Control Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4980 C535A Master Window Control Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4981 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4982 C535B Master Window Control Switch Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4983 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4984 C604 Window Control Switch, Passenger Side Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4985 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4986 C701 Window Control Switch, Left Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4987 C801 Window Control Switch, Right Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4988 C912 Overhead Console Switch Assembly Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4989 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > C504 Master Window Control Switch > Page 4990 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Overhead Console Switch Assembly - Window Adjust Switch, Rear Power Window Switch: Testing and Inspection Overhead Console Switch Assembly - Window Adjust Switch, Rear Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Overhead Console Switch Assembly - Window Adjust Switch, Rear > Page 4993 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Overhead Console Switch Assembly - Window Adjust Switch, Rear > Page 4994 Power Window Switch: Testing and Inspection Master Window Control Switch - Regular Cab Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Overhead Console Switch Assembly - Window Adjust Switch, Rear > Page 4995 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Overhead Console Switch Assembly - Window Adjust Switch, Rear > Page 4996 Power Window Switch: Testing and Inspection Master Window Control Switch - Super Crew, Super Cab Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Overhead Console Switch Assembly - Window Adjust Switch, Rear > Page 4997 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Rain Sensor > Component Information > Locations Rain Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Rain Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 5002 Rain Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Relay > Component Information > Locations Wiper Relay: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 5007 Wiper Relay: Testing and Inspection Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 5008 Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Rain Sensor > Component Information > Locations Rain Sensor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Rain Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 5013 Rain Sensor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Windshield Washer Motor > Component Information > Locations Windshield Washer Motor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Windshield Washer Motor > Component Information > Locations > Page 5017 Windshield Washer Motor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Locations Wiper Motor: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Locations > Page 5021 Wiper Motor: Diagrams Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Relay > Component Information > Locations Wiper Relay: Locations Ford F 150 4wd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 5025 Wiper Relay: Testing and Inspection